tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-66111946518515003872024-03-14T22:47:13.305-07:00Abhijeet Hele's The "AX" Effect Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.comBlogger35125tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-7112416288248561762022-05-21T01:43:00.025-07:002022-05-26T06:53:15.531-07:00Manage contractual commitments with purchase agreement in D365 supply chain management<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">Hello Reader, In this post, I am going to
deep dive into purchase agreement management in D365 supply chain and how it is
useful in managing contractual agreement between an organization and the
vendor. <o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">So, w</span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background: white; color: #202124; font-size: 12pt;">ithout further ado, let’s start with it.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><b><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">What is purchase agreement?</span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; text-align: justify;">It is a
contract between an organization and a vendor that commits an organization to buy
certain quantity or amount of product or category over a period. Against this
commitment, company will receive better pricing and discounts from vendor.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">This purchase
agreement will be applied to different purchase orders created over a time for
that vendor.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; text-align: justify;">The purchase
agreement that you create for a vendor takes the precedence over trade
agreement that you create for the same vendor. This is in relation to price and
discount only since trade agreement only deals with price and discount. This is one of the major difference between purchase agreement and trade
agreement.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><b><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;"><i>Now before creating purchase
agreement, let's go through the setup:</i></span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><b><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">Purchase agreement classification</span></b><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">: </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">It is to classify different
purchase agreements created in the system. It is the mandatory configuration
required while creating purchase agreement. Purchase agreement classification
also has certain setups which are required by specific businesses for
maintaining certain information on an agreement. </span></p><p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">More details are given below:</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">1. To create purchase agreement
classification, navigate to Procurement and sourcing > Setup > Purchase
agreement classification</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">2. Click '<b>New</b>' > Enter name and
Description for this classification</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">3. In general tab, there are
several fields available which are relevant to specific businesses. Some of
them are visible when public sector configuration key is enabled. Also, some of
them needs to be enabled in feature management [<b>Purchase agreement responsible party</b>, <b>Purchase agreement responsible status</b>, <b>Purchase agreement matching policy</b>]</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="background: white; line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; margin-left: 51pt; mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; tab-stops: list .5in; text-align: justify; text-indent: -0.25in;"><!--[if !supportLists]--><span style="font-family: Symbol; font-size: 10pt; mso-bidi-font-family: Symbol; mso-bidi-font-size: 12.0pt; mso-fareast-font-family: Symbol;">·<span style="font-family: "Times New Roman"; font-size: 7pt; font-stretch: normal; font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; line-height: normal;"> </span></span><b><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">Subcontractors</span></b><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;"> –
This checkbox is ticked when purchase agreement require to maintain subcontractor details. We can
enter details in an agreement such as start date, end date,
percent participation etc.</span><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="background: white; line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; margin-left: 51pt; mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; tab-stops: list .5in; text-align: justify; text-indent: -0.25in;"><!--[if !supportLists]--><span style="font-family: Symbol; font-size: 10pt; mso-bidi-font-family: Symbol; mso-bidi-font-size: 12.0pt; mso-fareast-font-family: Symbol;">·<span style="font-family: "Times New Roman"; font-size: 7pt; font-stretch: normal; font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; line-height: normal;"> </span></span><b><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">Certifications </span></b><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">–
This checkbox is ticked for adding certification compliance details for the
vendor. We can add certification details such as ID, type, effective/ expiration
date, certifying organization, liability amount or bond limit on purchase
agreement. <b>Purchase agreement certification compliance report</b> is used to
identify the details for purchase agreement.</span><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="background: white; line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; margin-left: 51pt; mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; tab-stops: list .5in; text-align: justify; text-indent: -0.25in;"><!--[if !supportLists]--><span style="font-family: Symbol; font-size: 10pt; mso-bidi-font-family: Symbol; mso-bidi-font-size: 12.0pt; mso-fareast-font-family: Symbol;">·<span style="font-family: "Times New Roman"; font-size: 7pt; font-stretch: normal; font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; line-height: normal;"> </span></span><b><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">Require direct invoicing </span></b><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">–
This checkbox is ticked when direct invoicing is required. Here we don't need to release
the order from purchase agreement. 'Release order' button is disabled in this
case.</span><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="background: white; line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; margin-left: 51pt; mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; tab-stops: list .5in; text-align: justify; text-indent: -0.25in;"><!--[if !supportLists]--><span style="font-family: Symbol; font-size: 10pt; mso-bidi-font-family: Symbol; mso-bidi-font-size: 12.0pt; mso-fareast-font-family: Symbol;">·<span style="font-family: "Times New Roman"; font-size: 7pt; font-stretch: normal; font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; line-height: normal;"> </span></span><b><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">Activities</span></b><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">:
This is ticked to add activities/tasks on purchase agreement. Click on 'Activities' </span><span style="font-size: 16px;">button </span><span style="font-size: 16px; text-indent: -0.25in;">on purchase agreement</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; text-indent: -0.25in;"> to add, update, or delete activities</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="background: white; line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; margin-left: 51pt; mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; tab-stops: list .5in; text-align: justify; text-indent: -0.25in;"><!--[if !supportLists]--><span style="font-family: Symbol; font-size: 10pt; mso-bidi-font-family: Symbol; mso-bidi-font-size: 12.0pt; mso-fareast-font-family: Symbol;">·<span style="font-family: "Times New Roman"; font-size: 7pt; font-stretch: normal; font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; line-height: normal;"> </span></span><b><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">Agreement classification category </span></b><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">–
This is a system defined value. presently it is setup to 'Default'</span><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="background: white; line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; margin-left: 51pt; mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; tab-stops: list .5in; text-align: justify; text-indent: -0.25in;"><!--[if !supportLists]--><span style="font-family: Symbol; font-size: 10pt; mso-bidi-font-family: Symbol; mso-bidi-font-size: 12.0pt; mso-fareast-font-family: Symbol;">·<span style="font-family: "Times New Roman"; font-size: 7pt; font-stretch: normal; font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; line-height: normal;"> </span></span><b><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">Line matching policy </span></b><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">–
It is the line matching policy for purchase orders released from purchase
agreement. It can be company policy, three-way matching, two-way matching, or
none. This will be defaulted to purchase agreement from purchase agreement
classification. </span><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="background: white; line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; margin-left: 51pt; mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; tab-stops: list .5in; text-align: justify; text-indent: -0.25in;"><!--[if !supportLists]--><span style="font-family: Symbol; font-size: 10pt; mso-bidi-font-family: Symbol; mso-bidi-font-size: 12.0pt; mso-fareast-font-family: Symbol;">·<span style="font-family: "Times New Roman"; font-size: 7pt; font-stretch: normal; font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; line-height: normal;"> </span></span><b><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">Primary responsible worker
/ Secondary responsible worker </span></b><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">– It
is primary and secondary responsible person for the purchase agreement. A
secondary responsible worker cannot be defined without a primary responsible
worker. This will be defaulted to purchase agreement from purchase agreement
classification</span><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"><o:p></o:p></span></p></div><h4 style="text-align: left;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; font-weight: bold; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEidPLql8JGxGjj5UscRt4rZg_WNzG5K7-ks6N-a_4GQUX_BfUY_cSnuNOyRPnD7oWogTPNFDhk_NFOVk0FR1QnW_tN7ISIgm7-t9tGzia1UP-hsNiVxfK9bHdIb92lei75GyPMVulLclHXplo2QryVB-nhfxaibnXu2zrWMiewDZwRIH4VWwZtLXnT9" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="" data-original-height="435" data-original-width="1872" height="148" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEidPLql8JGxGjj5UscRt4rZg_WNzG5K7-ks6N-a_4GQUX_BfUY_cSnuNOyRPnD7oWogTPNFDhk_NFOVk0FR1QnW_tN7ISIgm7-t9tGzia1UP-hsNiVxfK9bHdIb92lei75GyPMVulLclHXplo2QryVB-nhfxaibnXu2zrWMiewDZwRIH4VWwZtLXnT9=w640-h148" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div></h4><h4 style="text-align: justify;"><p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-outline-level: 4;"><span style="font-size: 16px; font-weight: 400;"><br /></span></p><p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-outline-level: 4;"><span style="font-size: 16px; font-weight: 400;">Once purchase agreement classification is defined, next important parameter is purchase agreement commitments. </span><span style="font-size: 16px;">Let's get to know more about various commitments available for purchase agreements<span style="font-weight: 400;">:</span></span></p><p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-outline-level: 4;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">Purchase agreement commitments <span style="font-weight: normal;"><o:p></o:p></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;">It is nothing but commitment that
is being made by an organization with the vendor and this commitment can be
fulfilled through different purchase orders. This commitment is applied to all
the items/categories in an agreement.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">There are
four types of commitments available in the system</span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;">:<o:p></o:p></span></p><p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"></p><ul><li><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; text-indent: -0.25in;">Product quantity commitment</span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal; text-indent: -0.25in;">: It is the commitment to purchase
specific quantity of a particular product. It is the default commitment while
creating an agreement</span></li><li><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; text-indent: -0.25in;">Product value commitment</span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal; text-indent: -0.25in;">: It is the commitment to purchase
certain amount of a particular product from a vendor (in the currency agreed with the vendor). </span></li><li><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; text-indent: -0.25in;">Product category value commitment</span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal; text-indent: -0.25in;">: It is the commitment to purchase
certain amount of products from a specific procurement category. </span></li><li><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; text-indent: -0.25in;">Value commitment</span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal; text-indent: -0.25in;">: It is the commitment to purchase
certain amount of products across categories. </span></li></ul><div>Note<span style="font-weight: normal;">: </span><span style="font-family: "Times New Roman", serif; font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;">When
value commitments selected, the quantity, unit, unit price fields are disabled,
and net amount field is enabled in purchase agreement lines for
item/category.</span></div><div style="text-indent: -24px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span></div><div style="text-indent: -24px;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"> Now as we
know about classification and commitments, let's create purchase agreement in
the system</span></div>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;"> </span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;">1. To create
purchase agreement, go to </span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background: white; font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;">Procurement and sourcing > Purchase agreements >
Purchase agreements.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;"> </span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;">2. Select </span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt;">vendor</span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;"> to create an agreement. Details for the vendor will be defaulted
to purchase agreement such as name, invoice account, currency etc.
from the vendor details form. This can override if require. Also we can add the delivery address where vendor is going to deliver material. By default, company address will be defaulted.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;">3. </span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt;">Effective date</span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;">: It is the date on which purchase agreement will become active. This date is agreed with the vendor during agreement negotiation. It
will be defaulted to the date on which agreement is created but can override with the agreed date</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;">4. </span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt;">Expiration date</span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;">:</span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;"> I</span><span style="font-weight: normal;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt;">t is </span>the date on which purchase agreement will become inactive. This date is agreed with the vendor during agreement negotiation. This date is <span style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt;">blank by default </span>but can override with the agreed date</span></p><p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;">5. </span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt;">Vendor reference</span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;"> is
any specific code or number from vendor system to identify this purchase
agreement</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;"> </span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;">6. </span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt;">Document title</span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;"> and </span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt;">external
document reference</span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background-color: white; font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;"> are the free text field to maintain further details
for the purchase agreement</span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;"> </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background: white; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-weight: normal;">7. </span>Default commitment<span style="font-weight: normal;">:
Default it is </span><span>Product quantity commitment</span><span style="font-weight: normal;"> but can override depending on what
commitment has been made by the organization with vendor. To keep it
simpler, in this example we are selecting product quantity commitment </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background: white; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-weight: normal;">8. </span>Project ID<span style="font-weight: normal;">: </span></span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;">The agreement can also be link to a project. This happens when the requirement is in respect to specific project
i.e. All purchases that will happen based on this agreement will be recorded as
project transactions. It <span style="background: white;">will be used to get special prices and other services fo</span>r
items from vendor for project specific orders. When it is linked to a project,
you can add project id, project category and activity number of the project in
purchase agreement "Line details", Project section</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background: white; font-size: 12pt; font-weight: normal;">9. You can also link your
agreement with parent agreement if any </span></p></h4><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><span face="Libre Franklin, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif"><span style="background-color: white;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEggjm8LVdrmZpHnI-THastnq7_ssuLY8FQa-18O-7XwoSt4vXevR8XWyuv1RpUaIVKhd4pQ16PYYpqKJ54rwPXEzZGuDtNSn9gu4Hc1XYxeXLTj-R-EONIK95v1CFrpp7MDWKpHawx_RKXTGm_RRqJvSzDk1Jsbg6w2Y_6WK9s7-iOt_NZTZ5_zGwNc" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="" data-original-height="862" data-original-width="748" height="400" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEggjm8LVdrmZpHnI-THastnq7_ssuLY8FQa-18O-7XwoSt4vXevR8XWyuv1RpUaIVKhd4pQ16PYYpqKJ54rwPXEzZGuDtNSn9gu4Hc1XYxeXLTj-R-EONIK95v1CFrpp7MDWKpHawx_RKXTGm_RRqJvSzDk1Jsbg6w2Y_6WK9s7-iOt_NZTZ5_zGwNc=w347-h400" width="347" /></a><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;"> </span></div></span></span>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background: white; font-size: 12pt;">10. Click <b>Ok</b> to create purchase
agreement</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="background: white; font-size: 12pt;">11. Add o</span><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">ther details in the agreement
header such as Payment terms, payment method, cash discount, Delivery mode,
delivery terms, misc. charges based on the agreed terms with vendor. </span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;"> </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">12. Once
agreement header is created, add item/category with details such as quantity, unit
price, site, warehouse, discount, discount percentage etc. in the agreement lines</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">13. You can
also select <b>Expiration date</b> on the purchase agreement line. This date takes
precedence over expiration date selected in the header <o:p></o:p></span></p></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEi2OM_kpC2eLdHc0WaAGfUgWxA5DFYUf4ngRqUGicI07FjjhWjBfBtKnQHWzQIhRkppS8aU9yhcFLSGbV1Jwc4otp6sey7J4R1JW1gBm0wlTdBRPd3uUOLV5m1eXNd8nsoJ1ohbh7N4FU6nP-xZZQHSyO88UhvYYF5nOfv03mfh6shYDbsIOw-ODDVC" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="" data-original-height="816" data-original-width="1867" height="280" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEi2OM_kpC2eLdHc0WaAGfUgWxA5DFYUf4ngRqUGicI07FjjhWjBfBtKnQHWzQIhRkppS8aU9yhcFLSGbV1Jwc4otp6sey7J4R1JW1gBm0wlTdBRPd3uUOLV5m1eXNd8nsoJ1ohbh7N4FU6nP-xZZQHSyO88UhvYYF5nOfv03mfh6shYDbsIOw-ODDVC=w640-h280" width="640" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">Once agreement is created, there are
following setups/details that can be taken care in the purchase agreement line details
as it changes the way purchase agreement is link to your purchase order.</span></div></div><div style="text-align: justify;">
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"> </span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">14. </span><b style="font-family: "Calibri Light", sans-serif; font-size: 12pt;">Go
down to "Line details" tab, General section </b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"> - </span><b style="font-family: "Calibri Light", sans-serif; font-size: 12pt;">Max
is enforced</b><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">: It means total quantity or amount specified on the purchase
agreement line against the commitment is the maximum quantity or amount that
can be released into purchase orders. If new purchase order is released then only
the remaining amount or the quantity will be released. If Max is not enforced,
any quantity or amount can be selected when you release the order.
This is based on the agreed terms with the vendor</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">E.g.: If for
an item ABC, the quantity specified is 10. The first purchase order is released for
quantity 6, then for the second order, only 4 or less
quantity can be released as total quantity is 10 is only allowed to release to
purchase order from an agreement</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">- <b>Release
limit</b>: It is the maximum and minimum amount that is allowed to release to a
purchase order line. This range is setup depending on the agreement with the
vendor.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">15. <b>Go
down to "Line details" tab, Price and discount section </b></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><b><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">- Price
discount is fixed</span></b><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">: Ticked this
checkbox when price and discount specified in the agreement is fixed and same must
be present on the purchase order line. If for any reason, price or discount is
changed on the purchase order line, the link to the purchase agreement will be
broken. System will display the warning that seeks the consent before breaking
up the link. If link is broken, the system won't be able to track the
fulfillment and purchase order will be treated as independent of the purchase
agreement. </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><b><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">Note</span></b><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">: </span><span style="font-size: 16px;">It makes price information mandatory in the agreement. Also t</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">he price on the purchase
agreement cannot change once purchase order is released from the agreement.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">16. <b>Go
down to "Line details" tab, Fulfillment section</b> </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">- <b>Fulfillment</b>:
It tracks the progress of commitment that is being made as a part of purchase
agreement by both the parties. It tells you how much quantity or amount
is released or remaining. It also tells you how much of the released quantity
is received or invoiced.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">17. <b>Go
down to "Line details" tab, financial dimension section</b> </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">- <b>Default
financial dimension</b>: Add financial dimensions to the agreement header/
lines, these dimensions will flow to purchase order when released</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">18. The above
steps should be repeated for each line in the agreement.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">19. Once
agreement is ready, you can see status of an agreement is '<b>On hold</b>' that means
no release can be made from an agreement<o:p></o:p></span></p></div></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjQSbQ8NBswGuYOvjNbkPTmX6Ji2U9Wfmhq2ENJgttP0XcbJDWtHtXQw2ITGVEJM17OONfsHKPvmWYJHXt_lSOXDI1TFTEMZx1STePNUkH8wgY1kkMLMRGOklQTFHKiniZezVrlIZoDLGM864mUDdkZc2MBYwiwKhK2LXec3yVSUksjACAOWvkrAh3K/s1735/Agreement.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="738" data-original-width="1735" height="272" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjQSbQ8NBswGuYOvjNbkPTmX6Ji2U9Wfmhq2ENJgttP0XcbJDWtHtXQw2ITGVEJM17OONfsHKPvmWYJHXt_lSOXDI1TFTEMZx1STePNUkH8wgY1kkMLMRGOklQTFHKiniZezVrlIZoDLGM864mUDdkZc2MBYwiwKhK2LXec3yVSUksjACAOWvkrAh3K/w640-h272/Agreement.png" width="640" /></a></div><br /><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">20. To
activate the agreement, click on <b>confirmation</b>, Alternately, you can manually
select an option as <b>effective</b> from <b>on hold</b> from the dropdown in purchase agreement header</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><b><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">Confirm
purchase agreement</span></b><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"> </span></p></div><div dir="ltr" trbidi="on"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjPruMF8x7nVi8UN2JFIXE58YjkBP_VFi4-GpWuPVALDM-6dATdZNuz96W8NeZS7L9vMBW5e2OKUM9vRWaxMW2umoX-6N3Jim5MFfQJXgiU3QAwC9l5rTUyDH7sMsYSj9xwxUbB1y_T1rsqqP08nIBb_LzhjL9LeKvCHdpgiUy1UAz3InSZi6eBhEPg/s742/Agreement.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="742" data-original-width="385" height="640" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjPruMF8x7nVi8UN2JFIXE58YjkBP_VFi4-GpWuPVALDM-6dATdZNuz96W8NeZS7L9vMBW5e2OKUM9vRWaxMW2umoX-6N3Jim5MFfQJXgiU3QAwC9l5rTUyDH7sMsYSj9xwxUbB1y_T1rsqqP08nIBb_LzhjL9LeKvCHdpgiUy1UAz3InSZi6eBhEPg/w332-h640/Agreement.png" width="332" /></a></div><br /><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">21.
Click on <b>confirmation</b>, select the '<b>Mark agreement as effective</b>' to yes and
click <b>Ok</b>. It will post the purchase agreement confirmation</span></p><p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"><br /></span></p>
<span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; line-height: 107%; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">22. Upon
confirmation, you can see purchase agreement is now effective</span></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" trbidi="on"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg_um-LyLFIEB7gUe4S2JhZ3KaBy2FIizjHGzQYc7rdRXa74LdfBEgb797d5brHanrUJyHNu6sKURpjpJdJ4T5yw9YJsoNRM2oLKSCuBUqvjuU660wTOENnHBc0ODavrTtQt5PsMdZ-aw-JBDjiIOywF58LvzIO9Mh6LEy-NqCVtDwkeq_xoj4VWFzd/s1687/Agreement1.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="735" data-original-width="1687" height="278" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg_um-LyLFIEB7gUe4S2JhZ3KaBy2FIizjHGzQYc7rdRXa74LdfBEgb797d5brHanrUJyHNu6sKURpjpJdJ4T5yw9YJsoNRM2oLKSCuBUqvjuU660wTOENnHBc0ODavrTtQt5PsMdZ-aw-JBDjiIOywF58LvzIO9Mh6LEy-NqCVtDwkeq_xoj4VWFzd/w640-h278/Agreement1.png" width="640" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">23. Agreement
is effective means it is ready to release to purchase order lines. </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">24. You can
also check the purchase agreement confirmation journal. System maintains the version as soon
as purchase agreement is confirmed. It is advisable to confirm the purchase
agreement as and when you make changes to it so that history
of all the changes can be maintained. This can also be printed and send to vendor when seeking an approval from the vendor for the changes done</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">25.
Alternatively, before posting the confirmation, you can print pro forma
confirmation to get all the agreement's agreed terms verified with the vendor
beforehand</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">26.
Purchase agreement approval workflow can also be used to manage the approval when
changes are done to the agreement</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><b><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">One purchase
agreement is ready and effective, it can be used in purchase order. there are
various ways to do it:</span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"> - <b>Select
purchase agreement while creating purchase order</b>. This way link will
be established with the purchase agreement. In several other functionalities, you
will get an option to search for purchase agreement while creating PO
automatically like while creating purchase order from sales order. This is a
preferred way where user just need to select purchase agreement while creating
an order and select same items in purchase order lines as it is available in the
agreement. In this case, the purchase agreement line should be valid on the date of delivery of purchase order line item</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;"> - <b>In
master planning</b>, after firming the planned order, the purchase order will
be created by using the purchase agreement. This depends on the setups done in
the master planning parameters.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">- <b>Request
for quotation</b>: agreement can also be created from RFQ. When RFQ bid is
accepted, the purchase agreement is created if RFQ type is 'Purchase agreement'</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><b><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"> -</span></b><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"> <b>Release purchase
agreement:</b> in this case, purchase order is released from purchase agreement. Details are given below:</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><b><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">Release
purchase agreement</span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">27. Once
purchase agreement is created, you can release it to the
purchase order. It is nothing but placing an order to buy certain quantity or
amount of items from vendor. <o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"> </span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">28. Click on
<b>Release order</b></span></p></div></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" trbidi="on"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEih2rEP4CdoMqetXEU4wiACrzwtTiwNEyRHkpf3mTtodbxcmUxoOPa9V8PP2POQk_7cz51ZkctKgYiDmuGGD9PaFF9B85xdZkr45GtKmhM9QTfy4jNW1_7UE_M7tOngufi_I7G20nQreMZxQb3PThANGFrjkLX22PuF7hR-MduyjSELJQbgovOkB4St" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="" data-original-height="762" data-original-width="1873" height="260" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEih2rEP4CdoMqetXEU4wiACrzwtTiwNEyRHkpf3mTtodbxcmUxoOPa9V8PP2POQk_7cz51ZkctKgYiDmuGGD9PaFF9B85xdZkr45GtKmhM9QTfy4jNW1_7UE_M7tOngufi_I7G20nQreMZxQb3PThANGFrjkLX22PuF7hR-MduyjSELJQbgovOkB4St=w640-h260" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">29. As
we have selected product quantity commitments, enter purchase quantity for
releasing it into purchase order</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">30. Other
details such as item number, name, unit, site, warehouse will be defaulted from
the purchase agreement</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">31. Verify
the delivery address and click on '<b>Create</b>' button<o:p></o:p></span></p></div></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" trbidi="on"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEhUULMzb8fAuiK5Y5Nh89uxRpau8VmEBtpdNwcGd7nWQi8esj5hD_3q25PAh_GzGENul68mM995uq-dK-IRi9iGHCXZYaAso9AnnU3yupsUKfl1HgpdmzRPvQnLddj6xlVUQtNMPyTxcmJdn3MimkQHE4WoFG4cdx4vY-PysLkyPCI3xy8ZxLDWgvpd" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="" data-original-height="802" data-original-width="1766" height="290" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEhUULMzb8fAuiK5Y5Nh89uxRpau8VmEBtpdNwcGd7nWQi8esj5hD_3q25PAh_GzGENul68mM995uq-dK-IRi9iGHCXZYaAso9AnnU3yupsUKfl1HgpdmzRPvQnLddj6xlVUQtNMPyTxcmJdn3MimkQHE4WoFG4cdx4vY-PysLkyPCI3xy8ZxLDWgvpd=w640-h290" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><span style="text-align: left; text-indent: -24px;"><br /></span></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><span style="text-align: left; text-indent: -24px;"><b>Note</b>: </span><span style="font-family: "Times New Roman", serif; font-size: 12pt; text-align: left;">If
the agreement has quantity commitments, you can prepare the lines for the
release order in the lower section of release form. If the agreement has value
commitments, you must enter such order lines after you have created the release
order i.e. no lines will be visible in the release order form when commitment is
other than quantity commitments and such lines will be entered when order is
created</span></div><p class="MsoNormal"><o:p></o:p></p><div style="text-align: justify;"><span style="text-indent: -24px;"><br /></span></div></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">32. Once
agreement is release, click on <b>Release order lines</b> to check the details of
purchase order lines. </span> </div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" trbidi="on"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEjBNN1XnXIUjFBu6mb27tnDMxbZPn_BK4Xd8ZtVu98JdWwLAAwCtqZFuw2Y6ENbJMJ0fhaZDDzs0vm1MzwoUQgBwBhr1PIlrHH8zgxJbiYuJWakAvOcV4hmHK6v-DqiY4ZI3B_nQR_lRnIyjiVL28VNl09bvVncHc6yDBmaL97yfNlhECzcl0xyecwM" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="" data-original-height="717" data-original-width="1869" height="246" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEjBNN1XnXIUjFBu6mb27tnDMxbZPn_BK4Xd8ZtVu98JdWwLAAwCtqZFuw2Y6ENbJMJ0fhaZDDzs0vm1MzwoUQgBwBhr1PIlrHH8zgxJbiYuJWakAvOcV4hmHK6v-DqiY4ZI3B_nQR_lRnIyjiVL28VNl09bvVncHc6yDBmaL97yfNlhECzcl0xyecwM=w640-h246" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div></div></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; line-height: 107%; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">33. You can see the purchase order is created
against the agreement</span></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" trbidi="on"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEgSJYKPB6iz4yRqy8BVvQAHBwHYrKGW33_gVQ7mv1E1ZBMtaOHgu-l3xhmW14tC9VvWpy_IisVatkvKHh8nTdxNw__c8SnxGAg6kRuPQA4kgCOQ9RGWUqe02b35SqABdNNOrWPwQsfDhF53vB6r8bh8kdnOIITU826dDTl-H2H0cR83vy0kXDTBtCdY" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="" data-original-height="256" data-original-width="1815" height="90" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEgSJYKPB6iz4yRqy8BVvQAHBwHYrKGW33_gVQ7mv1E1ZBMtaOHgu-l3xhmW14tC9VvWpy_IisVatkvKHh8nTdxNw__c8SnxGAg6kRuPQA4kgCOQ9RGWUqe02b35SqABdNNOrWPwQsfDhF53vB6r8bh8kdnOIITU826dDTl-H2H0cR83vy0kXDTBtCdY=w640-h90" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">34. Click on
purchase order hyperlink to view the details of the purchase order. You can see
purchase agreement details will flow to purchase order such as item, unit
price, quantity, site warehouse etc.<o:p></o:p></span></p></div></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" trbidi="on"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEhr4CqQf4urQ6zxFKpDMOUlnZEVpJLLmL9DNExZvvKtuY4tQDIvlgzH_H-2qT2NA1dcYBQ3kKZxIQdvzux_SLLCh45BFPl1eCQFAL4od2MnYv8MolbYaU_Yp9IWBwu9_KNqODwKR5gjXRLB2Q9M7GaGBNshD335Z6Zf1az33Gua_QEQHlCAgQR7XqtU" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="" data-original-height="707" data-original-width="1833" height="246" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEhr4CqQf4urQ6zxFKpDMOUlnZEVpJLLmL9DNExZvvKtuY4tQDIvlgzH_H-2qT2NA1dcYBQ3kKZxIQdvzux_SLLCh45BFPl1eCQFAL4od2MnYv8MolbYaU_Yp9IWBwu9_KNqODwKR5gjXRLB2Q9M7GaGBNshD335Z6Zf1az33Gua_QEQHlCAgQR7XqtU=w640-h246" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">35. You can
now process the purchase order as like any other purchase order. You can add
other items to your purchase orders if require.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">36. Once
purchase order is processed completely, you can check the details in the
purchase agreement</span><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;"> </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">37. Go to
Line details --> Fulfilment tab --> You can see released, received or
invoice quantity from the agreement (In this agreement, we have selected product quantity commitments, hence fulfillment will be tracked for the quantity of an item selected in agreement line)<o:p></o:p></span></p></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" trbidi="on"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEjbkwi9wSAQ6kcEa-9lbhcT35bleps9CMy1kkYhzf9KWW6puWLLGpQ3QTnRMOaLSheMXatqRI-mqbDmWmAOhgHef6fILPKd3NvV6g1JPa1uNmL_C3rskaPaYZAhMFjyl-639qplE2WYkeNMxKgO8P0XtDGoTvuPeMLHVCUy0m5S14ZTK2MsRXpuVo67" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="" data-original-height="809" data-original-width="1760" height="294" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEjbkwi9wSAQ6kcEa-9lbhcT35bleps9CMy1kkYhzf9KWW6puWLLGpQ3QTnRMOaLSheMXatqRI-mqbDmWmAOhgHef6fILPKd3NvV6g1JPa1uNmL_C3rskaPaYZAhMFjyl-639qplE2WYkeNMxKgO8P0XtDGoTvuPeMLHVCUy0m5S14ZTK2MsRXpuVo67=w640-h294" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; line-height: 107%; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">38. If release order is invoiced, you can also see
the invoice lines from the purchase agreement</span></div></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" trbidi="on"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEjkYqLFbXBXOnPcu7wynb_tRxPRPnFENXTXDoJ0dqHo1r20skch5Jd1seeOAdiobEmIAuCkM8mYau6X3P2ynp_L7HmJdIz_6BNZgXz_G0AXQMPvDcRX9ukWs1zThlC9pvYOVYjpsRxs6wD7IXH53kR7lm3jbOiXP8RNzDwrhb2WQQEZY0LyvsVbU8Ow" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="" data-original-height="612" data-original-width="1806" height="216" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEjkYqLFbXBXOnPcu7wynb_tRxPRPnFENXTXDoJ0dqHo1r20skch5Jd1seeOAdiobEmIAuCkM8mYau6X3P2ynp_L7HmJdIz_6BNZgXz_G0AXQMPvDcRX9ukWs1zThlC9pvYOVYjpsRxs6wD7IXH53kR7lm3jbOiXP8RNzDwrhb2WQQEZY0LyvsVbU8Ow=w640-h216" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhZEPPDYvJNZ-UoawGfsdM5E1yt6qgb5duo0Xh4GnycDpqSiGk3k1L_rohXJ097hWaGnpbxenCSy9vVSQI3K_c3e0TPNGRtqUk3rkNyOOk8gIX3gWw5vSpz4OWKLNsA8NTfOhRZwbM0Y2um72l23oSLiTueK3Yax433tfmCMmtE2rLLHvx4ZDebmHjJ/s1716/Agreement.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="346" data-original-width="1716" height="130" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhZEPPDYvJNZ-UoawGfsdM5E1yt6qgb5duo0Xh4GnycDpqSiGk3k1L_rohXJ097hWaGnpbxenCSy9vVSQI3K_c3e0TPNGRtqUk3rkNyOOk8gIX3gWw5vSpz4OWKLNsA8NTfOhRZwbM0Y2um72l23oSLiTueK3Yax433tfmCMmtE2rLLHvx4ZDebmHjJ/w640-h130/Agreement.png" width="640" /></a></div><br /><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><o:p></o:p></p><div style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;">Once agreements are processed, the fulfillment details of different agreements can be tracked through below report.</span></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><b><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">Purchase
agreement fulfillment report</span></b><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">This report is used to track the fulfilment of purchase agreements. You can run this
report per agreement. per commitment types, per item number, earliest effective
date, latest expiration date, per vendor account etc.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">To run the report, go to Procurement and sourcing > Purchase agreement > purchase
agreement fulfillment report.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEgvlb3H0sJXwd8SVOmGodtI78BaYv9yW_dCv45VOzcVvg5pWMP0Y9j3sHgdHhtXlFeQYIUCEsWuFaRAY-mHAxgjMm-KiFO1Uxp4SpBsV8IGp-Eba8IyhJCPzXrKmTz7FmeOvWnYuRItCuabxJwrwf8-N6VhsWS5Iovkzw47QG4xvQeWciVEj3SLo5SX" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="" data-original-height="520" data-original-width="1476" height="226" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEgvlb3H0sJXwd8SVOmGodtI78BaYv9yW_dCv45VOzcVvg5pWMP0Y9j3sHgdHhtXlFeQYIUCEsWuFaRAY-mHAxgjMm-KiFO1Uxp4SpBsV8IGp-Eba8IyhJCPzXrKmTz7FmeOvWnYuRItCuabxJwrwf8-N6VhsWS5Iovkzw47QG4xvQeWciVEj3SLo5SX=w640-h226" width="640" /></a></p></div><h4 style="text-align: justify;">
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><b><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">Close
purchase agreement</span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"><span style="font-weight: normal;">1. You can
restrict the purchase agreement from being used by marking it as closed. You
can make it effective anytime if required</span><o:p></o:p></span></p><p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"><span style="font-weight: normal;">2. Select the status as '</span><span>Closed</span><span style="font-weight: normal;">' in the agreement header</span></span></p></h4></div><div dir="ltr" trbidi="on"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEhh9T9do1stWuVzCcp9QS45kqVazvKgjWScfO8jZaAjlXCWuynDk13BhA2tFlf0QAEDOB7GVF6oHdg12AvthInTMJrBoU05qLCS-KUsCTZaLvYlwj5RCYwclLWRk_TTKI3D6ocZXSkBgat_qTbL6qIr1N540AP8A9HHaIgtvszTDEeQSTQqkbYF6GIc" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="" data-original-height="685" data-original-width="1830" height="240" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEhh9T9do1stWuVzCcp9QS45kqVazvKgjWScfO8jZaAjlXCWuynDk13BhA2tFlf0QAEDOB7GVF6oHdg12AvthInTMJrBoU05qLCS-KUsCTZaLvYlwj5RCYwclLWRk_TTKI3D6ocZXSkBgat_qTbL6qIr1N540AP8A9HHaIgtvszTDEeQSTQqkbYF6GIc=w640-h240" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"> <span face=""Calibri Light", sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt;"> 3.
Once closed, you can see options are disabled hence agreement can't be
processed further</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;"> </span></div>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><b><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">Delete
purchase agreement</span></b><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">Once quantity
or amount is released to purchase order, agreement cannot be deleted. Prior to
release, it can be deleted.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><b><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">Intercompany
purchase agreement</span></b><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal; margin-bottom: 0in; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Calibri Light",sans-serif" style="font-size: 12pt; mso-ascii-theme-font: major-latin; mso-bidi-theme-font: major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: "Times New Roman"; mso-hansi-theme-font: major-latin;">Just like
intercompany sales and purchase orders, you can also create purchase agreement in one legal entity
and its associated sales agreement will automatically be created in other legal
entity and vice versa. Precondition is there should be a intercompany
trading relationship exist between vendor and customer in different legal
entities. I will dedicate separate post for this functionality<o:p></o:p></span></p><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-family: "Times New Roman", serif; font-size: 12pt; line-height: 107%;">So
that's it for this topic. I hope it turns out to be useful for all the readers.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-family: "Times New Roman", serif; font-size: 12pt; line-height: 107%;">In
the upcoming topics, I will discuss in detail on more functionalities around purchase/ sales agreements. So </span>Stay tuned & Keep sharing !!!</p></div></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: left;"><em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics 365 </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank"><span style="color: #336699;">My Profile </span></a>| </div><div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;"><em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div></div></div></div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-72268231084093861892021-08-04T09:29:00.004-07:002022-05-26T06:52:15.710-07:00[Part-1] Royalty claim management in Microsoft Dynamics 365 Finance and Operations: - Setup<p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">Hello Readers, this post
is about royalty management in Dynamics 365 F&O. Below are few set of
questions that pops up in mind when we say 'Royalty':<o:p></o:p></span></p><p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">- What is royalty?<o:p></o:p></span></p><p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">- Why one should pay the
royalty?<o:p></o:p></span></p><p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">- On what products and
services, one should pay the royalty?<o:p></o:p></span></p><p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">- Which parties are
involved in royalty agreements?<o:p></o:p></span></p><p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">- How D365 F&O
manages the royalty life cycle effectively?<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;">
</p><p class="MsoNormal" style="mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">These and other set of
questions that I am going to address in this post.<o:p></o:p></span></p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEirms83T5tTT9_dlSAvFGGKAHMXf3m2kpR5ngPH516Z0rAV04YomCgwZJKKqNvULFXi80gKJt_54hIlQ0kMs8MrFaQhhjCOapMr2hKMqkPvY1UrBxJqr3SWCZ6zOBsjvHMBHiLyr0S8QEY/s426/3.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="239" data-original-width="426" height="225" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEirms83T5tTT9_dlSAvFGGKAHMXf3m2kpR5ngPH516Z0rAV04YomCgwZJKKqNvULFXi80gKJt_54hIlQ0kMs8MrFaQhhjCOapMr2hKMqkPvY1UrBxJqr3SWCZ6zOBsjvHMBHiLyr0S8QEY/w400-h225/3.PNG" width="400" /></a></div><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">Royalty is a </span><span face=""Segoe UI",sans-serif" style="background: white; color: #171717;">monetary reward (P</span><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">ayment or Fee) given by
one party (Licensee) to another party (Licensor). Those two parties are '<b>Licensor</b>' and '<b>Licensee</b>'. Licensor
is an entity (Person/ Organization) who owns the asset or Intellectual property such as Patented product. Licensee is an entity who is seeking the rights to use
those assets or intellectual property to earn the revenue and pay the royalty (share) on every sell that happens as per the agreement.<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">Royalty assets are nothing
but an intellectual property solely own or patented by the licensor. Licensee
has to sign an agreement with Licensor that is called royalty agreement which
mentions all the terms and conditions for using the
intellectual property/ Assets. The payment that is being made to licensor by
the licensee is called 'Royalty'. <o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">The entire royalty life
cycle, right from getting into the agreement by both the parties after the
terms and conditions are agreed upon to processing the royalty claim for
facilitating the payment to licensor is manage effectively in D365 F&O.<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif" style="font-size: medium;"><b><i>Advantages of royalty management</i></b></span><span style="background-color: white; font-size: 7pt; text-align: left; text-indent: -0.25in;"> </span></p><ul style="text-align: left;"><li>It will reduce the manual and administrative error occurs while managing royalty life cycle</li><li>By accruing for future payables, cash flow forecasts can be Improve</li><li>Different terms and conditions of royalty contract can be accommodate effectively in royalty agreement</li></ul><p></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">So, let's get started with
the setup in the system:<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><b><i><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif" style="font-size: 13.5pt;">Enable configuration key</span></i></b><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif" style="font-size: 13.5pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">First thing is to enable the configuration key for royalty (if not enabled already) from the license configuration setup in order to use
royalty management functionality in D365 F&O.<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;">
</p><ul type="disc">
<li class="MsoNormal"><span face=""Segoe UI",sans-serif" lang="EN-IN">Go to system administration >
Setup > License configuration<o:p></o:p></span></li>
</ul><p></p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiKaHzSm_3pOGtof-Qsq1Vzo9pUvTmJXItg3rQvwBkdbbF7604KQ5zzMgK46x7vnFNVDnnBZjq7VxbXcBlWKaM2diDhybFznkauQKN3uvRFGdgUZ6cWTrgJwgXECeysxX1NXoaqUsAneS0/s1021/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="623" data-original-width="1021" height="390" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiKaHzSm_3pOGtof-Qsq1Vzo9pUvTmJXItg3rQvwBkdbbF7604KQ5zzMgK46x7vnFNVDnnBZjq7VxbXcBlWKaM2diDhybFznkauQKN3uvRFGdgUZ6cWTrgJwgXECeysxX1NXoaqUsAneS0/w640-h390/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif" style="text-align: left;"><br /></span></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><ul><li><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif" style="text-align: left;">Ticked the <b>Royalty</b> checkbox
under Trade > Trade agreements section (if not ticked already)</span></li></ul></div><p></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><b><i><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif" style="font-size: 13.5pt;">Account payable parameters</span></i></b><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif" style="font-size: 13.5pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">1. Go to Accounts payable > Setup > Accounts payable
parameters<o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">2. Click on <b>Broker
and royalty</b> tab > <b>Royalties</b> section<o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify;"><span face="Segoe UI, sans-serif">3. </span><b style="font-family: "Segoe UI", sans-serif;">Starting day
of week</b><span face="Segoe UI, sans-serif">: It is used when cumulating the royalty by week. If 'Sunday' is selected, the it will consider a week from Sunday to following Saturday for cumulating the royalty by week. <o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">4. <b>Accrual
journal name</b>: It is the daily journal which will be posted when royalty
claim is approved<o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">5. <b>Accrual
account</b>: It is the main account (Liability account) which will be credited when accrual journal
is posted<o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">6. <b>Expense
account</b>: It is the main account which will be debited when accrual journal
is posted</span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">7. </span><b style="font-family: "Segoe UI", sans-serif;">Procurement
category</b><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">: It is the default procurement category<span> fo<span>r royalty.</span></span><span style="color: red;"> </span></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjDx_ygvt2yP7lmSM2j65dxyZl-_KenB2OT7yJqjlIErEF6RT5unO2e3C7i-UPIRPyO1OEuDXylavUvKhSVzh5k9sprpnbgj4TS759X9gWh8GC742-mXIM3pfMNPu510SyGfiAXhyphenhyphenUltyg/s1336/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;"><img border="0" data-original-height="533" data-original-width="1336" height="256" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjDx_ygvt2yP7lmSM2j65dxyZl-_KenB2OT7yJqjlIErEF6RT5unO2e3C7i-UPIRPyO1OEuDXylavUvKhSVzh5k9sprpnbgj4TS759X9gWh8GC742-mXIM3pfMNPu510SyGfiAXhyphenhyphenUltyg/w640-h256/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">8. Once values are entered for the above fields in Broker and
royalty tab, go to <b>Number sequence</b> tab in accounts payable
parameters<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;">
</p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">9. Select the number
sequences for royalty contract, royalty code, royalty claim ID, royalty claim
vendor invoice id as these are required while generating royalty claim, royalty
claim vendor invoice etc. <o:p></o:p></span></p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjdhQgm2z-Wx3NJ2d8WtgtOgTrv1y5UHsYs4Ih5cAblNVUxnAXx0M9_zrinFs2Y2IW-ToefhmutqJ0iluHd8AdmnzXPls9DaRC2sWnYu7aUM2bEkJMfGFP98f6njI-yfyj2ZeOfX7KUNwc/s1193/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="586" data-original-width="1193" height="314" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjdhQgm2z-Wx3NJ2d8WtgtOgTrv1y5UHsYs4Ih5cAblNVUxnAXx0M9_zrinFs2Y2IW-ToefhmutqJ0iluHd8AdmnzXPls9DaRC2sWnYu7aUM2bEkJMfGFP98f6njI-yfyj2ZeOfX7KUNwc/w640-h314/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">10. Once setup is done, system is ready to create royalty agreement
for setting up the terms and conditions which are agreed upon.<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><b><i><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif" style="font-size: 13.5pt;">Create Royalty agreement/Contract</span></i></b><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif" style="font-size: 13.5pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">Set up the royalty agreement between licensor and licensee which
will be approved and applied to sales order for royalty payment calculation.<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;">
</p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">1. Go to Accounts payable
> Broker and royalties > Royalty agreements<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><b><i><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif" style="font-size: 13.5pt;">Upper pane</span></i></b><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif" style="font-size: 13.5pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh38TDGGOQl0Cskx_A45fL_Q63xDD9JkVbl1anDxGao4N1dHKilkuUIj-C1DC76WGp_Cy696LX231UugmO-HuJ63KKc0HmkrNWDQPmQPKMWkD7uSm5dm0f3yv4_KfuWSCVRDGeFyRXhJYM/s1332/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="531" data-original-width="1332" height="256" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh38TDGGOQl0Cskx_A45fL_Q63xDD9JkVbl1anDxGao4N1dHKilkuUIj-C1DC76WGp_Cy696LX231UugmO-HuJ63KKc0HmkrNWDQPmQPKMWkD7uSm5dm0f3yv4_KfuWSCVRDGeFyRXhJYM/w640-h256/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">2. To create new agreement, click '<b>New</b>' <o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><b><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif" style="font-size: 13.5pt;">Note</span></b><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif" style="font-size: 13.5pt;">: </span><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">Royalty contract id will
be generated automatically from the number sequence selected in Accounts payable parameters<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">3. <b>Vendor account</b>:
Select vendor account. The royalty will be paid to this vendor (Licensor), once claim is
settled<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">4. <b>Description</b>:
Enter the description to identify each agreement uniquely such as 'Trademark
royalty'<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">5.<b> Unit</b>:
Select unit of measure such as ea., pcs etc. depending on what products will be
sold as a part of royalty agreement<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">6. <b>Unit type</b>:
Once unit is entered, select unit type that can be <b>Inventory unit</b> or <b>Catch
weight unit</b> (for perishable items) that is represented by the
product. Select the value from the dropdown<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">7. <b>Unit of
measure royalty options:</b> This can be <b>Convert</b> or <b>Exact
match</b> i.e. whether unit for the item in sales order should exactly
match with unit given in royalty agreement or should the conversion be allowed.
Select the value from the dropdown<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">8. <b>Calculation
date type</b>: It is the date which is to be considered from sales order line(s) while
calculating the royalty such as, created date, requested ship date or requested
receipt date. Select the value from the dropdown.<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">9. <b>Start date and
end date</b>: Enter the date during which royalty agreement will be valid.<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face="Segoe UI, sans-serif">10. </span><b style="font-family: "Segoe UI", sans-serif;">Cumulate
sales by</b><span face="Segoe UI, sans-serif">: how do you want royalty to be calculated i.e. per invoice, per
week, per month, per year or by other specific date. It specifies the period for royalty calculation (Week, month, year). If invoice is selected, the royalty will be calculated automatically every time eligible sales order line is invoiced. (In this case royalty claim directly gets the status as 'Calculated'). </span>Select the value from the dropdown.</p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">11. <b>Price (taken
from</b>): Which amount from the sales order line should be considered for
calculating the royalty such as net amount or gross amount. Select the value
from the dropdown<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">12. <b>Accrual
accounts and expense account</b>: Values for these fields will be copied
automatically from the accounts payable parameters and can be overridden in the agreement. These are used while posting the accrual journal when royalty claim
is approved<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">13. <b>Currency</b>:
Select the currency for royalty agreement. Royalty payment terms will be in this
currency which will be used in royalty calculation<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">14. <b>Calculate by</b>:
How do you want to calculate the royalty i.e. <b>by quantity</b> or <b>by amount</b>. Either the quantity or the amount (Net or gross) will be considered from sales orders to determine the tiers for applying the royalty amount (For example: if quantity is selected, the overall quantity from the sales orders in the given period will be considered to decide which royalty amount will be applied from the agreement for royalty calculation)<o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif">15. <b>Validation</b>: To validate the agreement, click on Validation button in the upper pane of the agreement. Validated checkbox will be ticked automatically when royalty agreement is
validated <o:p></o:p></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;">
<span face=""Segoe UI", sans-serif" lang="EN-IN" style="font-size: 12pt;">16. <b>Approval
required</b>: It should be ticked manually if approval is required while processing the
royalty claim</span></p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgq9TwLlvxetM6IILkPmk3eXhfA-LRHoLzeawTFoXV4M_AMxHVsAuVhHbAFQ6GnG8qmpsQFlMgLFN2LQdpEp04icnxwmmXL-81nZjw-RZefZ0TRqgVxfKQRbCpqrlqEe7csbzM66vQKcSE/s1323/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="580" data-original-width="1323" height="280" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgq9TwLlvxetM6IILkPmk3eXhfA-LRHoLzeawTFoXV4M_AMxHVsAuVhHbAFQ6GnG8qmpsQFlMgLFN2LQdpEp04icnxwmmXL-81nZjw-RZefZ0TRqgVxfKQRbCpqrlqEe7csbzM66vQKcSE/w640-h280/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">17. Optionally, list of items can also be assigned at the header level and for that go to selection tab</div><p style="text-align: justify;">18. Once values are entered in upper pane, fill in the details for lower pane to make this agreement ready to use.</p><p style="text-align: justify;"><b><i><span style="font-size: medium;">Lower pane</span></i></b></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span>To enter the details, click on 'Add line'. Here we are creating an example where 7 USD per unit of royalty will be paid for items 1000 and 4402 if quantity is sold between 1 to 1000 and 9 USD per unit </span>of royalty will be paid if quantity is sold between 1001 to 5000. Beyond 5001 quantity, 10 USD per unit of royalty will be paid.</p><p style="text-align: justify;">19. <b>Royalty code and description</b>: Royalty code will be generated automatically from the number sequence and description will be copied from the header automatically which can be override if require</p><p style="text-align: justify;">19. Vendor account, calculation date type, currency, unit, start date and end date will be copied automatically from the header level (Upper pane). These details can be override if require for each royalty agreement line</p><p style="text-align: justify;">20. <b>Amount type</b>: The amount type can be <b>Amount per unit</b>, <b>Fixed amount </b>or <b>Percentage</b>. Once royalty amount is entered in the royalty agreement, that amount will be applied to sales order as per the amount type. <b>For example</b>, If <b>Amount per unit</b> is selected in the Amount type field and royalty amount value is 7 USD for some specific quantity then it means 7 USD per unit of royalty will be calculated when applied to the sales order</p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgVDOBg42eRMaKXT5epRyue9KTGCRRzI4U7twfON063_w7LIYN1SmWiPmm_f5_p8PxQOOYJhDWT-thUp3PvBycDQSuQx1jJeLgzpsveftnmwUa0wPCAU3g2t0ogcXJAoyRQ4AhUD0NoNiY/s1314/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="585" data-original-width="1314" height="284" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgVDOBg42eRMaKXT5epRyue9KTGCRRzI4U7twfON063_w7LIYN1SmWiPmm_f5_p8PxQOOYJhDWT-thUp3PvBycDQSuQx1jJeLgzpsveftnmwUa0wPCAU3g2t0ogcXJAoyRQ4AhUD0NoNiY/w640-h284/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><p style="text-align: justify;">20. Now go to <b>selection</b> tab, click on add line/ Add lines to enter the item(s) for which royalty will be paid</p><p style="text-align: justify;">21. Enter unit, site and warehouse for the selected item(s)</p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhZCF62dMVWhT4lGnO9z8wWpID6TpLiZAmDDteyH3D33zECI9DfSP1ycGVz9uZRktvxyEKgmagsyiy2Vyzs_GjvdWVIu5fPRGudjUH6ww8pepFNhU0A6OkffZbjESMpidNcx2dTsaERzlQ/s1335/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="557" data-original-width="1335" height="0" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhZCF62dMVWhT4lGnO9z8wWpID6TpLiZAmDDteyH3D33zECI9DfSP1ycGVz9uZRktvxyEKgmagsyiy2Vyzs_GjvdWVIu5fPRGudjUH6ww8pepFNhU0A6OkffZbjESMpidNcx2dTsaERzlQ/w640-h0/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><p style="text-align: justify;"></p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiwzsVTF-QFVbOpewhpaQNlVMKfzNBpWqRhyphenhyphenU62u7oej7vYLrIAoXHhxPxfDzDAhiTmk1w8iellTqJ0JwB3My7dRKFBsApyt-66E0Vg2ahMzEuN4wDmHIcrd8juDmcpeFEuOAyEel3zUa8/s1334/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="564" data-original-width="1334" height="270" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiwzsVTF-QFVbOpewhpaQNlVMKfzNBpWqRhyphenhyphenU62u7oej7vYLrIAoXHhxPxfDzDAhiTmk1w8iellTqJ0JwB3My7dRKFBsApyt-66E0Vg2ahMzEuN4wDmHIcrd8juDmcpeFEuOAyEel3zUa8/w640-h270/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><br /><p></p><p style="text-align: justify;">22. Once item(s) are entered, go to<b> Royalty amounts</b> tab for setting up the royalty amount values for specific quantities or amounts (depending on what value is selected in calculate by field)</p><p style="text-align: justify;">23. Enter <b>From value</b> and <b>To value</b>. It can be quantity or amount depending on calculate by field value</p><p style="text-align: justify;">24. Enter the value for calculating the royalty. In our case we have selected Amount type as 'Amount per unit', and value selected here is 7 USD for 1 to 1000 quantity, it means for quantity up to 1000, royalty will be 7 per unit and so on.</p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhxfTUKgdpfongNn1OHmiSrxvoF59dZUDsRRyWmb0b_hanH2tJLLGbVsPHamn_HyH1Y4CN33ggUmO-CrOGj09hgZr1gaMQTAyMpfz_eEdmpr8rBcGNEISP2xufa9jrfQsHqtv8IUyHJiIo/s1330/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="568" data-original-width="1330" height="274" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhxfTUKgdpfongNn1OHmiSrxvoF59dZUDsRRyWmb0b_hanH2tJLLGbVsPHamn_HyH1Y4CN33ggUmO-CrOGj09hgZr1gaMQTAyMpfz_eEdmpr8rBcGNEISP2xufa9jrfQsHqtv8IUyHJiIo/w640-h274/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><p style="text-align: justify;">25. Once values are entered, it is time to validate the royalty agreement to verify if all the mandatory fields are properly entered and no business rules are violated</p><p style="text-align: justify;">26. Click on validation button. You can see worker id associated with your user account will come in validated by field. Click ok</p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjY8y7Ty3Y3fed6mH2wvonxj4tVItOQIH1U0Sh-bwkFnErCb1yro9tvN4qviLzA6boA4bmmOq42gPSPBQ7h9aHy3tb9Sg2Lv1TLxxifM7hG5zDakrxKIiMzFhs9Iy_VPUdZe-Hl-sDG2-0/s1335/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="615" data-original-width="1335" height="294" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjY8y7Ty3Y3fed6mH2wvonxj4tVItOQIH1U0Sh-bwkFnErCb1yro9tvN4qviLzA6boA4bmmOq42gPSPBQ7h9aHy3tb9Sg2Lv1TLxxifM7hG5zDakrxKIiMzFhs9Iy_VPUdZe-Hl-sDG2-0/w640-h294/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><p style="text-align: justify;"><br /></p><p style="text-align: justify;">27. Once validation is done, you can see validated checkbox is ticked automatically. Also see the worker name in the validated by field (worker associated with your user account)</p><p style="text-align: justify;"><b>Note</b>: Upon validation, this agreement will be disabled and no further changes are allowed.</p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhjU-6Ge-fnsWpu0I5N3jRcAZcmZNeiL5A4RLn6dMirLbA81N3zPpzcKI1NcOTKG57BrJz1QHYCbMbqlUe9WWJR92VDankJN_LrDcdYTEYGaRpaVnHu0uzyH4zDaFS6QhieeU30qFSEbQQ/s1329/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="582" data-original-width="1329" height="280" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhjU-6Ge-fnsWpu0I5N3jRcAZcmZNeiL5A4RLn6dMirLbA81N3zPpzcKI1NcOTKG57BrJz1QHYCbMbqlUe9WWJR92VDankJN_LrDcdYTEYGaRpaVnHu0uzyH4zDaFS6QhieeU30qFSEbQQ/w640-h280/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><p style="text-align: justify;"><br /></p><p>Hope!! Everyone gets clear understanding of how setup is being done for enabling royalty claim for orders in D365 F&O<br /><br />Please post if any queries and do let me know if any suggestions for improvement.<br /><br />See you soon with new post<br /><br />Happy D365ing !!!<br /><br />-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /></p><div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;"><em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics 365 </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank"><span style="color: #336699;">My Profile </span></a>| </div><div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;"><em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div>Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-82663353438260464552020-12-26T05:08:00.005-08:002022-05-27T05:14:07.837-07:00Broker Commission / Broker Contract Management/ Brokerage in D365 F&O<p style="text-align: justify;">Hello readers, In this post I am going to explain the broker contract management or broker commission / fee management in D365 F&O.</p><p style="text-align: justify;">In broker contract management, company enters into the contract with broker for receiving broker's service for selling of item(s). For example: company enter into the contract with broker for selling of particular brand of shoes.</p><p style="text-align: justify;">In this case, broker will sell the item(s) on behalf of company and earn the commission against each sell. Commission can be based on number of item sold or the amount of item sold. The commission will be calculated as a percentage of sell or fixed amount or amount per pcs (Per unit)</p><p style="text-align: justify;">This is a good marketing strategy for boosting the sell of item(s) and having this functionality available in the system, certainly make the task easier for the company as managing the brokerage payment or broker fees will be easier through broker contract management which will reduce the burden</p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhRuVPZVDlp7iK1_uVrSp9bDYAf5YrwV4i7t2TNcBjpbXCzQzRcqiRgLLFYo4TYmU00_JsEKYpoX2KrIJtpPN6W3Yoy6BAavogg6U7aaCTsAyLFqaMrMRBuNZsC83EUFeDx5_yXKV2Lue8/s388/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="266" data-original-width="388" height="274" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhRuVPZVDlp7iK1_uVrSp9bDYAf5YrwV4i7t2TNcBjpbXCzQzRcqiRgLLFYo4TYmU00_JsEKYpoX2KrIJtpPN6W3Yoy6BAavogg6U7aaCTsAyLFqaMrMRBuNZsC83EUFeDx5_yXKV2Lue8/w400-h274/1.PNG" width="400" /></a></div><p style="text-align: justify;"><b><i><span style="font-size: medium;">Setups:</span></i></b></p><p style="text-align: justify;">You need to perform following setups in the system to manage the broker contract.</p><p style="text-align: justify;"><b><i><span style="font-size: medium;">Accounts payable parameters:</span></i></b></p><p style="text-align: justify;">1. Go to Accounts Payable > Setup > Accounts payable parameters</p><p style="text-align: justify;">2. Click on Broker and royalty tab > Brokerage section </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEijUEW6ax-qrGDLpa127cFZfw0g89jmaYPG41j0oXley-yyaakerdZVOfYZg-GcGvgKTl_DXyQ1eiEv2VqSOa_6HgGIMHOq7Lg8Yt1XmegMRCrDQtNN5T1odfxTAcrNspLMk2v2u4V8BPA/s1152/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="507" data-original-width="1152" height="282" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEijUEW6ax-qrGDLpa127cFZfw0g89jmaYPG41j0oXley-yyaakerdZVOfYZg-GcGvgKTl_DXyQ1eiEv2VqSOa_6HgGIMHOq7Lg8Yt1XmegMRCrDQtNN5T1odfxTAcrNspLMk2v2u4V8BPA/w640-h282/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><p style="text-align: justify;">3. <b>Differential journal name</b>: Select the journal name (Journal type 'Daily') from the dropdown . This journal is used to post the cancelled brokerage amount</p><p style="text-align: justify;">4. <b>Expense journal name</b>: Select the journal name (Journal type 'Daily') from the dropdown . This journal is posted when broker claim is approved. This journal reverses the posting which is done in the form of charges when sales order is invoiced</p><p style="text-align: justify;">5. <b>Manual posting</b>: Manual posting checkbox needs to be checked if you want expense journal to post automatically when brokerage claim is approved</p><p style="text-align: justify;">6. <b>Procurement category</b>: select procurement category to which commission will be applied</p><p style="text-align: justify;">Once this setup is done. Go to the Number sequence tab in Accounts payable parameter:</p><p style="text-align: justify;">7. Select number sequence code in Broker claim invoice. It is the invoice id of the vendor invoice generated when approving the broker claim</p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi20Pt5F_9sfFRsgfdgw-if4Wu8P4zbOntSD9gTqQPTGTHVjPCu3B0foKeAPcVYPgT-XUn_UMRBMtiiphoe3UNGNixi-_RAYSV_F8zivVakV-KRCbnDz8tinfHgM4kJlz4iA3IqEWXlyCY/s1074/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="557" data-original-width="1074" height="332" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi20Pt5F_9sfFRsgfdgw-if4Wu8P4zbOntSD9gTqQPTGTHVjPCu3B0foKeAPcVYPgT-XUn_UMRBMtiiphoe3UNGNixi-_RAYSV_F8zivVakV-KRCbnDz8tinfHgM4kJlz4iA3IqEWXlyCY/w640-h332/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><p style="text-align: justify;"><span style="font-size: medium;"><b><i>Setup differential reason</i></b></span></p><p style="text-align: justify;">1. Go to Accounts payable > Broker and royalties > Differential reasons</p><p style="text-align: justify;">2. Select differential reason for broker commission such as order return and select the main account for posting this difference in differential journal.</p><p style="text-align: justify;">3. Select reason code, description and main account</p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjylxWK14OBvw_UFHM7HZDeMBkiH4XFISXYikXVNuxt2Z_r7BVxaRDw2XXP7UorIFacMcgzHqPhhONnyMJ5HMy3u0rV1MHCjxgHxLH8YKNGNgiAmrpIr3ltCHeTvVGu7tx9QO16FXM4WuU/s857/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="213" data-original-width="857" height="160" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjylxWK14OBvw_UFHM7HZDeMBkiH4XFISXYikXVNuxt2Z_r7BVxaRDw2XXP7UorIFacMcgzHqPhhONnyMJ5HMy3u0rV1MHCjxgHxLH8YKNGNgiAmrpIr3ltCHeTvVGu7tx9QO16FXM4WuU/w640-h160/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><p style="text-align: justify;"><b><i><span style="font-size: medium;">Setup charge code to calculate brokerage during sales invoice</span></i></b></p><p style="text-align: justify;">These are the charges which are applied to sales order for broker fee calculations.</p><p style="text-align: justify;">1. Go to Accounts receivable > Charge setup > Charge code</p><p style="text-align: justify;">2. Select Charge code, Description, debit & credit ledger account and posting types as 'broker fee'.</p><p style="text-align: justify;">3. Ticked prorate checkbox so that charge will applied on prorate basis</p><p style="text-align: justify;">4. Select item sales tax group if you want tax to be applied on charges.</p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjCoBnSkVxrotnDWdJGrJ2Xpp24qkYHMKiy1EO3sb_7QPFfIoXF2hhR4XUlIt9N7CJbWN21PsJOiukdWN7eBLuKd5BPprsGEhXWmF1RmCPpqnrlbETTJcewEQtEdkX4MUnpR3CKD84q4eE/s1011/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="456" data-original-width="1011" height="288" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjCoBnSkVxrotnDWdJGrJ2Xpp24qkYHMKiy1EO3sb_7QPFfIoXF2hhR4XUlIt9N7CJbWN21PsJOiukdWN7eBLuKd5BPprsGEhXWmF1RmCPpqnrlbETTJcewEQtEdkX4MUnpR3CKD84q4eE/w640-h288/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">Once all the setups are done, it is the time to setup broker contract in the system.</div><p style="text-align: justify;"><b><i><span style="font-size: medium;">Setting up the broker contracts</span></i></b></p><p style="text-align: justify;">Broker contract is like an agreement with vendor/broker that specifies the fee or commission, a broker will receive against the sale of item(s) when claim is settled.</p><p style="text-align: justify;">1. Go to Accounts payable > Broker and royalties > Broker contract</p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhYI2oitGrYKS8qIh92Ct8R05BkMGw8XGVg1m6SK9rnYk8hmcmUE2LFE3kVlDLWeNJZysxZQubcMTwU7e2HYOBBh21TZCmmz-YeQvHYXxjiGrmyuY2iCmRJb3xpUNCk80KV0COMPHEIKKA/s1287/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="493" data-original-width="1287" height="246" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhYI2oitGrYKS8qIh92Ct8R05BkMGw8XGVg1m6SK9rnYk8hmcmUE2LFE3kVlDLWeNJZysxZQubcMTwU7e2HYOBBh21TZCmmz-YeQvHYXxjiGrmyuY2iCmRJb3xpUNCk80KV0COMPHEIKKA/w640-h246/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><p style="text-align: justify;">2. You can see there are two sections: upper pane and lower pane. </p><p></p><ul style="text-align: left;"><li style="text-align: justify;"><b>Broker contract</b>: Upper pane maintains the broker contract status, broker account (Vendor account), validity period etc. </li><li style="text-align: justify;"><b>Contract details</b>: Lower pane maintains the items details, charge code, brokerage value in terms of percentage, fixed value or per unit, currency etc.</li></ul><div style="text-align: justify;">3. Here we will create a new brokerage and for that click on 'New'</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><b>In the upper section, enter broker contract information:</b></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">4. <b>Status</b>: You can see status of the broker contract is 'Planning'. It is the first state where all the planning and agreement happen with vendor/broker</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">5. <b>Broker contract ID</b>: Enter broker contract id and description which will uniquely identified the broker contract</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">6. <b>Broker vendor account</b>: Select vendor account from the dropdown. This vendor is nothing but a broker who is responsible for selling the item(s) for earning the commission</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">7. <b>From date</b> and <b>To date</b>: Select validity of the broker contract. It is the duration during which broker contract will be valid and brokerage will be calculated against the sell of item for the broker. Select 'From date' and 'To date'</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">8. <b>Charge code</b>: Select the charge code which was created during the setup. It will be applied to sales order for generating the brokerage amount</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">9. <b>Category</b>: Select category. It is nothing but the way brokerage will be calculated. </div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li style="text-align: justify;"><b>Pcs</b>: This can be based on quantity i.e. broker fee will be generate based on the quantity of item(s) sold.</li><li style="text-align: justify;"><b>Percentage</b>: If this is a percentage, the brokerage will be calculated as a percentage of total amount of item sold in the sales order line</li><li style="text-align: justify;"><b>Fixed value</b>: It is a fixed amount, broker will receive against the sale of item in the sales order</li></ul><div style="text-align: justify;">10. <b>Charge value</b>: Once category is selected, enter the value in charges value field. It is the value which will be used for calculating the brokerage</div></div><p></p><div><div style="text-align: justify;">11. <b>Charge currency code</b>: Select charge currency code as well for applying the charges in that currency</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj63ikgZhutFYzZazB2nOQwdg4AOOLc8SQBPcf_t-yxzGzomCE3VwOvd8Z-btNqdcJx8kW6vMC1VDEMdyx-dkdV8GU6rc6WQOIMiV_i0wGf6ECTnyR9dH3CnBuEiMMKOcViNEnlFWHtuLI/s1295/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="511" data-original-width="1295" height="252" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj63ikgZhutFYzZazB2nOQwdg4AOOLc8SQBPcf_t-yxzGzomCE3VwOvd8Z-btNqdcJx8kW6vMC1VDEMdyx-dkdV8GU6rc6WQOIMiV_i0wGf6ECTnyR9dH3CnBuEiMMKOcViNEnlFWHtuLI/w640-h252/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">Once values are entered in the upper pane, go to the lower pane to select contract details which are applicable to this contract such as specify the product code type, Item relation and customer or customer groups to which this contract is applicable etc.</div></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><b>In the lower section, enter broker contract details information:</b></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">12. Once details are added in the upper pane, go to lower pane and click on Add line to add item(s) and other details for setting up the contract</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">13. <b>Product code type</b>: Select product code type as 'Table' (For single item), 'Group' (Group of items) or 'All' depending on to which item(s) you want this contract to be applied i.e. for single item, or for specific group of items or for all items sold by the company</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">14. <b>Item relation</b>: Once value is selected in product code type, select item relation value accordingly i.e. If table is selected in product code type then select a item number in the item relation field. It means broker contract is applicable to this single item. If Group is selected in product code type then select item group in the item relation field. it means broker contract is applicable to this particular group of item. If 'All' is selected in product code type then item relation field is disabled as it means brokerage is applicable to all items in that legal entity</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">15. <b>Party code type</b>: Select party code type as 'Table' (For single customer), 'Group' (Group of customers) or 'All' (All customers) depending on to which customer(s) you want this contract to be applied</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">16. <b>Account selection</b>: Once value is selected in party code type, select account selection value accordingly i.e. If table is selected in party code type then select a customer in the account selection field. It means brokerage contract is applicable to sales order created for this single customer. If Group is selected in party code type then select customer group in the account selection field. It means brokerage contract is applicable to sales order created for this particular group of customers. If 'All' is selected in party code type then account relation field is disabled as it means contract is applicable to all the customers in that legal entity</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">17. <b>Break type</b>: In the Break type field, select either quantity or amount which act as a basis for calculating the brokerage amount</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">18. <b>Break</b>: In Break field, we can specify the break value for the quantity or amount as selected in the Break Type field. Value entered here will act as a minimum quantity or amount for calculating the brokerage as per the break type selected</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">19. Values for other fields such as category, charges value, charges currency code will be flow automatically from the header which can be overridden as needed.</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEixQywa-m3A6uWuv1K5ZVbOk4YpBbGUQ_pDNtmGC8WnahUFGX_sJEtK6cBTzjZ3ll_iF1wS_hplBvHJd6mZ8dQQ9NkzgMJ1xPMUwIINY4IMZZLG7w-q3-YyYK9xaM8oGTiTIIGfCG_hwFk/s1297/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="512" data-original-width="1297" height="252" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEixQywa-m3A6uWuv1K5ZVbOk4YpBbGUQ_pDNtmGC8WnahUFGX_sJEtK6cBTzjZ3ll_iF1wS_hplBvHJd6mZ8dQQ9NkzgMJ1xPMUwIINY4IMZZLG7w-q3-YyYK9xaM8oGTiTIIGfCG_hwFk/w640-h252/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">20. Once details are entered in the lower pane, status of the broker contract should be changed from planning to approved. Once status is approved, no further changes to contract terms are allowed.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><b>Note</b>: Contract terms cannot be applied to sales order unless the status of the broker contract is changed to approved.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">21. There are other statuses as well which can be used as needed for the broker contract:</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><ul style="text-align: left;"><li style="text-align: justify;"><b>Canceled</b>: when contract with the broker is cancelled, the status should be changed to canceled</li><li style="text-align: justify;"><b>Closed</b>: when contract with the broker is over, the status should be changed to closed.</li></ul></div><div style="text-align: justify;">22. Once status is changed to approved, the contract is ready to be applied to sales order for calculating the commission/ fee for the broker.</div></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><b><i>Create Sales order </i></b></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><b><i><br /></i></b></div><div style="text-align: justify;">1. Now create sales order by taking same customer and item(s) which was the part of broker contract</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjWRknNSuWW1ND_7eJi9mc6gl2bU3tC5DbGjktJQe-Lo7z10DRwkL_Y6LmuRoTKcIX2pn3dMLXFEFKgMY4d-dVu-Y-eK9L-8hF1kJ6uJScnxkVLVouw37doeUEtCtn7aJ6H4Xt3NvINqaY/s1336/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="591" data-original-width="1336" height="284" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjWRknNSuWW1ND_7eJi9mc6gl2bU3tC5DbGjktJQe-Lo7z10DRwkL_Y6LmuRoTKcIX2pn3dMLXFEFKgMY4d-dVu-Y-eK9L-8hF1kJ6uJScnxkVLVouw37doeUEtCtn7aJ6H4Xt3NvINqaY/w640-h284/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">2. To view the commission calculated as per the broker contract, click on sales order line > Broker commission</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiQTH5GU48nEc6fZV47GCn_iCovxo8f1EdASYhZFs6JQLBSrly6CDBQQxsTaowAF7TY3eYPzXLAgA36okwlk7bE_lunoApXJaG9tmL5OzUejVKdVjyh0H1r64HU9cd_hU5r4zXHcGkQAQk/s1332/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="593" data-original-width="1332" height="284" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiQTH5GU48nEc6fZV47GCn_iCovxo8f1EdASYhZFs6JQLBSrly6CDBQQxsTaowAF7TY3eYPzXLAgA36okwlk7bE_lunoApXJaG9tmL5OzUejVKdVjyh0H1r64HU9cd_hU5r4zXHcGkQAQk/w640-h284/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">3. You can see commission will be calculated for item 1000 as below:</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhNm3wgw8yvzYWMyfBl7BObkmVfyME6JtjrsKSTE-q_OaE3YlIAsV0DAroYDj3xpu3Nticsu9yVp3Z5nV_vPgDFERuTN0TNvdyy5Ncb3Zx74NTrDuHsuG0A2mbP79hb1fHncp2986oKGPk/s415/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="121" data-original-width="415" height="116" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhNm3wgw8yvzYWMyfBl7BObkmVfyME6JtjrsKSTE-q_OaE3YlIAsV0DAroYDj3xpu3Nticsu9yVp3Z5nV_vPgDFERuTN0TNvdyy5Ncb3Zx74NTrDuHsuG0A2mbP79hb1fHncp2986oKGPk/w400-h116/1.PNG" width="400" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">In this 5 quantity is selected in the sales order line. and in the broker contract 10 percent brokerage is promised for minimum of 5 quantity.</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"> Net amount = 9500 for the sales order line </div><div style="text-align: justify;"> 10 % of net amount = 9500 * (10/100) = 950</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><b>Note</b>: Here minimum 5 quantity is required in order to generate the commission for broker as that is the break quantity for this item in broker contract.</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">4. Similar is the case with other brokerage calculations as well:</div><div style="text-align: justify;"> <b>For item 4401</b>: (Fixed amount 5 USD is applied)</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEifbmlqmP4gC5JbbhKy9ssLZoyJY0X2edEAIoXqhtdbdvyg4W8pfjCD0Fb7gZpMTbrQJQyBAzKIeu7jT1CdqN2G6xKAsyrMT2MurKy26LtLn-YEgw71aa8ECrUD0KHoadjksYXSL3RtSVM/s397/1.PNG" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" data-original-height="136" data-original-width="397" height="138" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEifbmlqmP4gC5JbbhKy9ssLZoyJY0X2edEAIoXqhtdbdvyg4W8pfjCD0Fb7gZpMTbrQJQyBAzKIeu7jT1CdqN2G6xKAsyrMT2MurKy26LtLn-YEgw71aa8ECrUD0KHoadjksYXSL3RtSVM/w400-h138/1.PNG" width="400" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><b>For item 4402</b>:</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhDNp9Tk0QdrrgmWF3rZXKa1GRnQzubgksiJfrBbi61raE_rzBlcjGVRrYkZ4R17B3HHiuaYawn4s64grRfsp3mi0ZGBuoTKIE9YO27iGHQCuNYKxyxGwqmxXYMRMzu_ixqd2alRLM2fII/s420/1.PNG" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" data-original-height="152" data-original-width="420" height="145" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhDNp9Tk0QdrrgmWF3rZXKa1GRnQzubgksiJfrBbi61raE_rzBlcjGVRrYkZ4R17B3HHiuaYawn4s64grRfsp3mi0ZGBuoTKIE9YO27iGHQCuNYKxyxGwqmxXYMRMzu_ixqd2alRLM2fII/w400-h145/1.PNG" width="400" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">5. This is the as on commission based on the current values (quantity, net amount) on each sales order line. Value of the commission can be changed in case values from the sales order line are changed. This can be possible unless sales order is not invoiced</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">6. Once sales order is invoiced, we can see commission is available for claim for the broker. Until this time, commission is only calculated based on the current sales order line values. Once sales order is invoiced, the calculated commission is posted in the ledgers defined in the broker charges and is also available in the broker claim form for realizing it for the broker.</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjHxttTGdY_lqcfxKk99JGb8uw8SLAIQNHzXPClR3w1Q_y4DaAgOOaqa2hGDEGeboAKf68h0p6VYQqimpkqY0eUASYgkbvWV6e39ZM59CJ0aS7Z_1n4QJeAxebMno2ueOc7a66PD3Lz61g/s1317/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="489" data-original-width="1317" height="238" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjHxttTGdY_lqcfxKk99JGb8uw8SLAIQNHzXPClR3w1Q_y4DaAgOOaqa2hGDEGeboAKf68h0p6VYQqimpkqY0eUASYgkbvWV6e39ZM59CJ0aS7Z_1n4QJeAxebMno2ueOc7a66PD3Lz61g/w640-h238/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">7. You can view the posted commission in the ledger account defined in the broker charges during setup and from the trail balance as well. This amount will then be reversed when broker claim amount is actually settled.</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><b><i><span style="font-size: medium;">Broker claim</span></i></b></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><b><i><span style="font-size: medium;"><br /></span></i></b></div><div style="text-align: justify;">1. Go to Accounts payable > Broker and royalties > Broker claim</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><b><i><br /></i></b></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; font-weight: bold; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjB7Yyx3xtLLBCExsZn5Clewd0KLmsPlHbLqrOchcjJCoOQ7QSdF6NHRsNFzVnTc0jW48pcpUv_nb5KdXnuo2ssMlgds-6IuLmVVfosJa5Zcz9eeHUQoHjc0npAFfuxayu7yHH4m1QB1zU/s1148/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="547" data-original-width="1148" height="304" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjB7Yyx3xtLLBCExsZn5Clewd0KLmsPlHbLqrOchcjJCoOQ7QSdF6NHRsNFzVnTc0jW48pcpUv_nb5KdXnuo2ssMlgds-6IuLmVVfosJa5Zcz9eeHUQoHjc0npAFfuxayu7yHH4m1QB1zU/w640-h304/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><span style="font-weight: 700;"><br /></span></div><div style="text-align: justify;">2. We can see broker payment is available for the sales order in the open status in broker claim form. We can see the total amount of brokerage generated against the sales order along with other details such as broker (vendor) id against which this brokerage is generate, total qualified amount for brokerage, total invoice amount and <span>charge code</span> etc.as seen above.</div></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">3. This form displays all the brokerage generated in the system along with its status (Open, Closed and All)</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><b><i><br /></i></b></div><div style="text-align: justify;">4. Once Broker claim is review, it needs be to approved and for that you need to enter the amount under 'Approving' field in broker lines </div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiRsajtNAIh0EThTAAB8vALA9QahkbDSenfNuWoMDiHclHvcB5UrfR7QZv8IaopSClmBwQnpVbKMuSm0CNzKSeE3z5eWxqclrWfy6Kd1-bXY4p1IQf7agYB0G4qTwOT9HT5osY46D40yHc/s1118/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="559" data-original-width="1118" height="320" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiRsajtNAIh0EThTAAB8vALA9QahkbDSenfNuWoMDiHclHvcB5UrfR7QZv8IaopSClmBwQnpVbKMuSm0CNzKSeE3z5eWxqclrWfy6Kd1-bXY4p1IQf7agYB0G4qTwOT9HT5osY46D40yHc/w640-h320/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">5. Click on '<b>Approve</b>'. Once approved, you can see the amount under approved field in the broker claim header and lines. Broker claim header displays the consolidated value of approved amount from broker claim lines</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">6. Also once you click on approve, system automatically creates the vendor claim invoice and post the expense journal in the general journal section.</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgLZBRqOqgy8NNbaMxSfbr28o83-tRc3FYC4V0NqhgybBRYm_8-eKyxfzuH68HrHrzKYYKQjEVnw59QeJIuLMGMcWp_MpkOcY6zdYJeBan-dgcDHMQeomkmiPkQYR9qGFU5nBYKNRBQajk/s1107/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="554" data-original-width="1107" height="320" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgLZBRqOqgy8NNbaMxSfbr28o83-tRc3FYC4V0NqhgybBRYm_8-eKyxfzuH68HrHrzKYYKQjEVnw59QeJIuLMGMcWp_MpkOcY6zdYJeBan-dgcDHMQeomkmiPkQYR9qGFU5nBYKNRBQajk/w640-h320/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><b>Note</b>: Manual posting checkbox is not ticked in the accounts payable parameter during setup hence you can see expense journal is posted automatically. If review is needed before posting then tick the manual posting checkbox.</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">7. Go to the expense journal, you can see the commission which was posted against the sales order in the form of charges will be reversed i.e. what was credit earlier is debited now and what was debited earlier is credited now in the expense journal. (You can also see these postings (debit/credit) in the trail balance or in those ledgers as well)</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg_JxKuBaNIa5Ngpt1uUxxJ3umsXasxDG1ZCNmeZEqMNHl2rZ1S5Xy1GlL0eYLPKkeh_gvIUPvSSeFatJChl1O4G5B4w0YALg_0sUs9ptr7MtAjttARNJXXRaKvg1cPK0jjmzzeMTJIrmE/s1334/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="601" data-original-width="1334" height="288" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg_JxKuBaNIa5Ngpt1uUxxJ3umsXasxDG1ZCNmeZEqMNHl2rZ1S5Xy1GlL0eYLPKkeh_gvIUPvSSeFatJChl1O4G5B4w0YALg_0sUs9ptr7MtAjttARNJXXRaKvg1cPK0jjmzzeMTJIrmE/w640-h288/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">8. Apart from posting in the expense journal, it also generates the vendor liability in the form of vendor claim invoice. Go to the vendor invoice/ transactions to view the details</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiaATjl4eQah7OaXr6IkMWY7gsVaYBt0svNM1i7MpRweEUzpvoiCjmENinwUSRhCOfsXt8GRBUhqWnM5ByV_ktq61VMLBpKgJFrOgddoo7VH9WCSh4y51vinPR6O-HPw6zKn4G5lxQeo0M/s1286/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="375" data-original-width="1286" height="187" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiaATjl4eQah7OaXr6IkMWY7gsVaYBt0svNM1i7MpRweEUzpvoiCjmENinwUSRhCOfsXt8GRBUhqWnM5ByV_ktq61VMLBpKgJFrOgddoo7VH9WCSh4y51vinPR6O-HPw6zKn4G5lxQeo0M/w640-h187/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj5s3uACeCy1EdV1ExS_qh-LgztnBQGbxwPqQhT-Hejt1o-0hUFML0rY-lqyzz9Zrxc2DvbNrXQ1UqlTDVLQtjZVqNb_mVTwyefGrrxKRCI9zd8SP1P1pNs8RzuuHMpps7ZaVRuJEZQg7g/s1267/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="556" data-original-width="1267" height="280" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj5s3uACeCy1EdV1ExS_qh-LgztnBQGbxwPqQhT-Hejt1o-0hUFML0rY-lqyzz9Zrxc2DvbNrXQ1UqlTDVLQtjZVqNb_mVTwyefGrrxKRCI9zd8SP1P1pNs8RzuuHMpps7ZaVRuJEZQg7g/w640-h280/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">9. This broker commission which is now available as vendor liability will be settled either through payment (payment journal) or by other means as per the standard D365 F&O practices.</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><span style="font-size: medium;"><b><i>Close broker claim</i></b></span></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">1. Go to Accounts payable > Broker and loyalties > Broker claim</div><div style="text-align: justify;">2. Marked the broker claim for closure</div><div style="text-align: justify;">3. Click on <b>Close</b></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><b>Note</b>: you can also mark individual broker claim lines and close them instead of closing the entire broker claim.</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh-Rt23rlA2-nJ6nXjrcmrJPtS5Fjs8qBnaEIJmMsKLlT_SECz6VpoIfyZ1xGT4SUrDfgsuIGYP-mHo2aOBW-UxOajQ1GlWlpfBwyny1sNUrTxf3gsuursAvIiWdtxLvQH0V9dr_F7GXJQ/s1144/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="512" data-original-width="1144" height="286" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh-Rt23rlA2-nJ6nXjrcmrJPtS5Fjs8qBnaEIJmMsKLlT_SECz6VpoIfyZ1xGT4SUrDfgsuIGYP-mHo2aOBW-UxOajQ1GlWlpfBwyny1sNUrTxf3gsuursAvIiWdtxLvQH0V9dr_F7GXJQ/w640-h286/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">4. Once closed, you cannot edit the broker claim further, Also you cannot open it again.</div><div style="text-align: justify;"> </div></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhoEOb2kiZu-2IT-GThjcvkBsMX6wyDHKlJmFpiBRODcEohfQLMM4e3Im_JW_uDZ7JEQ3MvoLErG0TD1WzB5cOyRMd4pA3MSM5VLIV-Br_rGOlACgzBI8Dg1EUJVb0KE5BbW2h3aagn1w0/s1117/1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="500" data-original-width="1117" height="286" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhoEOb2kiZu-2IT-GThjcvkBsMX6wyDHKlJmFpiBRODcEohfQLMM4e3Im_JW_uDZ7JEQ3MvoLErG0TD1WzB5cOyRMd4pA3MSM5VLIV-Br_rGOlACgzBI8Dg1EUJVb0KE5BbW2h3aagn1w0/w640-h286/1.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">In this way broker contract is setup in the system and broker payment/ fee is managed.</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><div><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.79px;">Hope</b><span face=""arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif" style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.79px;">!! Everyone gets clear understanding of Broker Contract Management in D365 F&O</span></div><span face=""arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif" style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.79px;"></span><br /><div><span face=""arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif" style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.79px;"><span style="line-height: 20.79px;">Please post if any queries and do let me know if any suggestions for improvement.</span></span></div><span face=""arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif" style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.79px;"></span><div><span face=""arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif" style="color: #333333; line-height: 20.79px;"><br /></span></div><div><span face=""arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif" style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.79px;"><span style="line-height: 20.79px;">See you soon with new post :-)</span></span></div><span face=""arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif" style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.79px;"></span><div><br />Happy Daxing !!!</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"></div><div><div class="separator" style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: left;">-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div><div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: left;"><em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank"><span style="color: #336699;">My Profile </span></a>| </div><div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;"><em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div></div></div></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div>Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-50554096914911449952020-11-05T04:44:00.005-08:002020-12-26T04:56:32.765-08:00Correction or cancellation of product receipt/Packing slip in D365 F&O <div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">
Hello readers, Thank you for an amazing responses to my previous posts. Hope those are helpful for you.</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">Topic for this post is correction or cancellation of either sales order packing slip or purchase order product receipt. <span>This functionality has been introduced in AX 2012 and earlier versions of AX does not have this facility.</span></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><span><br /></span></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg_k6NpW3dm-E048fmYupX2H8hV61cwS7I4XtnIcPOuasqqAKZUqnRXUQxqa2saAp6VKefw-75FdDfwQNPAwUbtv4QT3scFpv5I9j5PjwBaXqYA-uqY6pGbgBHLsJEOVuIQqMVFhWfTHHI/s256/logo+1.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="174" data-original-width="256" height="218" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg_k6NpW3dm-E048fmYupX2H8hV61cwS7I4XtnIcPOuasqqAKZUqnRXUQxqa2saAp6VKefw-75FdDfwQNPAwUbtv4QT3scFpv5I9j5PjwBaXqYA-uqY6pGbgBHLsJEOVuIQqMVFhWfTHHI/w320-h218/logo+1.PNG" width="320" /></a></div><br /><span><br /></span></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">We often come across a situation where it is important to make correction or cancellation to the <b>product receipt posted in the system against the material received from vendor</b> (in purchase order). or to the <b>packing slip posted against the material delivered to the customer</b> (in sales order). To facilitate this correction or cancellation, there is a out of box functionality available in AX / D365 F&O.</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><i><b><span style="font-size: medium;"><u>Corrections:</u></span></b></i></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">The corrections can be made due to many reasons such as </div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">1. Posting the product receipt or packing slip for wrong quantities than the quantity already received or delivered</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">2. Posting the product receipt or packing slip for wrong dates than the date on which it is actually received or delivered</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">3. Posting the product receipt or packing slip with other wrong values (other than date or quantity)</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">Like wise there could be many reasons which require businesses to correct the product receipt in purchase order or packing slip in sales order.</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><i><b><span style="font-size: medium;"><u>Cancellation:</u></span></b></i></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">Like corrections, cancellations can also be made due to many reasons such as:</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">1. When posting has been done mistakenly without actually receiving products from vendor or delivering products to customer</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">2. Or when product receipt/ packing slip is posted for wrong purchase order/ sales order</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">2. Likewise there could be any other business reasons as well.</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><span style="font-size: medium;"><b><i>Note</i></b>: </span></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">It is important to note that this correction or cancellation of packing slip/ Product receipt are only possible when sales order or purchase order is not invoiced. Upon fully invoicing, this option is not available. In that case posting the credit note/debit note is the possible option for the reversal. </div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">In case of partially invoiced order, product receipt cannot be cancelled, instead the non invoiced quantity of that product receipt can be corrected i.e. non invoiced quantity of that product receipt can be reversed through correction. </div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><b><span style="font-size: medium;">How to correct the packing slip/ product receipt</span></b></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><i><b><span style="font-size: medium;">1. Correct Packing slip</span></b></i></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">Consider a scenario where <span>sales clerk</span> has identified the mistake in the packing slip posted for the sales order. It is identified that the quantity posted is more than quantity of items actually delivered to the customer. Now as the mistake is identified at the correct stage i.e. before posting the invoice, it is now possible to make corrections to that packing slip so that packing slip is available with correct quantity in the system. This will help in getting the correct inventory and financial impacts in the system for this packing slip.</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">To correct such a packing slip, below steps can be performed:</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">1. Go to the sales order --> On the action pane, on the <b>Pick and pack</b> tab</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">2. Click on packing slip journal </div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgUi6fsUN23b-K6Of7KqlNJtmNKkR_AH7go_cwPxH5daYZV_WDHlze-eeGRAgumnOXxMKgmEX2MXtryajGc0aRV4Qen2I_rquKA0HG6TrVTygnGEt_w22CM1e6V_VN0EbC2EiXKuK5QIK0/s1267/2.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="437" data-original-width="1267" height="221" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgUi6fsUN23b-K6Of7KqlNJtmNKkR_AH7go_cwPxH5daYZV_WDHlze-eeGRAgumnOXxMKgmEX2MXtryajGc0aRV4Qen2I_rquKA0HG6TrVTygnGEt_w22CM1e6V_VN0EbC2EiXKuK5QIK0/w640-h221/2.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">3. Select the packing slip which was wrongly posted. You can see Correct and cancel buttons are enabled</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgBYhosb5vQQ_isE15cUh7f-rHkMUlUI9OrvRzSfqn5GyJBYp2Naj-3QS-wTLgKOvx2rz4OjUbTM5yDNf-CmLmVwQuKk-6oRiuEaqnWsL6dPsC0W_WLZm-uRZgR6G2JgYwV3bhL0Px75zM/s1315/3.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="355" data-original-width="1315" height="172" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgBYhosb5vQQ_isE15cUh7f-rHkMUlUI9OrvRzSfqn5GyJBYp2Naj-3QS-wTLgKOvx2rz4OjUbTM5yDNf-CmLmVwQuKk-6oRiuEaqnWsL6dPsC0W_WLZm-uRZgR6G2JgYwV3bhL0Px75zM/w640-h172/3.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">4. Click on voucher --> You can see existing postings with the original packing slip</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhFXNRXRP0roxMv1jDrAfhF04hTWgB5RPGH_IfLNAHqb9MWCWlXcsQZV6gMO6xwb1lFYclo9cNP7LlwH4yRX1t9gZNBZcAL1Kpi8rpSGufhnztxfM-wAzvtxCSV2Pk4VMpU8j-DUGywyC4/s1230/4.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="323" data-original-width="1230" height="168" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhFXNRXRP0roxMv1jDrAfhF04hTWgB5RPGH_IfLNAHqb9MWCWlXcsQZV6gMO6xwb1lFYclo9cNP7LlwH4yRX1t9gZNBZcAL1Kpi8rpSGufhnztxfM-wAzvtxCSV2Pk4VMpU8j-DUGywyC4/w640-h168/4.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">5. Now close the voucher form and go back to the packing slip --> Click on '<span>Correct</span>' button </div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">6. The packing slip correction form will open where you can edit the details which was wrong earlier</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">7. If you reduced the quantity, the quantity that is reduced will be visible in the 'Quantity to be reversed' field. The reverse posting will be done for this reduced quantity. In this case, I have reduced the quantity by 1, hence 1 is available in quantity to be reversed field</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi1jtVyMJg0qPZ8SSGS0e8lCGBuDhNgzJ0nuhl1Vo8KCb2GgzyETp1tFnqaj_9o1TXsRFUyF1GikLjXoHMgAeabpz1MRuXIKPiUQEVdNCAMvL5Xm84474zQJGHPu4FKV9SXOoJGFqkSQmA/s1199/5.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="602" data-original-width="1199" height="322" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi1jtVyMJg0qPZ8SSGS0e8lCGBuDhNgzJ0nuhl1Vo8KCb2GgzyETp1tFnqaj_9o1TXsRFUyF1GikLjXoHMgAeabpz1MRuXIKPiUQEVdNCAMvL5Xm84474zQJGHPu4FKV9SXOoJGFqkSQmA/w640-h322/5.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><span><b>Note</b>: If you try to increased the quantity than total packing slip quantity, system will throw an error:</span></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><span><br /></span></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhim4wiXY09D3J4CP-ZkiU_CPV5M7pUl7o-5szNkm8kvkqcU6Nsj6lt8YTPLPiTJfcwsQXXEnelQ90Xq-4v4dR8diO7ArVKGZbh8G8AHRsd4NDq8T7i09yYppvMTHpwzaOysRvj7rU251w/s1202/6.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="604" data-original-width="1202" height="322" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhim4wiXY09D3J4CP-ZkiU_CPV5M7pUl7o-5szNkm8kvkqcU6Nsj6lt8YTPLPiTJfcwsQXXEnelQ90Xq-4v4dR8diO7ArVKGZbh8G8AHRsd4NDq8T7i09yYppvMTHpwzaOysRvj7rU251w/w640-h322/6.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><span><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div></span></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><span><span style="font-size: medium;"><b>Note:</b></span> </span></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><span>I</span>n correction case, only reduction is possible. It is recommended to post another packing slip for the additional quantity.</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><span> </span></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><span>9. Once required changes are done, the packing slip can be posted</span></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><span><br /></span></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><span><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgAM5CmPogkMv6iH6Kxi3HMN3q72s_XN_vMnCjR5z5Z6xDqdrJSgBBNIRmgHXRiMhozgQ-Q3vTB8xDQaIX9GEpL4DZMA49n7uifrfSJoYVYWAgPqXXlZJ11MYWIBN22YsmsJs9J7wTEMJA/s1201/7.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="590" data-original-width="1201" height="314" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgAM5CmPogkMv6iH6Kxi3HMN3q72s_XN_vMnCjR5z5Z6xDqdrJSgBBNIRmgHXRiMhozgQ-Q3vTB8xDQaIX9GEpL4DZMA49n7uifrfSJoYVYWAgPqXXlZJ11MYWIBN22YsmsJs9J7wTEMJA/w640-h314/7.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><span><br /></span></div><div style="text-align: justify;">10. Upon correction, go to the same packing slip journal --> you can see that the delivered quantity is reduced from 3 to 2 and 1 quantity is shifted to remaining quantity field.</div></span></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><span><br /></span></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhIQHRdLvoLK15qXDf-9pwq2WjmJa7DQ8XNQymKUEINFzMvMlq5xJW3-A70P_FGFdptlC4VtuKCeQP6fCd4tNwYOWLCAoRafG7WAZ-UA7kwHnSV7H9sFmcAjMYTp3qU9QucpliAUHVJFQU/s1233/18.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="318" data-original-width="1233" height="166" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhIQHRdLvoLK15qXDf-9pwq2WjmJa7DQ8XNQymKUEINFzMvMlq5xJW3-A70P_FGFdptlC4VtuKCeQP6fCd4tNwYOWLCAoRafG7WAZ-UA7kwHnSV7H9sFmcAjMYTp3qU9QucpliAUHVJFQU/w640-h166/18.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><span><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div></span></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><div dir="ltr" trbidi="on"><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><i style="font-weight: bold;"><span style="font-size: medium;">Overall system Impact (When quantity is corrected): </span></i></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">It reverses the postings of quantities which are getting reduced for the packing slip lines. It is as if new packing slip with reverse quantity for the corrected items is getting posted by the system automatically which will reverse the impact. Quantity which was supposed to be reversed (quantity to be reversed) for the item(s) will be reduced from the existing packing slip. This can be seen from the voucher of the same packing slip which was corrected where reversed postings will be visible for the corrected lines.</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj_Sa0GLEPi4pv_yv5jjEssFwS0FjM6JynjX6l6WQxEx2JRoszplsqecXaDxMsx6WWZ-9Bl7tI2klTZsMaIAsDf-UVIuny7HTzTooyvkTbSYGoT5_Fof2yXePtlWPJHPf1CMAjQmrhJLqk/s1253/8.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="443" data-original-width="1253" height="226" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj_Sa0GLEPi4pv_yv5jjEssFwS0FjM6JynjX6l6WQxEx2JRoszplsqecXaDxMsx6WWZ-9Bl7tI2klTZsMaIAsDf-UVIuny7HTzTooyvkTbSYGoT5_Fof2yXePtlWPJHPf1CMAjQmrhJLqk/w640-h226/8.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">This reversing impact will also be visible from the inventory transactions for the corrected items. You can see inventory transactions that is posted to reverse the inventory impact.</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><span style="font-size: medium;"><b>Note:</b></span></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">During packing slip correction, when other fields are corrected (other than quantity), those new values will be a part of corrected packing slip.</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><b><span style="font-size: medium;">Note</span></b>: </div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">Similar way you can correct the product receipt of purchase order. The overall impact will also be in line with what has explained above for sales order packing slip.</div></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><i><u><b><span style="font-size: medium;">Cancel product receipt</span></b></u></i></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">Consider a scenario where <span>purchasing Manager</span> has identified the purchase order which is wrongly posted in the system. Materials for this purchase order is not yet received in the warehouse but have wrongly posted the receipt for this purchase order. The material is actually received for another purchase order hence that another purchase order's product receipt should have been posted.</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">Once such order is identified, it is important to cancel the product receipt that is posted and to achieve that follow the below steps:</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">1. Go to the purchase order --> Receive fast tab --> Click on Product receipt journal</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgD8ZkdcJChA6qIuYpmOoD8pPQm3qdrT4AhCJgNkBDl1BRltlsCthVxOoPqdMvPKeZ9mTfwzkspC7vec2ZbYYJZ4ZnOPq2LpMagIP6eU_KwoXY0ZceZkdTvYnMUf23Z06-LQKlZwm7IDN4/s1305/11.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="541" data-original-width="1305" height="266" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgD8ZkdcJChA6qIuYpmOoD8pPQm3qdrT4AhCJgNkBDl1BRltlsCthVxOoPqdMvPKeZ9mTfwzkspC7vec2ZbYYJZ4ZnOPq2LpMagIP6eU_KwoXY0ZceZkdTvYnMUf23Z06-LQKlZwm7IDN4/w640-h266/11.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: justify;">2. Select the appropriate journal --> Click on voucher --> you will see the postings against the product receipt which will be reversed with cancellation</div></div><div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiiui3hEYoqwDFgFisbWH1wVXmllNCR7pUuONgXTeycmktlJ_AZo4g7-6g-n677NLi2y8r-Cvt2_hq4WmMHJGzW-5fZmqQcL7FqQz6l-dsCEKtO8OLrNZPh42g99V5t31VvKzdyF5EgV18/s1279/13.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="345" data-original-width="1279" height="172" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiiui3hEYoqwDFgFisbWH1wVXmllNCR7pUuONgXTeycmktlJ_AZo4g7-6g-n677NLi2y8r-Cvt2_hq4WmMHJGzW-5fZmqQcL7FqQz6l-dsCEKtO8OLrNZPh42g99V5t31VvKzdyF5EgV18/w640-h172/13.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">2. Close the voucher transaction form and go back to same product receipt journal --> Click on '<b>Cancel</b>' button</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgYSTeSkLbUoUlqIVQtyYUr6PAJwW0TAlYVdvn6RURb6bCITeaKA7aST3jG3DmUd1vO8pNOl9w0bXJN_od7tWxGf9g-FV4AWdtGfPDqKwOk-d-y6RaCFXrefDdu03Jx8xxbqysV8YAKU5E/s1170/12.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="308" data-original-width="1170" height="168" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgYSTeSkLbUoUlqIVQtyYUr6PAJwW0TAlYVdvn6RURb6bCITeaKA7aST3jG3DmUd1vO8pNOl9w0bXJN_od7tWxGf9g-FV4AWdtGfPDqKwOk-d-y6RaCFXrefDdu03Jx8xxbqysV8YAKU5E/w640-h168/12.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">3. Message box appears asking for confirmation for cancellation--> Click yes if you want to proceed</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjqY05SowTXnikuA6vfMYRuMtfJS8Oc_FjCAPAExDbAf_r6xrQScvfsgZZ9Xn3sKD7-2gyUS9pRnPQdodNigZm9TWLelJZ8zArVssml6g9zAIQpgH1JD2LuEtVCNMXw0Q4nV36pMymPtKY/s1236/14.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="374" data-original-width="1236" height="194" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjqY05SowTXnikuA6vfMYRuMtfJS8Oc_FjCAPAExDbAf_r6xrQScvfsgZZ9Xn3sKD7-2gyUS9pRnPQdodNigZm9TWLelJZ8zArVssml6g9zAIQpgH1JD2LuEtVCNMXw0Q4nV36pMymPtKY/w640-h194/14.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">4. System will cancel the product receipt (Here the entire product receipt will be cancelled at once)</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">5. An Infolog will appear with the confirmation of the cancellation</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgwrGwKDzooQ5S2VfFiWlCr3cMzZ_iva8q9paZlJ5tlb8XXGfUVezqE2putIpbRhM0hTWfM3NhqFGeiGorFNdirrgguHtbxlKygbIhUu6argaXUIifChj7cDXePXx1PdenCXvp_h_PrnIY/s1217/15.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="306" data-original-width="1217" height="160" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgwrGwKDzooQ5S2VfFiWlCr3cMzZ_iva8q9paZlJ5tlb8XXGfUVezqE2putIpbRhM0hTWfM3NhqFGeiGorFNdirrgguHtbxlKygbIhUu6argaXUIifChj7cDXePXx1PdenCXvp_h_PrnIY/w640-h160/15.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">6. This will also disabled the correct and cancel button as it is no longer applicable for the cancelled product receipt</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">7. Upon cancellation, go to the same product receipt journal --> go to lines fast tab --> you can see that the received quantity is reduced to 0 and earlier received quantity is shifted to remaining quantity field for each line in the cancelled product receipt journal</div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEivEKbi5jGXoktFbJsfmMysIWFujQnrKm2RsPe7UuCK_XMOw043jNYcw0_C71YT7TZFEKH0ODsN4lf67lgmv8iPRCWZLKET2BER7bMWEpOnZs76M0Z3INZZ5cskgeJG3NH34Ooi6rbGh7Q/s1273/19.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="300" data-original-width="1273" height="150" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEivEKbi5jGXoktFbJsfmMysIWFujQnrKm2RsPe7UuCK_XMOw043jNYcw0_C71YT7TZFEKH0ODsN4lf67lgmv8iPRCWZLKET2BER7bMWEpOnZs76M0Z3INZZ5cskgeJG3NH34Ooi6rbGh7Q/w640-h150/19.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><i style="font-weight: bold;"><span style="font-size: medium;">Overall system Impact</span>: </i></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">It will reverse the impact of original product receipt. It is as if new product receipt with reverse quantity will be posted in the system automatically which will reverse the impact. This can be seen from the voucher transactions of the same product receipt where line with reverse quantity will be visible for each original line.</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi0FqysYvISbXX9tlbUmWAGbhQYUTsNlvHlfezxINe_gz2VJZxWT2v5-B5L284yr3oG4BOFgMHTOpjdzrQYhcz1h-kNSasUT0Zn_FEfyTrPm6Dnpsd8X00_81jo2sQq-nSFFQvahQ2G3Rw/s1278/16.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="377" data-original-width="1278" height="188" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi0FqysYvISbXX9tlbUmWAGbhQYUTsNlvHlfezxINe_gz2VJZxWT2v5-B5L284yr3oG4BOFgMHTOpjdzrQYhcz1h-kNSasUT0Zn_FEfyTrPm6Dnpsd8X00_81jo2sQq-nSFFQvahQ2G3Rw/w640-h188/16.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">This reversing impact will also be visible in the inventory transactions for the items of the product receipt. You can see inventory transactions that is posted with reverse quantity than the original <span>on the same date when original product receipt was posted.</span></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiDbEeFjvCFUshrXubBZX7NKB_KtKYNoNlTql4zkhPNTW-TJ1EDksip9upMGHR3_K_gbrHZpMPXCvHOJJRS1dnDACevqcx36xDVOPehtZpmrzOft2lzBBUPoir150L-ebp5HaEjflAfM2c/s1222/17.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="287" data-original-width="1222" height="150" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiDbEeFjvCFUshrXubBZX7NKB_KtKYNoNlTql4zkhPNTW-TJ1EDksip9upMGHR3_K_gbrHZpMPXCvHOJJRS1dnDACevqcx36xDVOPehtZpmrzOft2lzBBUPoir150L-ebp5HaEjflAfM2c/w640-h150/17.PNG" width="640" /></a></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><b><span style="font-size: medium;">Note:</span></b> </div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">Similar way you can cancel the packing slip for the sales order. The overall impact will also be in line with what has explained above for purchase order product receipt.</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on">This is really a powerful and helpful functionality which certainly provide good flexibility to business user.</div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: justify;" trbidi="on"><br /></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><b><span style="font-size: medium;">Next post</span></b>: Broker Commission / Broker Contract Management in D365 F&O</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><span face=""arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif" style="background-color: white; color: #333333;">Please post if any queries or suggestions to be made regarding this topic !!!</span></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><span face="Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif" style="color: #333333;"><br /></span></div><span face=""arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif" style="background-color: white; color: #333333;"><div style="text-align: justify;"><span face=""arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif" style="color: #333333;">Happy Daxing </span><b style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif;">😊</b></div></span><div class="separator" style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;">------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div><div style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;"><em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" style="color: #6699cc; text-decoration-line: none;" target="_blank">My Profile </a>| </div><div style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;"><em style="background-color: transparent;"><b>Disclaimer</b>: </em><em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div></div>
</div>Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-37324975306570732082020-08-20T21:46:00.000-07:002020-08-20T21:46:54.571-07:00Trade agreements (Price/ discount agreement) in D365 F&O :- Utilities (Functions)<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Hello readers, This is the third post in the series for trade agreements and in this I am going to explain some utility functions which are very useful when dealing with trade agreements. These are used effectively to create error free trade agreements in less time which will ease the burden on end users.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Before we use these utilities, it is important to know the setups and creation of trade agreements in D365 F&O. Refer previous posts to get more information on trade agreements setups and creation:</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://theaxeffect.blogspot.com/2020/05/trade-agreements-price-discount.html" target="_blank">Trade agreements (Price/ discount agreement) in Dynamics 365 for Finance and Operations - Setup </a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://theaxeffect.blogspot.com/2020/07/trade-agreements-price-discount.html" target="_blank">Trade agreements (Price/ discount agreement) in D365 F&O - Creation and it's Usage</a><br />
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span face="" style="background-color: #edf4ff; color: #888888; font-family: arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 13px;"><br /></span>
</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
These utility functions are available in trade agreement journal lines. Go to trade agreement lines to explore more about these utility functions:<br /><br />
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<b>A. <u>Edit trade agreement</u></b></h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
It is possible to edit the posted trade agreements. It is required in case prices or discounts are changed or agreements are wrongly posted.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<b><br /></b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Go to view trade agreements from the <span style="color: red;">item/ customer/ vendor</span> forms. You will find all the posted agreements for a particular item or a customer or a vendor.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Path to view trade agreements from item/ customer/ vendor are given in the next section in this document.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjr5vi0i74SlUqzYkO93U1FVKnV36HHSY5copDP4JpNzAlBPKik4KWmQSLmFCN6rlnwsG8dXlfauuBzX7TUvPYintNaZwqwMN7WAErounobtyj5FqA77H9tw62vzqWFYQm0xQwwZ7N-_ZQ/s1600/45.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="202" data-original-width="1328" height="96" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjr5vi0i74SlUqzYkO93U1FVKnV36HHSY5copDP4JpNzAlBPKik4KWmQSLmFCN6rlnwsG8dXlfauuBzX7TUvPYintNaZwqwMN7WAErounobtyj5FqA77H9tw62vzqWFYQm0xQwwZ7N-_ZQ/s640/45.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Go to view trade agreement --> Click on '<b><span style="color: red;">Edit selected lines</span>'</b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgSuiHECXfMrFq9JK7zP-009aTD1hiOw5qFW_2Jt8R60ab5h0Vm2n3W16J9aWqDVWh7WufYSFHSwFLMfICAGxtw2PT6qQQ2UNmxLwM2ZInxSQy_Dk2petumEF-aUsFucNhl4BeUuMo97Wg/s1600/46.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="627" data-original-width="431" height="640" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgSuiHECXfMrFq9JK7zP-009aTD1hiOw5qFW_2Jt8R60ab5h0Vm2n3W16J9aWqDVWh7WufYSFHSwFLMfICAGxtw2PT6qQQ2UNmxLwM2ZInxSQy_Dk2petumEF-aUsFucNhl4BeUuMo97Wg/s640/46.PNG" width="438" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Select the journal name and Descriptions for the new journal. (Here lines will be copied to new journal for editing)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Press <b>Ok</b>, </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
The line(s) selected for editing will come in the new journal lines, where we can make the required changes and post it.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgEVo7ksNg3VCooxKJd5m-1XF_p_z8NYDmmcuiUp7JiN0fysD8658vx2zjATu1wZ1UyfGDd6JdprE3wGMePVNGE-kWPt-R-FQuzWI5W4VUSoVjYPEo9Tv28f-wT8zFAKIQFq-C1bd6sSzU/s1600/47.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="566" data-original-width="1320" height="274" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgEVo7ksNg3VCooxKJd5m-1XF_p_z8NYDmmcuiUp7JiN0fysD8658vx2zjATu1wZ1UyfGDd6JdprE3wGMePVNGE-kWPt-R-FQuzWI5W4VUSoVjYPEo9Tv28f-wT8zFAKIQFq-C1bd6sSzU/s640/47.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Once posted, the existing lines will be replaced with the new lines with edited details in the view trade agreements from the item/customer/vendor forms.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgKNerv2wPmFrOkds7-YEOM_VqttLgB0r0ejDO88H3VLiwj_zBN60yxye7a0UN-VCeSPEk6aUrDZGAqlFmB6_iOX1bVgKiDnyGHSs4GBkdQvo4aBl1sPIxgHFygWphmw0XGJ9OWaYMsGms/s1600/48.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="183" data-original-width="1333" height="86" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgKNerv2wPmFrOkds7-YEOM_VqttLgB0r0ejDO88H3VLiwj_zBN60yxye7a0UN-VCeSPEk6aUrDZGAqlFmB6_iOX1bVgKiDnyGHSs4GBkdQvo4aBl1sPIxgHFygWphmw0XGJ9OWaYMsGms/s640/48.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><b>B. <u>Extract old journal to new journal</u></b></h3>
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Creating trade agreement journals are time consuming when there are more products, customers and vendors combinations. To save time, we can copy the old trade agreement with certain criteria into a new trade agreement. This is in case where most of the details are same and only few details are going to be changed in the new journal. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Go to new journal lines > Click on <span style="color: red;">Selec</span><span style="color: red;">t</span> > You will get a query form where you can set different conditions to extract the data from old journals</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjuzWXvrT0MZd0X44KxO-jgR3braPgACUEESZX9esFthy7hWcFgkkty3F67aEhlmnST_Sj_slGvmrU83Tkk0pN_PiqEZNvVtTht-xHBCiErqQ1n8tVBki-h7fFDEFd0dfZGywiPWHAcGaI/s1331/77.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="618" data-original-width="1331" height="291" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjuzWXvrT0MZd0X44KxO-jgR3braPgACUEESZX9esFthy7hWcFgkkty3F67aEhlmnST_Sj_slGvmrU83Tkk0pN_PiqEZNvVtTht-xHBCiErqQ1n8tVBki-h7fFDEFd0dfZGywiPWHAcGaI/w625-h291/77.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
We can select Relation, Currency, Date interval, Item code & item relations Account code & Account relation (for customers or vendors). The details given here will be matched with posted old trade agreement lines and the lines which are matching will be copied from the old journals and created into the new journals </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
You can see I have selected values for different fields to extract the data.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgUwg7wqXlounn2ezgFmrgCCNdx7vt-TuO7k6gNegCPj5XxyFQbzPVVnm95wv8juGzLPKhKL_0EGDg1NFz0Mh9HkyKtSHBf0hAKF2AXAVNinpgtRIuCqJan-GqHdaMiy_6uiSqUmyF75YI/s683/75.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="626" data-original-width="683" height="458" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgUwg7wqXlounn2ezgFmrgCCNdx7vt-TuO7k6gNegCPj5XxyFQbzPVVnm95wv8juGzLPKhKL_0EGDg1NFz0Mh9HkyKtSHBf0hAKF2AXAVNinpgtRIuCqJan-GqHdaMiy_6uiSqUmyF75YI/w500-h458/75.PNG" width="500" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Once these details are set, click Select to extract old trade agreement lines to a new journal as per the predefined conditions</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhVXYeaebV-maxyeYe8RwfqVZRNtP5j1cqaYXcWTmMonOeT-sR9zQagnwWUtciIKUlgWeLLIMufgRIIL7R8g4xsaSpQ7seVE7YJ56E4kqBvW1yVjLg3H22vBK3F_imBnEMrlFCgwvJdzyM/s1331/76.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="592" data-original-width="1331" height="279" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhVXYeaebV-maxyeYe8RwfqVZRNtP5j1cqaYXcWTmMonOeT-sR9zQagnwWUtciIKUlgWeLLIMufgRIIL7R8g4xsaSpQ7seVE7YJ56E4kqBvW1yVjLg3H22vBK3F_imBnEMrlFCgwvJdzyM/w625-h279/76.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Once lines are extracted, those can be updated with necessary details and new journal will be validated & posted. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
This option is only available for non posted journals as only in non posted journals we can copy the data.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><b>C. <i><u>Add products</u></i></b></h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Adding one product at a time in trade agreement is time consuming but when we have the possibility to add multiple products in trade agreement journal at the same time then this will certainly save lot of time.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Click on <b>Add products </b>Button, form will open.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
You can see three sections in this form:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
1.<i><u> </u></i><b><i><u>Category hierarchy and it's categories</u></i>:</b> Select appropriate hierarchy and all it's categories will be displayed in the first section</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
2. <b><i><u>Available products</u></i></b>: All the products pertaining to the selected category will be displayed in this section. If require, we can filter them further by selecting appropriate item group, buyers group and vendor account.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Once products are available in this section, it is time to select them so that those will be moved to trade agreement lines. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Select multiple products --> Click on 'Add' button > Products will be moved to 'Add selected products' section. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
In case of product master where variants exist, following things need to be done:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">- Select the product > Click on 'Add variants' button > Variant matrix form will open </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">- Select the the required variants > Click ok > Products will be moved to 'Add selected products' section. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
3. <i><u><b>Add selected products</b></u></i>: This section displays all the selected products, those are to be moved to trade agreement lines</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiPLF1SznrWHBASpWgDfvlo685FRhKLIx5Nz0gLSUtD95px9oG50qljYYnmoAYTvfuuST7DilIvbZ9u9w6EsO3gy65Nzmmq0CqSWafMBL9IIXQVB3uTyH5Z3IwZhuNVxIaYXIdLB-ffRqI/s1256/79.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="618" data-original-width="1256" height="306" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiPLF1SznrWHBASpWgDfvlo685FRhKLIx5Nz0gLSUtD95px9oG50qljYYnmoAYTvfuuST7DilIvbZ9u9w6EsO3gy65Nzmmq0CqSWafMBL9IIXQVB3uTyH5Z3IwZhuNVxIaYXIdLB-ffRqI/w625-h306/79.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both;">Once Products are selected > click Ok > All the items will be moved to trade agreement lines</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;">Those trade agreement lines will be updated further and new journals will be validated & posted.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;">This option is only available for non posted journals.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><b>D. <u>Copy line</u></b></h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
It is to copy a selected line in the trade agreement and create a new line with the same details in the same agreement. Here only one line will be copied. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiMEG3f5RSHtQUSYoYwzVqPS4ZPeefn5pVOv2mWoU4C16Vkwz-xEcfpd3uKPghibXQhcWpNTT66n9yz8FSaDyqxG7ouiVV0nNYzkDJ5viF5svSDLJFAjrzTAzMziq2bKFg1uSYiXnFqJ6U/s1331/80.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="437" data-original-width="1331" height="205" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiMEG3f5RSHtQUSYoYwzVqPS4ZPeefn5pVOv2mWoU4C16Vkwz-xEcfpd3uKPghibXQhcWpNTT66n9yz8FSaDyqxG7ouiVV0nNYzkDJ5viF5svSDLJFAjrzTAzMziq2bKFg1uSYiXnFqJ6U/w625-h205/80.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Select a already existed line > Click on Copy line > A new line will be created with the same details as the line which was selected for copying.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhT1oNj7u4vPbLnZI5rDju76MJmNF8lbiFyM3IfvMObSt0SwXfAFbC8OnuWL1_-hNnwxDgzEDmlKCH67VoSYPznmtuosBkbQ_PaMTdXcOU_x8T24eHik5xquwxgC8v_MWOhh6P_1LtX3WA/s1333/81.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="432" data-original-width="1333" height="204" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhT1oNj7u4vPbLnZI5rDju76MJmNF8lbiFyM3IfvMObSt0SwXfAFbC8OnuWL1_-hNnwxDgzEDmlKCH67VoSYPznmtuosBkbQ_PaMTdXcOU_x8T24eHik5xquwxgC8v_MWOhh6P_1LtX3WA/w625-h204/81.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Once lines are copied, we can make the required changes.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
It is useful when only minor changes are required in the lines and to reduce the effort of entering the same details in the trade agreement lines again and again.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
This option is only available for non posted journals</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><b>E. <u>Copy and revise</u></b></h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
This options is available for non posted journals. When lines are available in the journal and we want to copy these lines (with updating some details) then this option is good. Here multiple lines can be considered for copying.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgScYxb3cn8u_uq4WShC8XHL1lLiwl5mXncHdhVtvRhBRwMN7lu3KaAAdpC-ekYb3pXvDWJE_yejcUDXEHVyi4MN9Yc48kCJahzM5hbZTb_nY_Xu-ybesRH5V_FRdtfmuQTHH8j13ZZXLA/s1329/82.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="433" data-original-width="1329" height="204" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgScYxb3cn8u_uq4WShC8XHL1lLiwl5mXncHdhVtvRhBRwMN7lu3KaAAdpC-ekYb3pXvDWJE_yejcUDXEHVyi4MN9Yc48kCJahzM5hbZTb_nY_Xu-ybesRH5V_FRdtfmuQTHH8j13ZZXLA/w625-h204/82.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Click on Copy and revise > below widow will open.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhXjymq31d8zd5z6TUmG3Q8xQwbU6MdVSeEYPeN85ZGDXKXyWS-bbuXoqAxTePwnPwtxeTWiLmZoQLcIn-jig8UntG_3a01blcTjxY5NPOJmuKbqRwl8KdUGPab-cf0lemXxJfKufrU42A/s1328/84.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="596" data-original-width="1328" height="281" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhXjymq31d8zd5z6TUmG3Q8xQwbU6MdVSeEYPeN85ZGDXKXyWS-bbuXoqAxTePwnPwtxeTWiLmZoQLcIn-jig8UntG_3a01blcTjxY5NPOJmuKbqRwl8KdUGPab-cf0lemXxJfKufrU42A/w625-h281/84.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Select appropriate options among Relation, From date, To date, Item code, Item relation, Account code, Account selection, currency to revise the details from the trade agreements. Once certain options are selected, it's associated fields will be enabled to add new details such as </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
if we tick relation then Price/discount type field will be enabled to add the new relation for the lines which are going to copy.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgJMOEzXV-C0fFK0XsdNiMzdm_v6QS31RYKKCjiB0wHFTthj9EViS1KyI2d5Zx0OPBX04-zGk8-eKd4wIziLPSJV2kNMI46TprbTg_UIZi7qIFcLgVb-ZhQL8iH2M-AhNjL8pc6vlt6rQQ/s1600/Blog.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="191" data-original-width="392" height="193" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgJMOEzXV-C0fFK0XsdNiMzdm_v6QS31RYKKCjiB0wHFTthj9EViS1KyI2d5Zx0OPBX04-zGk8-eKd4wIziLPSJV2kNMI46TprbTg_UIZi7qIFcLgVb-ZhQL8iH2M-AhNjL8pc6vlt6rQQ/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Note</b>: Click on Select options to give further conditions in the query for copying and revising.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj8fyGcFcKSoFcjKskewNIf7ef4Rbm5W3AishMd3OsndGuaaLnSMJI2CklyFxsN_4fQ_J-4FaUtirYJZh2691lu9i4-dA5UNlzsB3EEOFryPN6gJUlRb-jucwMB7HBV98q5v_YX6B1BrDo/s1330/83.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="599" data-original-width="1330" height="281" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj8fyGcFcKSoFcjKskewNIf7ef4Rbm5W3AishMd3OsndGuaaLnSMJI2CklyFxsN_4fQ_J-4FaUtirYJZh2691lu9i4-dA5UNlzsB3EEOFryPN6gJUlRb-jucwMB7HBV98q5v_YX6B1BrDo/w625-h281/83.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Once options are ticked and field (which is enabled) are changed, Click Ok.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Lines will be copied to the journal lines with updated details </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiPO4OnCmjKIUYBfQ5eOcyT-M9LWEuDF14Ox19v40SQXtt-uS7K45JiBpP7scgsN9ZhkrrFPBntXpu5NjGACtRgFtwPcjx_62iq4iWeCDeGwVvp1xNUFDfQ_0VEkDGKxWb-bAemTV1dIlQ/s1331/85.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="463" data-original-width="1331" height="218" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiPO4OnCmjKIUYBfQ5eOcyT-M9LWEuDF14Ox19v40SQXtt-uS7K45JiBpP7scgsN9ZhkrrFPBntXpu5NjGACtRgFtwPcjx_62iq4iWeCDeGwVvp1xNUFDfQ_0VEkDGKxWb-bAemTV1dIlQ/w625-h218/85.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
You can make further changes to the journal if require, then validate and post the journal to activate the trade agreement lines</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Make sure we have lines available in the journal to copy and revise from. else system throw below error:</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj8FQ5uRnR1gdHOlh-lOfEjAj9Io28eSUqIzbcdl4KcyD_jD8I6jXAvkFk6D7ICRU8oQu33IFWHJY3hdMfIMfiZ5jmt8HG5fIQy_At8VurmKknp7pl080jzB8YRJndxiaIh9ZHSxOBV1oM/s1330/86.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="308" data-original-width="1330" height="145" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj8FQ5uRnR1gdHOlh-lOfEjAj9Io28eSUqIzbcdl4KcyD_jD8I6jXAvkFk6D7ICRU8oQu33IFWHJY3hdMfIMfiZ5jmt8HG5fIQy_At8VurmKknp7pl080jzB8YRJndxiaIh9ZHSxOBV1oM/w625-h145/86.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><b>F. <u>Clear journal</u></b></h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
It is to clear the trade agreement journal lines for the non posted journals. This could be the when agreement lines are wrongly created and needs to be deleted.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Click on 'Clear journal' > below window will open where it will ask for the confirmation.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjoqK4sdHXHCzG3yV1Y9pQt2qBAToG_1zXgwpBCtLS4tku_jJGv_NaYO4l5JVPZdE8iR6H47Q7Wx51yL86vDN_DFGUIODRjdclWf5yzk9pb48GpvQvA1PeMNXNlebTrBBAPdh5xZGhN3ys/s1334/87.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="594" data-original-width="1334" height="279" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjoqK4sdHXHCzG3yV1Y9pQt2qBAToG_1zXgwpBCtLS4tku_jJGv_NaYO4l5JVPZdE8iR6H47Q7Wx51yL86vDN_DFGUIODRjdclWf5yzk9pb48GpvQvA1PeMNXNlebTrBBAPdh5xZGhN3ys/w625-h279/87.PNG" width="625" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Click on '<font color="#ff0000">Filter</font>' > Query form will be open where we can give criteria for deletion (If require).</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiWjhGEuNLM94BU-tNpHJFkPYUL10MAvRBq453v40FEQpK4PW-Xi7y_u9sIhm-crZiuws7B19qDXxlucfH3pcC4rABTljQGQrJfFuEL_ZuuRE7NsyCxRAJpdOE8R3Q6nN98rwuJCdO5jz8/s1255/88.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="614" data-original-width="1255" height="306" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiWjhGEuNLM94BU-tNpHJFkPYUL10MAvRBq453v40FEQpK4PW-Xi7y_u9sIhm-crZiuws7B19qDXxlucfH3pcC4rABTljQGQrJfFuEL_ZuuRE7NsyCxRAJpdOE8R3Q6nN98rwuJCdO5jz8/w625-h306/88.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Click Ok to proceed for deletion else cancel.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj1_lnV7H0EszOUUQytPD_uTAo6JWGYrvhozyAPmIKjZ3e3mcp7Dc-3Icc876uRamVsmFg7u5dwUrVDiFcyeiraQbJ-dge5n2_SyyJV5txzOpH9tEU_Bvi9R9gaiGUB0OTQgFHwqZmaL-4/s1332/89.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="456" data-original-width="1332" height="216" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj1_lnV7H0EszOUUQytPD_uTAo6JWGYrvhozyAPmIKjZ3e3mcp7Dc-3Icc876uRamVsmFg7u5dwUrVDiFcyeiraQbJ-dge5n2_SyyJV5txzOpH9tEU_Bvi9R9gaiGUB0OTQgFHwqZmaL-4/w625-h216/89.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><b>
Note</b>: we can also delete the journal lines by simply selecting it and Pressing <span style="color: red;">ALT+F9.</span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><b>G. <u>Adjustment</u></b></h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
This option is for the price/discount adjustment and for applying smart rounding and to view smart rounding. </div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">Below three options are available:</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjDypkadS1EXbi02HaHP3f0Jos8u57Bf7I5ZxOLCxLPIrRdkCDvOQmcI1wS2ZneFFP23ZRP4Ob1xTAVu55BfeXThveTJ3SwSrjLkBNm0Cblkq6-pExkpmr5P7w8oY4zwkMY357MuCbd1iY/s1329/90.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="418" data-original-width="1329" height="198" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjDypkadS1EXbi02HaHP3f0Jos8u57Bf7I5ZxOLCxLPIrRdkCDvOQmcI1wS2ZneFFP23ZRP4Ob1xTAVu55BfeXThveTJ3SwSrjLkBNm0Cblkq6-pExkpmr5P7w8oY4zwkMY357MuCbd1iY/w625-h198/90.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><b style="text-align: left;"><br /></b></div></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><b style="text-align: left;">1. <i><u>Adjustment</u></i></b><span style="text-align: left;">: </span></div></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><span style="text-align: left;">It is for adjusting price amount or discount amount/percentage for the trade agreement lines</span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
</div>
<b><h4></h4><h4><ul style="text-align: left;"><li><b><u><i>Price adjustment</i></u></b></li></ul></h4></b><ol>
</ol>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhRpQB2aA9Fofdz0iDxsZHoNv1bNKBkAfNIiqXlHbvVmlLfAqwCwWSmc5_PjnyFfoEpWpElec8So1ONxFkIUeLsGzso4DQ5B880apbSL-GMv93Qg2GEvbKL5v9H0zHJhF4oVr8F07hFRGI/s1329/90..PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="418" data-original-width="1329" height="198" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhRpQB2aA9Fofdz0iDxsZHoNv1bNKBkAfNIiqXlHbvVmlLfAqwCwWSmc5_PjnyFfoEpWpElec8So1ONxFkIUeLsGzso4DQ5B880apbSL-GMv93Qg2GEvbKL5v9H0zHJhF4oVr8F07hFRGI/w625-h198/90..PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Select the line which has price relation, and click on Adjustment > Adjustment > Price adjustment dialog will open</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj-C-ACKi9RVZYjYvstoztQbPdGK5Aw-TD9uOzjsGU5RWMN05QskZGbZYOiyYDzBLO5WAPPAEB68lzfhs5vbEWjS3oHgHZVg04Tr_qs0e3GXjKOkTrF4xr4q0rUqBGMOs_Z6inUQ5pqM6s/s1333/91.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="598" data-original-width="1333" height="281" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj-C-ACKi9RVZYjYvstoztQbPdGK5Aw-TD9uOzjsGU5RWMN05QskZGbZYOiyYDzBLO5WAPPAEB68lzfhs5vbEWjS3oHgHZVg04Tr_qs0e3GXjKOkTrF4xr4q0rUqBGMOs_Z6inUQ5pqM6s/w625-h281/91.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
As we have selected a line which has relation as price(sales) or price(purchase), we can make the price adjustment here. Price adjustment will be done based on the below formula:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Price = Selected price type * (1+ percentage/100) +Amount</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Select Price type among the following options:</b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Current: It is the current price for the selected line in the trade agreement</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Cost price: cost price of the item for the selected line in the agreement</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Default sales price: default sales price setup for the item in the journal</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
0 (Zero): It takes the default price as zero.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Once appropriate option is selected in the price type. we can give price percentage and/or amount in the dialog.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi_7UtM9eTIOyvhTvd_vK0vZpAbV1FgTd0xmPdlFRgDUFCB1dEp4zR8TzDd01W7Xuq-VLEB8pTxBTI-4Cp6AZCrv3IqM9cfx5zmnBU3XPBQMSOKaW_349D_rn2bknOpvHq-9KXiqe4rJOM/s620/92.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="620" data-original-width="491" height="400" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi_7UtM9eTIOyvhTvd_vK0vZpAbV1FgTd0xmPdlFRgDUFCB1dEp4zR8TzDd01W7Xuq-VLEB8pTxBTI-4Cp6AZCrv3IqM9cfx5zmnBU3XPBQMSOKaW_349D_rn2bknOpvHq-9KXiqe4rJOM/w316-h400/92.PNG" width="316" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Once all options are given, the adjusted price amount will be calculated as per the formula given and will be added to the existing price value for the selected line in the trade agreement. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">Here: <b>Earlier price</b>: 100</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><b> Adjusted price</b>: 115 (Input to the formula: Price type: Current, Percentage: 10, amount:5) </div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg0ftKsicWb111pdIBzQQHF-jRhvdp7KvwizD1Hf3-VPFuszdBCi6cwRaORNNxc8GDNRfNdb4TjcPk9xxT_Zv3Vwq1RNryq8M4XeFuYV4T49so7muD9hx1UGM6RAs0rWOHA24KE3ThSHys/s1319/93.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="437" data-original-width="1319" height="208" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg0ftKsicWb111pdIBzQQHF-jRhvdp7KvwizD1Hf3-VPFuszdBCi6cwRaORNNxc8GDNRfNdb4TjcPk9xxT_Zv3Vwq1RNryq8M4XeFuYV4T49so7muD9hx1UGM6RAs0rWOHA24KE3ThSHys/w625-h208/93.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><h4></h4><h4><ul><li>
<u style="font-weight: bold;"><i>Discount adjustment</i></u></li></ul></h4></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Select the line which has the discount relation, and click on Adjustment > adjustment dialog will open</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgJj_JudCtyAyyRtHt2eEsNVzL-Iv321byteGnKAWPSBExXpvpRpDAsUHZAr6IWhG1oeqIuUdu9ZaNo6rlEPrRv5kfOFB5nsxpu7VX3EF0tHFKgitPMSlGX6rVgIorwYHk39bHZAL-b38U/s1332/94.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="591" data-original-width="1332" height="279" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgJj_JudCtyAyyRtHt2eEsNVzL-Iv321byteGnKAWPSBExXpvpRpDAsUHZAr6IWhG1oeqIuUdu9ZaNo6rlEPrRv5kfOFB5nsxpu7VX3EF0tHFKgitPMSlGX6rVgIorwYHk39bHZAL-b38U/w625-h279/94.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
As we have selected a line which has a relation such as line, multiline or total discount for sales or purchase, we can make the discount adjustment here. Discount adjustment will be done based on the below formula:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Discount amount = Selected discount amount type * (1+ percentage/100) +Amount</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Discount percentage = Selected discount percentage type * (1+ percentage/100) + Percentage point</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Select discount type among the following options:</b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Current: It is the current discount for the selected line in the trade agreement</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Cost price: cost price of the item for the selected line in the agreement</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
0 (Zero): It takes the default price as zero.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Once appropriate option is selected in the discount type. we can give discount percentage and/or amount in the dialog for the discount amount adjustment. For Discount percentage adjustment, we can given percentage and/or percentage point.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhcDcRx0qSzVdEBmXq3fI5qcj1XUm8aJ3TZyB1jkUdgRBe7hmlZnpHFw0CrmSajnv3wGE_9NISCXt3H1pgLeuOs55LW2n6vS7TcXqflKKzc1Q_vZv5qV4IRoypgX9dSAZQaRPWjD-zGmsw/s624/95.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="624" data-original-width="489" height="500" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhcDcRx0qSzVdEBmXq3fI5qcj1XUm8aJ3TZyB1jkUdgRBe7hmlZnpHFw0CrmSajnv3wGE_9NISCXt3H1pgLeuOs55LW2n6vS7TcXqflKKzc1Q_vZv5qV4IRoypgX9dSAZQaRPWjD-zGmsw/w393-h500/95.PNG" width="393" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Once all options are given, Click ok. </div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">The adjusted discount amount/percentage will be calculated as per the formula given and will be added to the existing value for the selected line in the trade agreement.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both;">Here: <b>Earlier discount</b>: 150</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><b> Adjusted discount</b>: 158 (Input to the formula: Cash discount amount: Current, Percentage: 2, amount:5) </div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><b>Calculation</b>: </div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"> <b>Discount amount</b> = 150 * (1+ 2/100) + 5</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjP20ZAA5kTiGzNlXN5Uewl1XX8tdCcFtWZ93rIUggae8g4PYERNe96z-KH0Sj8Jk6MB_7AtfmeBGIzsBoTNmp1G4p5RksN5SVEpFebfrR2iHM4apL1t1PNmAzYYlox8pJ5j8E7QvBtUTY/s1331/96.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="586" data-original-width="1331" height="275" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjP20ZAA5kTiGzNlXN5Uewl1XX8tdCcFtWZ93rIUggae8g4PYERNe96z-KH0Sj8Jk6MB_7AtfmeBGIzsBoTNmp1G4p5RksN5SVEpFebfrR2iHM4apL1t1PNmAzYYlox8pJ5j8E7QvBtUTY/w625-h275/96.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">2. <i><u><b>A</b><b style="text-align: left;">pply smart rounding</b></u></i><span style="text-align: left;">: </span></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><span style="text-align: left;">This option is enabled only for non posted trade agreement lines where relation is either price(Sales) or price (purchase). Click on this options and smart rounding will automatically applied on the price amount depending on the smart rounding setup done.</span></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><span style="text-align: left;"><br /></span></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><span style="text-align: left;">3. <b><i><u>V</u></i></b></span><b style="text-align: left;"><i><u>iew smart rounding</u></i></b><span style="text-align: left;">: </span><span style="text-align: left;">It is to view the smart rounding setup available in the system for a legal entity.</span></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><span style="text-align: left;"><br /></span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
All the above options are only available for the non posted trade agreement lines.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><b>H. <u>Select all agreements to be deleted</u></b></h3>
<h4 style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><b><u><i>Lock trade agreements</i></u></b></h4>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
'<font color="#ff0000">Select all agreements to be deleted</font>' allow user to marked the agreement for deletion hence it is no longer used. Once agreement is marked for deletion, system locks this agreement for further changes. </div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjjBAn3OaWYYleQCSG9uXpO7sWrMdUoNPshNhMq2oMemvXHvvTFAe3KsDKShEJ48jnLHL6hVUDmVNVL94hgR7qxPx7NshOpgAUSYhUQwUArFjDdM13YFconxbCM15QfkKihfvXajnM8DzI/s1330/97.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="438" data-original-width="1330" height="205" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjjBAn3OaWYYleQCSG9uXpO7sWrMdUoNPshNhMq2oMemvXHvvTFAe3KsDKShEJ48jnLHL6hVUDmVNVL94hgR7qxPx7NshOpgAUSYhUQwUArFjDdM13YFconxbCM15QfkKihfvXajnM8DzI/w625-h205/97.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Go to agreements lines for non posted trade agreements > click on 'Select all agreements to be deleted' > it will give you below message box > click ok to proceed.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<b><br /></b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjiASmYJTcL-sEj17S5EEE66D1e3haMfLhmiTCW9a0FMVPTFaHvVnODORnJz9ekB7GKJn0zfLVnO4UZpO7g55qKdcbt9RrAZYQQPqYmxqByNZi-ve7VmvZcfFF1tGX4u8tMygAvEOKGAeI/s1333/98.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="485" data-original-width="1333" height="226" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjiASmYJTcL-sEj17S5EEE66D1e3haMfLhmiTCW9a0FMVPTFaHvVnODORnJz9ekB7GKJn0zfLVnO4UZpO7g55qKdcbt9RrAZYQQPqYmxqByNZi-ve7VmvZcfFF1tGX4u8tMygAvEOKGAeI/w625-h226/98.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Once all agreement lines are marked for deletion, all the fields will be disabled.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
you can also see a message in the error log : '<b>Marked for deletion - the agreement was never posted.</b>'</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b><br /></b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
All other utility functions such as copy and revise, clear journal, copy line, adjustment are disabled as well. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhX96e70g9t-Gvqhw0QA-2OwNF5KQmS12UaXqwfIV-vO0CgmrA_61X7q5lkWm2BRfWlssbEjnZmhyphenhyphenKf_5TGv01EUQXhOowSnMyZ2FmPMbtBiNxHXTMUJ2BeMpZq2wD1AlWtRjyGYgJi6oQ/s1330/99.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="432" data-original-width="1330" height="204" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhX96e70g9t-Gvqhw0QA-2OwNF5KQmS12UaXqwfIV-vO0CgmrA_61X7q5lkWm2BRfWlssbEjnZmhyphenhyphenKf_5TGv01EUQXhOowSnMyZ2FmPMbtBiNxHXTMUJ2BeMpZq2wD1AlWtRjyGYgJi6oQ/w625-h204/99.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Note</b>: Once agreement is locked, even if you try to post it, it is having no significance and there is absolutely no impact of such posting. No entry will go in '<span style="color: red;">PriceDiscTable</span>' which is used to search the valid agreement to return the price.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<h4 style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><b><u><i>Restore trade agreements</i></u></b></h4>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
The agreement which is marked for deletion can be restored (if require) to make further changes and posting.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiuc1lEUrHnqSjcIoKZObPHUwM1XSrOYkLp89fPMpnH2yJcp3BahmckWLUh-ZApoFOdBLgLpJ1WZ0Wfsc7sYJZqu-ALWOgG5DytaR-sL_7iU_x9M4tE5yiLE2afVsZlGR644Jum2ImOrso/s1329/101.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="437" data-original-width="1329" height="205" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiuc1lEUrHnqSjcIoKZObPHUwM1XSrOYkLp89fPMpnH2yJcp3BahmckWLUh-ZApoFOdBLgLpJ1WZ0Wfsc7sYJZqu-ALWOgG5DytaR-sL_7iU_x9M4tE5yiLE2afVsZlGR644Jum2ImOrso/w625-h205/101.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Go to the agreement which is locked (Marked for deletion) > Click on 'Restore trade agreements' > Trade agreement will be unlocked for further use.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgUspIJKPFy5wxZj77eRZSL-GJn1omz7f_Obznf7x8QNdb6TYjIuyxK7mAMKsO-NxuQj55HnZRjFzW_gG6ZA4gAdean0Pgu67IkCqGTAncQuHBTq5buCviYP30Mt2TJP9p3H-LRyROtk9w/s1329/102.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="433" data-original-width="1329" height="204" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgUspIJKPFy5wxZj77eRZSL-GJn1omz7f_Obznf7x8QNdb6TYjIuyxK7mAMKsO-NxuQj55HnZRjFzW_gG6ZA4gAdean0Pgu67IkCqGTAncQuHBTq5buCviYP30Mt2TJP9p3H-LRyROtk9w/w625-h204/102.PNG" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><b>I. <u>Create/ View trade agreement</u></b></h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Apart from price/discount agreement journals, the trade agreements can also be created or viewed from other places in AX as well.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<h4 style="clear: both;"><b><u>For item</u></b>:</h4>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
To create trade agreement or view all trade agreements created for a particular item, go to:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><i><b>View Purchase trade agreement</b></i></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><br /></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Go to released products > Select Item > go to Purchase tab > click on View trade agreements.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiQvBuOG1YU_XqMsYNv-o0yGmktetjaDvz4iNIddTru_btuVvesofXzAndg_s0ve5of8UJbjJzgsjmMaHsh8wAXo2u0_r45EoLDa7XSIzC2TLUhWU7ELbB1P-CJ4Z_Zs-8kCY5BAcKgB9g/s1600/49.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="587" data-original-width="1324" height="282" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiQvBuOG1YU_XqMsYNv-o0yGmktetjaDvz4iNIddTru_btuVvesofXzAndg_s0ve5of8UJbjJzgsjmMaHsh8wAXo2u0_r45EoLDa7XSIzC2TLUhWU7ELbB1P-CJ4Z_Zs-8kCY5BAcKgB9g/s640/49.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><i><b>Create Purchase trade agreement</b></i></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><br /></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Go to released products > Select Item > go to Purchase tab > click on create trade agreement</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjY38jWnnwx_Y52RQ6t2vYhuIAWICxGk2yfI7BUhgQw8zlCvzCb9ZlovVGxIchJZIW9gXmwCNUkzD4j6FPYwUO4t99gnVlMjxrEBEC5FaKaaud_L6hpnAN0yrG66n5_bEev4cNRXtU2wsk/s1600/50.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="480" data-original-width="1320" height="232" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjY38jWnnwx_Y52RQ6t2vYhuIAWICxGk2yfI7BUhgQw8zlCvzCb9ZlovVGxIchJZIW9gXmwCNUkzD4j6FPYwUO4t99gnVlMjxrEBEC5FaKaaud_L6hpnAN0yrG66n5_bEev4cNRXtU2wsk/s640/50.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiwZHlHBdogM_c38h63wR3N0sknJqAec6fGc0s3N1Zw_2l95ywhyI6Vuim29dIbdgfODsDhZFTOGukcpJoawjRAlwGJWhTmiYWWDMnvCelvndA94Rj3f-emBXV0i1-izePhRrddfr78GXc/s1600/51.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="250" data-original-width="940" height="170" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiwZHlHBdogM_c38h63wR3N0sknJqAec6fGc0s3N1Zw_2l95ywhyI6Vuim29dIbdgfODsDhZFTOGukcpJoawjRAlwGJWhTmiYWWDMnvCelvndA94Rj3f-emBXV0i1-izePhRrddfr78GXc/s640/51.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><i><b>View sales trade agreement</b></i></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><br /></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Go to released products > Select Item > go to Sell tab > click on View trade agreement.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvRZw68WJ0D61MLJNxFbDFSSxb3sszQG_Vb5kfa1u8xN-CAOb4vERThREzZlTW_PZMIzqgPnr6oJmubGrBx4H_jhtNiDGVhbq2PiYHrXhlYd1Jk4GCt2-D1cX1U2FSiAhYGzL6cOKUbHs/s1600/52.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="499" data-original-width="1064" height="300" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvRZw68WJ0D61MLJNxFbDFSSxb3sszQG_Vb5kfa1u8xN-CAOb4vERThREzZlTW_PZMIzqgPnr6oJmubGrBx4H_jhtNiDGVhbq2PiYHrXhlYd1Jk4GCt2-D1cX1U2FSiAhYGzL6cOKUbHs/s640/52.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhkzPkDsPBhaifDBOyI4_YMqL-CQhU78r7v6hCy5JEWmRqUmpxy9nexAihHdyzO1ToSZ475-CZ4SxT3I6Ua1S9AuELsL0G1Ia7vbOSZmq8kh6-goBhmgF0Lbfmg0GNB5uuttv4QoWn6lIw/s1600/53.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="199" data-original-width="1328" height="94" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhkzPkDsPBhaifDBOyI4_YMqL-CQhU78r7v6hCy5JEWmRqUmpxy9nexAihHdyzO1ToSZ475-CZ4SxT3I6Ua1S9AuELsL0G1Ia7vbOSZmq8kh6-goBhmgF0Lbfmg0GNB5uuttv4QoWn6lIw/s640/53.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><b><i>Create sales trade agreement</i></b></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><br /></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Go to released products > Select Item > go to Sell tab > click on Create trade agreement</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhSF6_lK323LZ1QhYmaGAN_xhd5kuVSDWiO2-_bwrudrR-rfGVXHOVqaySXpXg_Ys0N0Fz99HQsXx2dMXvv_9IO1D3Ytq8sve8oPExZXCUDmHFaGq3MpJvTdty5fohcHb8lAXWiT5UNOMU/s1600/52.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="499" data-original-width="1064" height="300" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhSF6_lK323LZ1QhYmaGAN_xhd5kuVSDWiO2-_bwrudrR-rfGVXHOVqaySXpXg_Ys0N0Fz99HQsXx2dMXvv_9IO1D3Ytq8sve8oPExZXCUDmHFaGq3MpJvTdty5fohcHb8lAXWiT5UNOMU/s640/52.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEirbhlc0yxuswEpTsJjtDxE7ty5u4fzZSnsnWNQiob-yUMMc-uUwMLfGIyNC7qXgrmoiH35s637JIDD6-JiSTohx87qzFccM20UgdSKgqDJKRWGfho8agc_Ijotf8S-7lcNubB00-dcvQs/s1600/54.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="241" data-original-width="943" height="162" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEirbhlc0yxuswEpTsJjtDxE7ty5u4fzZSnsnWNQiob-yUMMc-uUwMLfGIyNC7qXgrmoiH35s637JIDD6-JiSTohx87qzFccM20UgdSKgqDJKRWGfho8agc_Ijotf8S-7lcNubB00-dcvQs/s640/54.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<h4 style="clear: both;"><b><u>For customers:</u></b></h4>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
To create trade agreement or to view all the trade agreements created for a particular customer, go to:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><b><i>Create sales trade agreement</i></b></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><br /></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Go to all customers > Select a customer > Click on Sell tab > Field group 'New' > Click on 'Trade agreement' </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiyf8l9mM3mDKqEwQdvzEIDl12bsELQhibPQq7AsHHl5DHt8nf7XmvfcPSfT4UfMwspRPjhho8yg3iOPIXAWJvw8gdMmvwHCOmW-ef4dKjlFebaYG5DD3Ufa9TU9FQKaTUkkPQyLp8srUU/s1600/56.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="572" data-original-width="1326" height="276" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiyf8l9mM3mDKqEwQdvzEIDl12bsELQhibPQq7AsHHl5DHt8nf7XmvfcPSfT4UfMwspRPjhho8yg3iOPIXAWJvw8gdMmvwHCOmW-ef4dKjlFebaYG5DD3Ufa9TU9FQKaTUkkPQyLp8srUU/s640/56.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><i><b>View sales trade agreement</b></i></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><br /></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Go to all Customers > Select a customer > Click on Sell tab > Field group 'Trade agreements' > Click on 'Agreements' </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh5kI9PAm818Q7piizZfO00zgVecwv11co_TQT-DGL3zAuoy-05OJ23h6T4CS5RoHDCJ31WlgZ72rn-WUs9BqE6jtVZTu-rWHc1vkzJcXnEshF9ybYlNyC5avMWkl757K9bjPh1HGpFw0Y/s1600/57.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="482" data-original-width="1327" height="232" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh5kI9PAm818Q7piizZfO00zgVecwv11co_TQT-DGL3zAuoy-05OJ23h6T4CS5RoHDCJ31WlgZ72rn-WUs9BqE6jtVZTu-rWHc1vkzJcXnEshF9ybYlNyC5avMWkl757K9bjPh1HGpFw0Y/s640/57.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><b><i>View sales trade agreement for price</i></b></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
We can also view only the price sales agreement and for that go to: </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Go to all Customers > Select a customer > Click on Sell tab > Field group 'Trade agreement' > Click on 'Sales Price' > select 'Sales price'</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg9_CJvl1WP1UJbLgcqmjRANv90u3Gug-MNSHsUIdWYi-3eR4lLIRmcp-SLbuSznR_zb_lu2hCCWNtK-Cs2kJXKQOpt88S-69o1noxhOq3AqDcrQje-XPexK6f1JZehrdpUgbDbvhidKXI/s1600/58.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="572" data-original-width="1276" height="286" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg9_CJvl1WP1UJbLgcqmjRANv90u3Gug-MNSHsUIdWYi-3eR4lLIRmcp-SLbuSznR_zb_lu2hCCWNtK-Cs2kJXKQOpt88S-69o1noxhOq3AqDcrQje-XPexK6f1JZehrdpUgbDbvhidKXI/s640/58.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgxou9UZ24E6PzGcCFltuBry4ON19XlFy4w0WHZrxczuzzjJxd4N-Sk9OK71CWsNht4WZGS_NxZJYSbFs1VftMcjri64SsqSKdkD_vPk9P55HRsMygQwtBsGL5AUnG78p52FNvJN9v8oj0/s1600/59.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="463" data-original-width="1308" height="226" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgxou9UZ24E6PzGcCFltuBry4ON19XlFy4w0WHZrxczuzzjJxd4N-Sk9OK71CWsNht4WZGS_NxZJYSbFs1VftMcjri64SsqSKdkD_vPk9P55HRsMygQwtBsGL5AUnG78p52FNvJN9v8oj0/s640/59.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><i><b>View sales trade agreement for discounts</b></i></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><br /></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
We can also view only the discount sales agreement and for that go to:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Go to all Customers > Select a customer > Click on Sell tab > Field group 'Trade agreement' > Click on 'Discounts' > Click on <span style="color: red;">Line discount or Multiline discount or Total discount</span> to view</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUDaP_yvF7oyl6jCH_VMPeoSEN7aSLoe28fPRmx7Etrln4noR567dkkkiv-1wtuN4ZisoSCXFuPiJdds4uqW0h2QpgiZE63S0LkWcQXZSR1XCqM9RQUFDFbcBqtQekOxBiCjMwDb8oOgk/s1600/60.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="477" data-original-width="1103" height="276" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUDaP_yvF7oyl6jCH_VMPeoSEN7aSLoe28fPRmx7Etrln4noR567dkkkiv-1wtuN4ZisoSCXFuPiJdds4uqW0h2QpgiZE63S0LkWcQXZSR1XCqM9RQUFDFbcBqtQekOxBiCjMwDb8oOgk/s640/60.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhV-I1qd5cUoMCPEsUVWh-GRQrRvESSmVGrlhylFkaAALzTSRh4RFKHe_xZlAEQVLiSBRzXdIffbsy6X1_zNx7t-yspgiUk0LOh-tExXDOWqmUqwXhooI-vaoJCyugjqGhf6rYpnz6aqzI/s1600/61.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="266" data-original-width="1322" height="128" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhV-I1qd5cUoMCPEsUVWh-GRQrRvESSmVGrlhylFkaAALzTSRh4RFKHe_xZlAEQVLiSBRzXdIffbsy6X1_zNx7t-yspgiUk0LOh-tExXDOWqmUqwXhooI-vaoJCyugjqGhf6rYpnz6aqzI/s640/61.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<h4 style="clear: both;"><b><u>For vendors:</u></b></h4>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
To create trade agreement or view all trade agreements created for a particular vendors, go to:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><i><b>Create purchase trade agreement</b></i></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><br /></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Go to all vendors > Select a vendor > Click on Procurement tab > Field group 'New' > Click on 'Agreements' > select 'Trade agreements'</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEggk52qS_HkXUKpfntuEwI_KnolEz4R9HtXx8SE0IhwjzQGnXVS21LlxmW5jatV-ImY4zdOxt1fgf7hmye-PFV2fFQfL3GXKmnWCyi6JTGogxt6QV0giaazXM73iiQQcfERHEuLlpj6dGs/s1600/62.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="421" data-original-width="1327" height="202" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEggk52qS_HkXUKpfntuEwI_KnolEz4R9HtXx8SE0IhwjzQGnXVS21LlxmW5jatV-ImY4zdOxt1fgf7hmye-PFV2fFQfL3GXKmnWCyi6JTGogxt6QV0giaazXM73iiQQcfERHEuLlpj6dGs/s640/62.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><i><b>View purchase trade agreement</b></i></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><br /></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Go to all vendors > Select a vendor > Click on Procurement tab > Field group 'Agreements'> Click on 'Trade Agreements'</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhqQkpA0zFrBTEl7f8gd837kGAYHEpVJFQGsQjLsC9YpWYOyUrKh46-YZih7o7JBXSA6YPqiaKAAA-TW1ugYAIqb8K2ey78CjMwxm7T6V-ILcnzZVrl8uZTdQg1T2coBFHsHH6um2swg6A/s1600/63.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="498" data-original-width="1324" height="240" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhqQkpA0zFrBTEl7f8gd837kGAYHEpVJFQGsQjLsC9YpWYOyUrKh46-YZih7o7JBXSA6YPqiaKAAA-TW1ugYAIqb8K2ey78CjMwxm7T6V-ILcnzZVrl8uZTdQg1T2coBFHsHH6um2swg6A/s640/63.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><i><b>View purchase trade agreement for price</b></i></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
We can also view only the price purchase agreement and for that go to: </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Go to all Vendors > Select a vendor > Click on Procurement tab > Field group 'Agreements '> Click on 'Purchase Prices'</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiWu-RslaQuvSOo6D-nZ-vC-Ja2IO_StlzCz92ZoMY77t2HjuPcgrGUTZoFKlwa5FJAwDwmCUzxq3XlD_vjVetKG8jUGLOv3WNp2WhdlowWmLCFMXzIvTmCYVXVH1rZR7jyjU1FUnZ0sSw/s1600/64.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="476" data-original-width="1325" height="228" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiWu-RslaQuvSOo6D-nZ-vC-Ja2IO_StlzCz92ZoMY77t2HjuPcgrGUTZoFKlwa5FJAwDwmCUzxq3XlD_vjVetKG8jUGLOv3WNp2WhdlowWmLCFMXzIvTmCYVXVH1rZR7jyjU1FUnZ0sSw/s640/64.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><i><b>View purchase trade agreement for discounts</b></i></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><br /></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
We can also view only the discount purchase agreement and for that go to:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><br /></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Go to all Vendors > Select a vendor > Click on Procurement tab > Field group 'Agreements' > Click on 'Discounts' > Select <span style="color: red;">Line discount or Multiline discount or Total discount</span> to view</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgLTlIIduPNBI_0StZH1uHEvk1MWlXvblxuPW5z8rOrUMSAzoM6MXekp5OVXY3fcopuK1-H-bOIAB0hmuGRKTsTEIzgOsei6U4leq30_ATxLKsq7cQ8g4EXwXwZFKMwg5kI1AtSvv5qKCk/s1600/65.PNG" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="434" data-original-width="1327" height="208" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgLTlIIduPNBI_0StZH1uHEvk1MWlXvblxuPW5z8rOrUMSAzoM6MXekp5OVXY3fcopuK1-H-bOIAB0hmuGRKTsTEIzgOsei6U4leq30_ATxLKsq7cQ8g4EXwXwZFKMwg5kI1AtSvv5qKCk/s640/65.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<b>Note</b>: You can also view a trade agreement created for a particular group from the Customer price/discount group, Vendor price/discount group and item discount group. Go to <a href="https://theaxeffect.blogspot.com/2020/05/trade-agreements-price-discount.html" target="_blank">previous blog</a> to know more about creation of the groups and create & view trade agreement from it.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br style="text-align: left;" /></div>
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<u><b>Final Thought</b></u></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
This is how each of these utilities can be used <span style="text-align: justify;">effectively to create error free trade agreements in less time which will ease the burden on end users. </span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; clear: both; color: #333333; font-family: arial, tahoma, helvetica, freesans, sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; clear: both; color: #333333; font-family: arial, tahoma, helvetica, freesans, sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px;">
<span face="" style="font-family: arial, tahoma, helvetica, freesans, sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px;">Please post if any queries or suggestions to be made regarding this topic !!!</span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<span style="text-align: justify;"><br style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: arial, tahoma, helvetica, freesans, sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px; text-align: left;" /></span></div>
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "segoe ui", tahoma, arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div>
<div style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "segoe ui", tahoma, arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" style="color: #6699cc; text-decoration-line: none;" target="_blank">My Profile </a>| </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<span style="text-align: justify;"></span></div>
<div style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "segoe ui", tahoma, arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;">
<em style="background-color: transparent;"><b>Disclaimer</b>: </em><em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com2tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-80040272968714285182020-07-19T21:50:00.000-07:002020-07-19T23:42:28.564-07:00Trade agreements (Price/ discount agreement) in D365 F&O - Creation and it's Usage<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Hello Readers, </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Happy to see an amazing response to my previous posts. It encourages me to share my understanding with all of you.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
This post is a continuation of my last post: <a href="https://theaxeffect.blogspot.com/2020/05/trade-agreements-price-discount.html" target="_blank">Trade agreements (Price/ discount agreement) in AX - Setup</a> where I have explained the important setups required before we create trade agreements in AX.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
In this post, I am going to explain the <span style="color: red;">Trade agreement</span> creation process and the importance of various fields in a trade agreement journal.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
As mentioned in my previous post, trade agreement is the agreement between company & customer or company & vendor on various prices and discounts. As a part of trade agreement, different prices (Sales prices, purchase prices) and discounts (Line discounts, Multiline discounts and Total discounts) are agreed upon on various sales and purchases over a period of time and those are setup in the system. It is also called as Price/discount agreements, for a obvious reason of it being used to setup prices and discounts in the system.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgdrnNCpzw1QUT14u-3WI7bka6K_Z24AGmD72hpFb6GnOdEV7vviGfmZPUc0bu6KytO6vgYkeKtsNkNRVI4n5c93j1aBfvOZS2FEeRK3G6td3OVOv_kXqYqQ9lMMIhlgH3LJBxhELQfkrI/s1600/32.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="360" data-original-width="945" height="242" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgdrnNCpzw1QUT14u-3WI7bka6K_Z24AGmD72hpFb6GnOdEV7vviGfmZPUc0bu6KytO6vgYkeKtsNkNRVI4n5c93j1aBfvOZS2FEeRK3G6td3OVOv_kXqYqQ9lMMIhlgH3LJBxhELQfkrI/s640/32.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<u>1. Assumptions</u></h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Before creating trade agreements, all the required setups are being taken care of as per mentioned in <span style="text-align: justify;">my last post: </span><a href="https://theaxeffect.blogspot.com/2020/05/trade-agreements-price-discount.html" style="text-align: justify;" target="_blank">Trade agreements (Price/ discount agreement) in AX - Setup</a>. Few of those setups are:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
- Activate the trade agreement combinations</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
- Trade agreement journal names creation</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
- Price/discount groups creation (if require)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
- Managing the account receivable / procurement and sourcing parameter setups</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<u>2. Trade agreement path</u></h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Once setups are done in the system, we are good to create trade agreements. Trade agreement can be created from the following path in the system:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Sales and marketing > Journals > Price/discount agreement journals</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
or</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Procurement and sourcing > Journals > Price/discount agreement journals</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
or</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Account receivable > Journals > Price/discount > Price/discount agreement journals</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<u>3. Tables used in trade agreements </u></h3>
<div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
When trade agreements are created and posted, the trade agreements data is inserted into below tables in AOT. These are very useful during customization or for resolving any technical issues faced in agreements.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
</div>
<div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>- PriceDiscAdmTable</b> (Entry goes to this table when trade agreement journal is created)</div>
</div>
<div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
</div>
<div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>- PriceDiscAdmTrans</b> (Entry goes to this table when trade agreement journal lines are created) </div>
</div>
<div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
</div>
<div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>- PriceDiscTable</b> (Entry goes to this table when trade agreement journal is posted. It has the same data which is visible from "View trade agreements" form for item, customer and vendor)</div>
</div>
<div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
</div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<u>4. Steps to create trade agreements</u></h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
1. Go to the path specified above</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
2. Form will open where you can see all the open journals available in the system at that moment. Those are nothing but journals which are created but not yet posted.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg8wGEZQMh3AHsRj0XUz7-vu-nCD1DYf3EMqQaFP9juGtG2Evqs_HEKndxsUNl_y9JJnf-GFhMHAowQ4ROdYl0pIuH132KzXNRJNy_WfDKqalOikvUse8mgapxQ1a3ZND1tvmFeMnP4toE/s1600/31.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="256" data-original-width="945" height="171" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg8wGEZQMh3AHsRj0XUz7-vu-nCD1DYf3EMqQaFP9juGtG2Evqs_HEKndxsUNl_y9JJnf-GFhMHAowQ4ROdYl0pIuH132KzXNRJNy_WfDKqalOikvUse8mgapxQ1a3ZND1tvmFeMnP4toE/s640/31.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
3. If you want to see 'Posted' journals, just select 'Posted' in 'Show' field in place of 'Non posted'. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhwtLSelt5c6F6nwaihT4OVYrNydWUHy1hvrYgKmafAirddO_6MT1wplD86Bi2EeLdhsK0yikkSJBv5TUgYvxtgOvwFlyCmZ72yXIvpbzk5Tf2J9U5cM8LnZLTeLkUqAJf-7v6U_LVd28E/s1600/32.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="360" data-original-width="945" height="242" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhwtLSelt5c6F6nwaihT4OVYrNydWUHy1hvrYgKmafAirddO_6MT1wplD86Bi2EeLdhsK0yikkSJBv5TUgYvxtgOvwFlyCmZ72yXIvpbzk5Tf2J9U5cM8LnZLTeLkUqAJf-7v6U_LVd28E/s640/32.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Note</b>: <span style="text-align: justify;">To view both posted as well as open trade agreement journals, select option 'All' in the 'Show' field.</span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
4. To create new journal, click on '<b>New</b>' button (Make sure you have either 'Open' or 'All' selected in the Show field)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
5. As you click on <span style="color: red;">New</span> button, the new line will be created where it asks for journal name which is mandatory (That's the reason it is important to create journal names beforehand while creating trade agreement. <span style="text-align: justify;">Different journal names can be setup for different purpose such as price agreement journal, discount agreement journal, price adjustment journal, price&discount journal from RFQ etc. so it will be easier to select an appropriate journal name for a specific purpose. In this way it will be easier to consolidate all the similar trade agreements journals for reporting and analysis purpose)</span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<span style="text-align: justify;"><br /></span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg5LAisRBGv1UIqFEivwAwM0UUA_a2SVIwgyIW_2OIHAv7GV2GX__ir9524UlZa0caBhfkP6TY5eNnFqpeULX-bpw5OpxPecLEcRmJYbZIbenEWs_D4YnhbE6U2_knuip2hhnan1RvpWR0/s1600/33.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="231" data-original-width="887" height="166" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg5LAisRBGv1UIqFEivwAwM0UUA_a2SVIwgyIW_2OIHAv7GV2GX__ir9524UlZa0caBhfkP6TY5eNnFqpeULX-bpw5OpxPecLEcRmJYbZIbenEWs_D4YnhbE6U2_knuip2hhnan1RvpWR0/s640/33.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<span style="text-align: justify;"><br /></span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
6. Select the journal name from the drop down. Let's say we have selected <b>'Pric'</b> Here.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhtpvyRtmlNatGfkGZlT8ibF3zup0bmFh3j-KnYclwQ0772lMY3mXTY4kYC8yJJq0QViZCbNPq1gLtNQIMswMnJLejAVFAxjz9N8Kzl9rRMbpKALO6WsT7IIpJNxmmh6XWCg7NpsRj8sk8/s1600/34.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="220" data-original-width="897" height="156" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhtpvyRtmlNatGfkGZlT8ibF3zup0bmFh3j-KnYclwQ0772lMY3mXTY4kYC8yJJq0QViZCbNPq1gLtNQIMswMnJLejAVFAxjz9N8Kzl9rRMbpKALO6WsT7IIpJNxmmh6XWCg7NpsRj8sk8/s640/34.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
7. Click on <b>Lines</b> --> Journal lines form will open to add trade agreement lines with necessary information.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhDHw-mnBjLHT4dFN8rWdewXprex8YoqST3ZbHEX0DO0eBfCt5zW4n2pq3Tqauy24lsuKsq9kRXmjywGFZINWdxl8qUg9Q2tDp4vJgy9NJsJgBOSZPbPqSkExvK1GbJAYQ9hn_ePfxObb4/s1600/35.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="569" data-original-width="1305" height="278" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhDHw-mnBjLHT4dFN8rWdewXprex8YoqST3ZbHEX0DO0eBfCt5zW4n2pq3Tqauy24lsuKsq9kRXmjywGFZINWdxl8qUg9Q2tDp4vJgy9NJsJgBOSZPbPqSkExvK1GbJAYQ9hn_ePfxObb4/s640/35.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
8. Press Ctrl+N to add a new line for adding the information</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
9. You can see <b>Price (Purch)</b> in the 'Relation' field in the line already (It is the same default relation which was selected against the journal name <b>'Pric' </b>during setup)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
10. You can override this relation from the line and select appropriate relation from the following options if require:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
-Price (purch.) --> For setting up the purchase price</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
-Line disc. (purch.) --> For setting up the line discount for purchase </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
-Multiline disc. (purch.) --> For setting up the multiline discount for purchase</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
-Total disc. (purch.) --> For setting up the total discount for purchase</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
-Price (sales) --> For setting up the sales price</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
-Line discount (sales) --> For setting up the line discount for sales</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
-Multiline disc. (sales) --> For setting up the multiline discount for sales</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
-Total disc. (sales) --> For setting up the total discount for sales</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
11. Here we can create lines for all the relation types in a single journal as well</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b><u>Some information on Account code and Account selection in the journal line</u></b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b><u><br /></u></b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
a. If you are selecting account code as <b>'Table'</b>, you can see all the customers in the drop down for the account selection field. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
b.If account code is selected as <b>'Group</b>', you can see customer price/discount groups in the drop down for the account selection field. It is the same customer price/discount groups which was created for price and discounts during setup</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
c. If account code is selected as <b>'All'</b> , the account selection field is disabled as you don't have to select anything because it is applicable to all the customers. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
If trade agreements exist for Account code Table, Group and All, then trade agreement search engine gives preference to Table, Group and All respectively while returning the price or discounts for the orders (as described in <span style="text-align: justify;">my last post: </span><a href="https://theaxeffect.blogspot.com/2020/05/trade-agreements-price-discount.html" style="text-align: justify;" target="_blank">Trade agreements (Price/ discount agreement) in AX - Setup</a>)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<span style="text-align: justify;"><br /></span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<span style="text-align: justify;"><b><u>Some information on Item code and Item relation in the journal line</u></b></span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<span style="text-align: justify;"><b><u><br /></u></b></span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
a. If you are selecting item code as <b>'Table'</b>, you can see items in the drop down for the item relation field.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
b. If item code is selected as <b>'Group'</b> , you can see item discount groups in the drop down for the Item relation field. It is the same item discount groups which were created during setup for line and multiline discounts..</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
c. If Item code is selected as <b>'All'</b> , the Item relation field is disabled as you don't have to select anything because it is applicable to all the items. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
If trade agreements exist for item code Table, Group and All then <span style="text-align: justify;">trade agreement search engine </span>gives preference to Table, Group and All respectively <span style="text-align: justify;">while returning the price or discounts for the orders</span> (as described <span style="text-align: justify;">in </span><span style="text-align: justify;">my last post: </span><a href="https://theaxeffect.blogspot.com/2020/05/trade-agreements-price-discount.html" style="text-align: justify;" target="_blank">Trade agreements (Price/ discount agreement) in AX - Setup</a>)<span style="text-align: justify;"> </span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
12. Select appropriate <span style="color: red;">account code</span> among the Table, Group and All and accordingly select value in the <span style="color: red;">account selection</span> field. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
13. Select appropriate <span style="color: red;">item code</span> among the Table, Group and All and accordingly select value in <span style="color: red;">item relation </span>field</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
14. Add the <span style="color: red;">product dimensions</span> (Configuration, Size, Color), Storage dimensions (Site, Warehouse, Location) and tracking dimensions (Batch number, serial number) in the journal line. These are the dimensions which are active in dimensions groups for the item . These dimensions can only be added for Item code: <b>Table</b>. (Refer my last post <a href="https://theaxeffect.blogspot.com/2020/05/trade-agreements-price-discount.html" style="text-align: justify;" target="_blank">Trade agreements (Price/ discount agreement) in AX - Setup</a> on the setup & importance of dimensions groups in the trade agreements)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
15. <b>'<span style="color: red;">From' & 'To</span>'</b> : Add '<b>From</b>' quantity and '<b>To</b>' quantity i.e the quantity range for the trade agreement. The trade agreement will be active for this quantity range upon posting. The active trade agreement will be applicable to sales/ purchase orders when order line quantity falls between the given quantity range. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
If '<b>From</b>' and '<b>To</b>' fields are blank, means there are no lower or upper limits to quantities. If only '<b>To</b>' field is blank, means there is no upper limit to quantity range. If only '<b>From</b>' field is blank, price is applicable to any lower quantities starting 1.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
16. <b><span style="color: red;">Unit (Unit of measure)</span></b>: It is either purchase or sales unit and can be flown from the item details form into the trade agreement lines automatically upon selecting the item. This unit can be override before posting a trade agreement. When trade agreement is created for a particular unit and the same unit is used in the order then when prices or discounts are requested from the order, the value from this trade agreement is returned. Also this 'unit' is used as a parameter for searching the active trade agreements. (Refer previous post <a href="https://theaxeffect.blogspot.com/2020/05/trade-agreements-price-discount.html" style="text-align: justify;" target="_blank">Trade agreements (Price/ discount agreement) in AX - Setup</a> to know how active trade agreements are searched)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
17. <b><span style="color: red;">Currency & Amount in currency</span></b>: It is the currency in which the trade agreements are being created. Once currency is selected in the trade agreement line, we can add its corresponding amount in the amount in currency field in the agreement line. When orders are created in that currency and<span style="text-align: justify;"> prices or discounts are requested from the orders, this 'currency' is also used as a parameter for searching the active trade agreements. Once active trade agreements are found,</span> the amount (<b>Amount in currency) </b>will be automatically applicable to the orders. For price agreement, it is the sales or purchase price of the item. For discount agreement, it is the discount amount of the item or various discount groups</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
18. <b><span style="color: red;">Include generic currency</span></b>: <span style="font-size: 13.5pt;">This field is enabled when the generic
currency is selected in the trade agreement lines. But prior to that the generic currency needs to be
setup in the account receivable parameter. When this field is enabled, it can
be ticked only when instead of creating the trade agreement in different
currencies, you want it to create in generic currency and then use exchange
rate to convert the generic currency into a specific order currency in real time
when price is requested from the sales or purchase order. It is only
applicable to Price trade agreement</span></div>
<div class="separator" style="margin-bottom: .0001pt; margin: 0in;">
<span style="font-size: 13.5pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px; text-align: justify;"><br /></span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
19. <b><span style="color: red;">From date and To date</span></b>: It is the duration in which the trade agreements are active. If the dates are blank, means it is applicable to any dates. There is no duration limit in that case</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
20. <b><span style="color: red;">Price unit</span></b>: It means the number of item units to which the unit price (<b style="text-align: justify;">Amount in currency)</b> is applicable. Default it is set to 1. If price unit is changed to 10, then the price set in amount in currency is for 10 units of item. It is only applicable to price trade agreement</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
21.<b> <span style="color: red;">Price charges</span></b>: It is the fixed charges on price applied once for each invoice</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
22. <b><span style="color: red;">Discount percentage 1 and discount percentage 2</span></b> : It is to set the line discount, multiline discount and/or total discount percentage in the trade agreement on various sales or purchase transactions. We can either set the discount amount in the amount in currency field or discount percentage in the discount percentage fields or we can set both in trade agreement. When it happens, first the discount amount is applied on the order if given. Then the discount percentage 1 is applied on the remaining amount (after the deduction of discount amount). then the Discount percentage 2 is applied on the remaining amount (after the deduction of discount percentage 1). It is nothing but discount on discount.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
23. <b><span style="color: red;">Find next</span></b>: It is used to find the valid trade agreement for the combination (Order) which is requesting the price or discount. When search engine finds the trade agreement for the combination, and if '<b>Find next</b>' option is selected for that trade agreement, search continues for a specific trade agreement combinations. Search stops when all the combinations are searched or when valid trade agreement is found for which the Find next option is cleared.. If multiple trade agreements are found then appropriate action will be taken depending on whether price is requested or the discounts. (Refer previous post <a href="https://theaxeffect.blogspot.com/2020/05/trade-agreements-price-discount.html" style="text-align: justify;" target="_blank">Trade agreements (Price/ discount agreement) in AX - Setup</a> to know more about different actions which will be taken while returning price or discount)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
26. <b><span style="color: red;">Lead time</span>:</b> It is only used in price trade agreement and not in discount. When lead time is set in the price trade agreement, it is used in the purchase order to set the delivery date based on the lead time or in the sales order to set the requested ship date and requested receipt date based on the lead time (only if these dates aren’t already fulfilling the lead time or when delivery date control is not set to ATP or CTP in the sales order). Lead time from the trade agreement is only applicable when that trade agreement is applied to the order.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
27. <b><span style="color: red;">Working days</span></b>: If it is ticked, only working days are considered in lead time.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
28.<span style="color: red;"> <b>Disregard lead time</b></span>: When it is ticked, lead time is ignored and the delivery date control is applied to order lines. However lead time may still be used by master scheduling.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiSfgiNwEN3SA822qjWz25K3PSaP41jIAlLcc83N5XA49Md1qV34dMb6gtNmXkE98SiSIJwUDrN7EjexjR2bPxQXpKbdgXNP_zT-uALbx6UndI4T69MyunZJXk7Kjk1K8EDdnAywxjRLyY/s1600/36.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="542" data-original-width="1264" height="273" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiSfgiNwEN3SA822qjWz25K3PSaP41jIAlLcc83N5XA49Md1qV34dMb6gtNmXkE98SiSIJwUDrN7EjexjR2bPxQXpKbdgXNP_zT-uALbx6UndI4T69MyunZJXk7Kjk1K8EDdnAywxjRLyY/s640/36.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<u>5. Trade agreements examples</u></h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>A. <u>Price (sales)</u> -</b> For sales price</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b><u><br /></u></b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Relation</b>: Price (Sales)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Account code</b>: All</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Account selection</b>: Blank (Non editable)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Item code</b>: Table</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Item relation</b>: 1000</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Product Dimensions</b>: Select value if applicable (only in case of product master)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Storage dimensions/ Tracking dimensions</b>: <span style="text-align: left;">Here site is</span><span style="text-align: left;"> </span><span style="color: red; text-align: left;">1</span><span style="text-align: left;"> </span><span style="text-align: left;">and warehouse is</span><span style="text-align: left;"> </span><span style="color: red; text-align: left;">11</span><span style="text-align: left;"> </span><span style="text-align: left;">has been added</span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>From</b>: 0</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>To</b>: 10 </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Unit</b>: ea</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Price unit</b>: 1</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>From date</b>: 17-05-2020</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>To date</b>: 28-05-2021</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Amount in currency</b> :15</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Currency</b>: USD</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Discount percentage 1</b>: Blank (as it is a price agreement and not the discount agreement)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Discount percentage 2</b>: Blank (as it is a price agreement and not the discount agreement)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjhs-IDICqLvO_Yj1cbERQWSI1mD1UO97jYoIniEtY62lFvRMkD7KuVAji-HW6bevi21KpG1ur_ll0A_DdOCdch75tne8eo_UM-_sGWzUnM8l4mOxdCTXNdeSa7V6Ud8Q0eraYXOswobf8/s1600/37.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="547" data-original-width="1250" height="280" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjhs-IDICqLvO_Yj1cbERQWSI1mD1UO97jYoIniEtY62lFvRMkD7KuVAji-HW6bevi21KpG1ur_ll0A_DdOCdch75tne8eo_UM-_sGWzUnM8l4mOxdCTXNdeSa7V6Ud8Q0eraYXOswobf8/s640/37.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Expected result</b>: The price sales agreement is created and sales price for item <span style="color: red;">1000</span> is set to 15 USD which is applicable to all the customers . This is valid for the quantity upto 10 and valid between 17-05-2020 to 28-05-2021. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
It means if sales order is created in currency USD for any customer which has the item <span style="color: red;">1000</span>, quantity upto 10 and created during the validity period then the sales price of <span style="color: red;">15 USD</span> is returned for that order. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
(This trade agreement is applied, provided it is the only agreement for the combinations given. If multiple trade agreements are exist for such combination, then the trade agreement search engine takes the appropriate preference and returns the sales price)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh6FYzLI4xRvaRNvf_s4UfViYMbztXWi7GMZZXNr3UuL6er4D2qd4jogJbcmpcKLspjJRbccMbvXSHxDDIqTxLcnfbNbEFxXahp8e8x4C0znZB-O1HsOzEPbwEVGRjbXynYURBxYJkXv8U/s1600/38.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="420" data-original-width="1263" height="212" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh6FYzLI4xRvaRNvf_s4UfViYMbztXWi7GMZZXNr3UuL6er4D2qd4jogJbcmpcKLspjJRbccMbvXSHxDDIqTxLcnfbNbEFxXahp8e8x4C0znZB-O1HsOzEPbwEVGRjbXynYURBxYJkXv8U/s640/38.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Note</b>: You can setup the purchase price with the similar approach and with the relation as <b>Price (purchase)</b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>B.<u> Line discount (Sales</u>) - for sales order line discount</b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b><br /></b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Relation</b>: Line discount (sales)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Account code</b>: Group</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Account selection</b>: 01</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Item code</b>: Table</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Item relation</b>: 1000</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Product Dimensions</b>: Select value if applicable (only in case of product master)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Storage dimensions/ Tracking dimensions</b>: Here site is <span style="color: red;">1</span> and warehouse is <span style="color: red;">11</span> has been added</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>From</b>: 5</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>To</b>: 10 </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Unit</b>: ea</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Price unit</b>: field is disabled</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>From date</b>: 17-05-2020</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>To date</b>: 16-05-2021</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Amount in currency</b>:15</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Currency</b>: USD</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Discount percentage 1</b>: 2 </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Discount percentage 2</b>: Blank (as it is not for discount)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjP_0HhfPtg_mcjR-ALNlnmvz61oZFta230dURMe_Brft9cAignwSmo6y8wft6xJWY5kTagA8LEkZ8Olm4rxxBwn6wzaqLcbAxn__90tK2i9aiXxQmyDdyjAYK-BtK7bSag07rlVSs3cVg/s1600/39.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="604" data-original-width="1300" height="296" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjP_0HhfPtg_mcjR-ALNlnmvz61oZFta230dURMe_Brft9cAignwSmo6y8wft6xJWY5kTagA8LEkZ8Olm4rxxBwn6wzaqLcbAxn__90tK2i9aiXxQmyDdyjAYK-BtK7bSag07rlVSs3cVg/s640/39.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b><u>Expected result:</u></b> The line discount sales agreement is created and the discount amount for the item <span style="color: red;">1000</span> is set to 15 USD which is applicable to customers which are part of customer price/discount group <span style="color: red;">01</span> selected in the agreement. Also the discount percentage is set to 2%. It is valid for the quantity between 5 to 10 and valid between 17-05-2020 to 16-05-2021. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
It means if sales order is created in currency USD for item <span style="color: red;">1000</span> and for the customer which is a part of customer price/discount group <span style="color: red;">01</span>, on let's say 22-07-2020 and the quantity of the order is 7. In this case the line discount amount of 15 USD is applicable to the line's net amount and on top of that the discount percentage of 2 is also applied on the remaining amount. (Net line amount - Discount amount). </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b><u>Calculation</u></b>: </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Net line amount: 15*6= <span style="color: red;">90 USD</span>, </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Net amount after discount: 90 - 15 (discount amount)= <span style="color: red;">75 USD</span>, </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Discount percentage: 75*0.02 (discount percentage) = <span style="color: red;">1.50 USD,</span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Discount amount on net amount after discount: 75 - 1.50 =<span style="color: red;">73.50 USD (This is the final amount after deducting discount amount and discount percentage)</span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<span style="color: red;"><br /></span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
(This trade agreement is applied, provided it is the only agreement for this combination. If multiple trade agreements are exist for such combinations, then the trade agreement search engine takes the appropriate preference and return the line discount)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjhHRpgWpCXmc08VFSa099m1JNwT4LWrtlEK1MFr-Y2ogvwR8t-47mKyDPK0sRjrl7s99IsBzbdS_HDfwxxLJ4mpQ0qJGLTzTulyW1EL2oQB8OyD3ka4-yJ1onNjT5JrjtyA1cNnEJkqiY/s1600/40.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="621" data-original-width="1325" height="298" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjhHRpgWpCXmc08VFSa099m1JNwT4LWrtlEK1MFr-Y2ogvwR8t-47mKyDPK0sRjrl7s99IsBzbdS_HDfwxxLJ4mpQ0qJGLTzTulyW1EL2oQB8OyD3ka4-yJ1onNjT5JrjtyA1cNnEJkqiY/s640/40.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<b style="text-align: justify;"><u>Note</u></b><span style="text-align: justify;">: You can setup the purchase line discount with the similar approach and with the relation as <b>Line disc.</b></span><b style="text-align: justify;"> (purch.)</b> </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>C. <u>Multiline disc. (Sales)</u> - </b>For sales order multiline discount</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b><br /></b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Relation</b>: Multiline disc. (sales)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Account code</b>: Table</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Account selection</b>: US-001</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Item code</b>: Group </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Item relation</b>: 01</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Product Dimensions</b>: Blank</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Storage dimension/ Tracking dimensions</b>: Blank</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>From</b>: 50</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>To</b>: 99</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Unit</b>: ea</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Price unit</b>: Blank</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>From date</b>: 17-05-2020</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>To date</b>: 16-05-2021</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Amount in currency</b> :4</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Currency</b>: USD</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Discount percentage 1</b>: 3</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Discount percentage 2</b>: 4</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgMGy9LGvRDJitbI5EaoxUXqEFhW_uU3ji4tT-HHtGW4J9NKQa-gCT98DOfm8muoXUapVhY2T2uESTtM43-O0BkJ4-0nHLiGyk-pzoiRM6Oe6NaJqb7JxZjH0wMlJVJGhluElIAvh5xqxc/s1600/41.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="589" data-original-width="1331" height="282" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgMGy9LGvRDJitbI5EaoxUXqEFhW_uU3ji4tT-HHtGW4J9NKQa-gCT98DOfm8muoXUapVhY2T2uESTtM43-O0BkJ4-0nHLiGyk-pzoiRM6Oe6NaJqb7JxZjH0wMlJVJGhluElIAvh5xqxc/s640/41.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b><u>Expected result</u></b>: T<span style="text-align: justify;">he multiline discount sales agreement is created and the discount amount </span>is set to 4 USD for the all the items which are part of item discount group "<span style="color: red;">01</span>" selected in the agreement and is applicable to customer '<span style="color: red;">US-001</span>'. Also two discount percentages are set as well. The discount percentage 1 is set to 3% and discount percentage 2 is set to 4%. It is valid for the quantity between 50 to 99 and valid between 17-05-2020 to 16-05-2021. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
In this case when sales order is created for the customer '<span style="color: red;">US-001</span>' during the validity period in currency USD. The multiline discount amount is applicable to line items which are part of the item discount group selected in the agreement. here discount amount of 4 USD is applicable to the order lines and then discount percentage 1 and discount percentage 2 is applied respectively. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgG4KrVBDgDw0aQG5UqZ62liV42R5CV5KQCdUzD9yMpMhkTJKIWOZpNoXQxlT7hMxMgXDAyHN8-n9eVB6Fqn4b255YSA8XdikkTvGlGbGmXM8qB2PlVcDrihUYXvodek9S04XJO2ylGj-w/s1600/72.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="575" data-original-width="1324" height="276" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgG4KrVBDgDw0aQG5UqZ62liV42R5CV5KQCdUzD9yMpMhkTJKIWOZpNoXQxlT7hMxMgXDAyHN8-n9eVB6Fqn4b255YSA8XdikkTvGlGbGmXM8qB2PlVcDrihUYXvodek9S04XJO2ylGj-w/s640/72.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
When sales order is created, you need to calculate the multiline discount in order to get the multiline discount applied to the order line items (Path: Sales order --> Sell header tab --> 'Calculate' field group --> Multiline discount)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhd3n9SH9cNF0V0cMb-n8F4AvH56M5iKDENJ5BquxV0KKo70dD2kqcBSad8kOWJxTcsoTfD6lMqnSJYH1a-97Exc9Vm4nAqGd0ECaKBBHHJWgNPtyXihyphenhypheneRJeTNd2TWCG9eMGFJtZHHJ7g/s1600/73.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="577" data-original-width="1321" height="278" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhd3n9SH9cNF0V0cMb-n8F4AvH56M5iKDENJ5BquxV0KKo70dD2kqcBSad8kOWJxTcsoTfD6lMqnSJYH1a-97Exc9Vm4nAqGd0ECaKBBHHJWgNPtyXihyphenhypheneRJeTNd2TWCG9eMGFJtZHHJ7g/s640/73.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Once you click on 'Multiline discount' button in calculate section, the multiline discount is calculated and visible in the 'Totals' form for the sales order.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiJuu3uNF4ipWncLFxAHJb9zXKpcNfIvHyT8McB9lmOH5kgLAOKRtVRYe3Scz0WukRmA5skPH1zKll4-Yp74Zur2YD-TBPFIuhhbMB67gz32AfaHo3OtyOjcsHmjKVnWPaLyW1RAGlSrP8/s1600/74.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="615" data-original-width="581" height="320" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiJuu3uNF4ipWncLFxAHJb9zXKpcNfIvHyT8McB9lmOH5kgLAOKRtVRYe3Scz0WukRmA5skPH1zKll4-Yp74Zur2YD-TBPFIuhhbMB67gz32AfaHo3OtyOjcsHmjKVnWPaLyW1RAGlSrP8/s320/74.PNG" width="302" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b><u>Note</u>:</b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
This trade agreement is applied to orders, provided it is the only agreement for the combinations. If multiple trade agreements are exist for such combinations, then the trade agreement search engine takes the appropriate preference and returns the discount</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
If both line and multiline discount is valid for the order then it is used in combination as per the parameter set in the Account receivable parameter. Refer previous blog <a href="https://theaxeffect.blogspot.com/2020/05/trade-agreements-price-discount.html" style="text-align: justify;" target="_blank">Trade agreements (Price/ discount agreement) in AX - Setup</a> for more information.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<b style="text-align: justify;">Note</b><span style="text-align: justify;">: You can setup the purchase multiline discount with the similar approach and with the relation as <b>Multiline disc.</b></span><b style="text-align: justify;"> (purch.)</b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>D. <u>Total disc. (Sales)</u> - Discount for the entire sales order</b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b><br /></b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Relation</b>: Total discount (sales)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Account code</b>: Table</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Account selection</b>: US-002</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Item code</b>: All</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Item relation</b>: Blank</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Product Dimensions</b>: Blank</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Storage dimension/ Tracking dimensions</b>: Blank</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>From</b>: 99</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>To</b>: Blank</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Unit</b>: ea</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Price unit</b>: blank</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>From date</b>: 17-05-2020</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>To date</b>: 16-05-2021</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Amount in currency</b>:4</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Currency</b>: EUR</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Discount percentage 1</b>: 3</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Discount percentage 2</b>: Blank</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgab-5zuI0nNr-aMoE9SGFjf0tb48C-IpK7xHZcc2ALxZTXZrL0MPWHxuX2ILtdJ4LNHLB6y9AUMBHfUtZ0d2G31HTZZXYoIERYNQ03AurcGqRi92OtgrJ22IBFqBHdQeFnHpDf6ytu8Bc/s1600/66.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="579" data-original-width="1322" height="280" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgab-5zuI0nNr-aMoE9SGFjf0tb48C-IpK7xHZcc2ALxZTXZrL0MPWHxuX2ILtdJ4LNHLB6y9AUMBHfUtZ0d2G31HTZZXYoIERYNQ03AurcGqRi92OtgrJ22IBFqBHdQeFnHpDf6ytu8Bc/s640/66.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Important: Please make sure to ticked 'Total discount' checkbox for the item for which total discount is to be applicable (Path: in item details form --> Sell fast tab --> Total discount)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhzqc9M-Yp26YW0zc5SsRRQKeG7TYwbktwXxYEzIYQP4SnE9ln3blRBNjiU5NhF0PMBldTfNJkHyNaepcUCbrk8FJjrnPWQVzV5JL7yT4RLrsMhsKeXb3G6yXizdQTTkUdIJBYL7L3f7V0/s1600/67.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="579" data-original-width="1092" height="338" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhzqc9M-Yp26YW0zc5SsRRQKeG7TYwbktwXxYEzIYQP4SnE9ln3blRBNjiU5NhF0PMBldTfNJkHyNaepcUCbrk8FJjrnPWQVzV5JL7yT4RLrsMhsKeXb3G6yXizdQTTkUdIJBYL7L3f7V0/s640/67.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<span style="text-align: justify;">(This trade agreement is applied, provided it is the only agreement for the combinations. If multiple trade agreements are exist for such combinations, then the trade agreement search engine takes the appropriate preference and returns the discount)</span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b><u>Expected result</u></b>: T<span style="text-align: justify;">otal discount agreement is created and the discount amount </span><span style="text-align: justify;">is set to 4 EUR. It is applicable to customer 'US-002'. Also the discount percentage 1 is set to 3%. It is valid for any quantity starting from 99 and is valid between 17-05-2020 to 16-05-2021.</span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
When sales order is created in currency EUR for the customer 'US-002 ' with quantity 150 during validity period. In this case the total discount of 4 EUR is applicable to the order and the discount percentage of 3 is also applied to same order on the remaining amount after the deduction of total discount amount. This discount is applied on the total order amount and not on the line's net amount. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjpdxfBTo7YT_9jAPJ4uPjY6qY3oj1xlQhnRU5VBKbhAYi6eloJRE3IAX0SAMOtQ9mS2n9cf4ik7ZtCn20cGzYCI1uSXvQ75NeEWz7aMgGXpYT_iEeRl_w7NmFNMmngK6Fai6q8_lTzdro/s1600/68.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="516" data-original-width="1320" height="250" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjpdxfBTo7YT_9jAPJ4uPjY6qY3oj1xlQhnRU5VBKbhAYi6eloJRE3IAX0SAMOtQ9mS2n9cf4ik7ZtCn20cGzYCI1uSXvQ75NeEWz7aMgGXpYT_iEeRl_w7NmFNMmngK6Fai6q8_lTzdro/s640/68.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
When sales order is created, you need to calculate the total discount in order to get the total discount applied to the order (Path: Sales order --> Sell header tab --> 'Calculate' field group --> Total discount)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj6sfc0LE91ivfA4ujA3UTv5lXNdqBzn8p_VfG5BIlFibBKmx9HmPGv2NoHYebD-GSXqVQrkbQDyqxwZk1igfFvESViHQCOZp00jH8KptdKaquNdZuxHeNf1I6ou-cIrBndEIqPgAfO2aw/s1600/69.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="520" data-original-width="1321" height="250" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj6sfc0LE91ivfA4ujA3UTv5lXNdqBzn8p_VfG5BIlFibBKmx9HmPGv2NoHYebD-GSXqVQrkbQDyqxwZk1igfFvESViHQCOZp00jH8KptdKaquNdZuxHeNf1I6ou-cIrBndEIqPgAfO2aw/s640/69.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Once you click on total discount button in calculate section, the total discount percentage is calculated and visible in the total discount field at path: Sales order --> Header view --> Price and discount fast tab --> Discount or charges field group --> Total discount %</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEix4HXz6JFWxH6sQ5eSLfH9058WYA-GKzujine_GdGC58N5Eh-ePaWgQhkpOCVcCDH75Xmovl0i7ToFtwpoM6qMkUu3EFtl5nzpvxTJUTIpTnrf4H72dV32RxI2NJDqXXaNeOy7hpe_l18/s1600/70.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="564" data-original-width="1313" height="274" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEix4HXz6JFWxH6sQ5eSLfH9058WYA-GKzujine_GdGC58N5Eh-ePaWgQhkpOCVcCDH75Xmovl0i7ToFtwpoM6qMkUu3EFtl5nzpvxTJUTIpTnrf4H72dV32RxI2NJDqXXaNeOy7hpe_l18/s640/70.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Total discount is also visible in 'Totals' form for the sales order</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhiEoKO-Y9C6JGWc6wybOWl2fAaDoISb3vKABxKRac_00Jc7wI4QVmOAPAhMm-bR4x-twOhvYqDJT84bSektcePDccumHo8_Odco5UvUh6VUt5p4e6RVbmLWFEQYrPuBgmXU012zzUYN6U/s1600/71.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="624" data-original-width="587" height="320" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhiEoKO-Y9C6JGWc6wybOWl2fAaDoISb3vKABxKRac_00Jc7wI4QVmOAPAhMm-bR4x-twOhvYqDJT84bSektcePDccumHo8_Odco5UvUh6VUt5p4e6RVbmLWFEQYrPuBgmXU012zzUYN6U/s320/71.PNG" width="301" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<b style="text-align: justify;"><u>Note</u></b><span style="text-align: justify;">: You can setup the purchase total discount with the similar approach and with the relation as <b>Total disc.</b></span><b style="text-align: justify;"> (purch.)</b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>6. <u>Validate and post the Agreement</u></b></h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Once trade agreements are created, those needs to be validated to know if all the mandatory fields are setup properly and no business logic is violated. To ease the validation, there are different options given such as </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
- Validate all the lines in the agreement, </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
- Validate only the selected lines, </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
- Validate only the lines with errors or warnings</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjBX5NWoS8SliE-ifJ2I7MrTwd4AeL-oQIEPQJUEXBXstrgnf1P_DUnHwbvYIfr8gsiZlRmggXr9q9eBkct0ATzrjbldC4-FbAORc3xe-wJgWiDt_nk-3ynIB2pzP0y_iySXMehDNzh4yE/s1600/42.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="592" data-original-width="1332" height="284" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjBX5NWoS8SliE-ifJ2I7MrTwd4AeL-oQIEPQJUEXBXstrgnf1P_DUnHwbvYIfr8gsiZlRmggXr9q9eBkct0ATzrjbldC4-FbAORc3xe-wJgWiDt_nk-3ynIB2pzP0y_iySXMehDNzh4yE/s640/42.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjTjjkJLgiYKYNNO2Uk-3WhlkY9ryhuvp_W71L3dVNbhybn_eOre-EA92Wz68zsCqkW4e3k6oq45RYdL4MEhUbQK-EBk7sEE9gSq3t8TR7qBZWk1LCQdbVkXsK8aUGSWgWcgnNSwR6MZcs/s1600/43.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="620" data-original-width="488" height="640" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjTjjkJLgiYKYNNO2Uk-3WhlkY9ryhuvp_W71L3dVNbhybn_eOre-EA92Wz68zsCqkW4e3k6oq45RYdL4MEhUbQK-EBk7sEE9gSq3t8TR7qBZWk1LCQdbVkXsK8aUGSWgWcgnNSwR6MZcs/s640/43.PNG" width="502" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Click Ok to validate the journal. You can setup a batch for it as well.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Once validation is successful, you can post the journal in order make the price and discounts active in the trade agreement. Once it is active, it can be searched to get valid price and discounts for the orders. Click 'Ok' to post the journal. You can setup a batch for it as well.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgY5xWLRetrb0Y_Y2iERFvKddYQxhSKqZc1B_sYLlqTG9NICK3ZyLWq9uIfrrSGGQ-zntn3lH1LBrDimdaWJOZ_aNrUDDbz2DM1RU17R2cxvh3QiOE_cZRRucoUY0H8rs3-9iHfgLhwRMQ/s1600/44.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="629" data-original-width="489" height="640" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgY5xWLRetrb0Y_Y2iERFvKddYQxhSKqZc1B_sYLlqTG9NICK3ZyLWq9uIfrrSGGQ-zntn3lH1LBrDimdaWJOZ_aNrUDDbz2DM1RU17R2cxvh3QiOE_cZRRucoUY0H8rs3-9iHfgLhwRMQ/s640/44.PNG" width="496" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
In case of any discrepancies arise after posting the journal, it can be rectified by editing the journal. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Details regarding how to edit the posted journals and other important utility functions of trade agreements can be seen in next blog post.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
In this way, you can create, validate, post, view trade agreements in D365 F&O. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b><i>Previous post</i></b>: <a href="https://theaxeffect.blogspot.com/2020/05/trade-agreements-price-discount.html" target="_blank">Trade agreements (Price/ discount agreement) in Dynamics 365 for Finance and Operations - Setup</a> </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b><i>Next post</i></b>: Trade agreements (Price/ discount agreement) in D365 F&O :- Certain utilities</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px;">Please post if any queries or suggestions to be made regarding this topic !!!</span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px;"><br /></span></div>
<span style="text-align: justify;"></span><br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="text-align: justify;"><span style="text-align: left;">Till then, Keep DAXing </span><b style="background-color: white; color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;">😊</b></span></div>
<span style="text-align: justify;">
</span>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "segoe ui", tahoma, arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;">
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div>
<div style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "segoe ui", tahoma, arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" style="color: #6699cc;" target="_blank">My Profile </a>| </div>
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<span style="text-align: justify;"></span></div>
<div style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "segoe ui", tahoma, arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;">
<em style="background-color: transparent;"><b>Disclaimer</b>: </em><em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div>
</div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com5tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-46131777154808845412020-05-11T03:24:00.001-07:002020-08-20T21:36:56.012-07:00Trade agreements (Price/ discount agreement) in D365 F&O - Setup <div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
Hello readers, Its been a while since my last post. Hope you are all well and safe<b style="background-color: white; color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px;">😊</b><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
In this post, I am going to explain the <b>Trade agreements</b> in AX. It is also called as <b>Price/discount agreements</b>. <span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px;">Hope !! it will give you more insight on the way agreements are setup with vendors and customers.</span></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
As the name suggests, it is used to setup the prices (sales prices & purchase prices) and the discounts (Line discounts, Multiline discounts & Total discounts) for the item, customer and Vendor combinations. Once price and discount rules are set up in the trade agreements, the valid prices and/or discounts are fetched and applied to quotations, orders, and
invoices in AX.</div>
<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEim6fNnVLHG9Yq4Bz9BNmOuzYY-Q1TV-_GqyBAIhh4WfW50vtyYe7nspViuITff2YAILcKL_sxDEc7p8hG2MYM3tWxv3w-thBWyLMO8H9eneKQzpMzV3MBD47S17Oq70dstFipeXijeiJs/s1600/Trade+agreement.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="274" data-original-width="488" height="179" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEim6fNnVLHG9Yq4Bz9BNmOuzYY-Q1TV-_GqyBAIhh4WfW50vtyYe7nspViuITff2YAILcKL_sxDEc7p8hG2MYM3tWxv3w-thBWyLMO8H9eneKQzpMzV3MBD47S17Oq70dstFipeXijeiJs/s320/Trade+agreement.png" width="320" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<h3>
<b>A. Types of agreements</b></h3>
<h4>
<b><br /></b></h4>
<h4>
<b>Following four types of agreements can be created for sales and purchase:</b></h4>
<div>
<b><br /></b></div>
</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
1) <b>Price agreements</b>: for setting up the sales and purchase prices for item & customer or item & vendor combinations which are used for fetching the item prices in sales and purchase orders. Prices are for each item hence it can only be setup for item code <b>Table</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
2) <b>Line discount agreements</b>: for setting up the line discount for item & customer or item & vendor combinations which are used for fetching the discounts for sales or purchase order line</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
3) <b>Multiline discount agreements</b>: for setting up the discount for items & customer or item & vendor combinations which are applicable for multiple sales or purchase order lines. As Multiline discount is for multiple items combination, it cannot be setup for single item. It can always be setup for Item code <b>Group</b> or <b>All</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
4) <b>Total discount agreement</b>: for setting up the discount for items & customer or item & vendor combinations which are applicable for the entire sales or purchase order. As Total discount is for the entire order, it is always application in the order header irrespective of any items in the sales or purchase order lines, hence it cannot be setup for item code <b>Table</b> or <b>Group</b>. It can always be setup for item code <b>All</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<h3>
<b>B. Agreement combinations</b></h3>
<b><br /></b>
<b>The price and discount can be setup for the following combinations of item, Customer and vendor:</b></div>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiTDeGf3CJL68PoLhgTbtPn1lhgLuRSrBBE1MhjYLBdRQe-Rs25XLecDYaiVRU7XJKY2xBeKLlH-vtnFqSJYqp0uxDRuWTFuwqa4ZGZpC0sW5xz9k6BB4kzBqImsoi3YEPsU1Nb7cTu3x4/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="423" data-original-width="936" height="288" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiTDeGf3CJL68PoLhgTbtPn1lhgLuRSrBBE1MhjYLBdRQe-Rs25XLecDYaiVRU7XJKY2xBeKLlH-vtnFqSJYqp0uxDRuWTFuwqa4ZGZpC0sW5xz9k6BB4kzBqImsoi3YEPsU1Nb7cTu3x4/s640/Blog.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>C. Preference</b></h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Here preference is given to the item code or account code in the following manner while searching for the trade agreement for sales or purchase:</b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Table</b>: First preference is given to code <b>Table</b>. When trade agreement is searched, it checks for the agreement created for single customer (Account code: Table) or single vendor (Account code: Table) and/or single item (Item code: Table) which are given in the sales or purchase order</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Group</b>: When trade agreement is not found for code <b>Table</b>, then second preference is given to code <b>Group</b>. When trade agreement is searched, it checks for the agreement created for the group of customers (Account code: Group) or group of vendors (Account code: Group) and/or group of items (Item code: Group). Item/ customer/ vendor which are given in the sales or purchase order should be part of those groups. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
How to create price/discount groups for customers/vendors/ items are given below in this post.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>All</b>: When trade agreement is not found for code <b>Table </b>or<b> Group</b>, then third preference is given to code <b>All</b>. When trade agreement is searched, it checks for the agreement created for All items (Item code: All) and/or All customers (Account code: All) or All vendors (Account code: All). Items, customer or vendor which are given in sales or purchase order are part of code 'All'.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<b><br /></b></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<b>D. Prerequisites</b></h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
Before we create any trade agreement in AX, it is important to complete certain prerequisites:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
1. <b>Activate trade agreement</b></h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
It is important to activate certain trade agreement combinations in order to create the trade agreement for those combinations. It will reduce the risk of wrong combination being used and also improve the system performance as trade agreement search engine only searches for the active combinations trade agreements.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>A. To activate </b><span style="text-align: left;"><b>price/ discount</b></span><b> between item & customer</b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<b>Path</b>: Sales and marketing > Setup > Price/discounts > Activate price/ discount</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
Here you can activate item and customer combinations against the price, line discount, multiline discount and total discount by ticking the appropriate checkbox.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgu92BXw9ISl5IuZLRfK1XPIPOJB9vtEXz9Mtf1LfVm_DWSAg5Wfa4t_H1jC7T7cq_P6LAaAdKWcrW51wsriBUDFc75yACM4mFnOl_aimcFtiohANWE2qGn50VhPPxYLzLoWsnRWZDmTMY/s1600/1.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="764" data-original-width="745" height="400" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgu92BXw9ISl5IuZLRfK1XPIPOJB9vtEXz9Mtf1LfVm_DWSAg5Wfa4t_H1jC7T7cq_P6LAaAdKWcrW51wsriBUDFc75yACM4mFnOl_aimcFtiohANWE2qGn50VhPPxYLzLoWsnRWZDmTMY/s400/1.PNG" width="390" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<b>B. To activate </b><b>price/ discount</b><b style="text-align: justify;"> </b><b>between item & vendor</b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<b>Path</b>: Procurement and sourcing > Setup > Price/discounts > Activate price/discount </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
Here you can activate item and vendor combinations against the price, line discount, multiline discount and total discount by ticking the appropriate checkbox.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjp3uvS2cUkPTIiD_sMYUn-uKHxWl3XjzGL3Pbx7A1VWGvD7t7RdehwSFgqiIq35KVeQoVS9rMbcKu4GtHwdWJ4oc5mqKrWqD3ZcM-sxs9ZaTTwh9vx5gLZTayHM2Y63YJ25SUgn7Hw8WM/s1600/3.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="758" data-original-width="753" height="400" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjp3uvS2cUkPTIiD_sMYUn-uKHxWl3XjzGL3Pbx7A1VWGvD7t7RdehwSFgqiIq35KVeQoVS9rMbcKu4GtHwdWJ4oc5mqKrWqD3ZcM-sxs9ZaTTwh9vx5gLZTayHM2Y63YJ25SUgn7Hw8WM/s400/3.PNG" width="395" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
2. P<b>roduct, storage and tracking dimension groups setup</b></h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
It is very important to keep the Product, storage & tracking dimension groups setup in mind while creating the trade agreement. The dimensions which are active in the product/storage/tracking dimension groups are very important while creating the trade agreement as these dimensions are used in the order and trade agreement search engine searches through these active dimensions while searching for the price or line discount for a specific item in the sales or purchase order. It includes active 'For sales prices' and 'For purchase prices' dimensions from the dimensions groups while searching for the prices for sales and purchase. It follows the following order in search for price/discount:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
1. Firstly, it searches the trade agreement for the active product/storage/tracking dimensions which are used in the order for which price or line discount is requesting</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
2. If not found, it searches the trade agreement for the active product dimensions which are used in the order for which price or line discount is requesting</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
3. If not found, it searches the trade agreement with no active dimensions from product/storage/tracking dimension groups are specified</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>For example</b>: If size is the product dimensions specified for the item, site and warehouse are the storage dimensions specified for the same item, serial number is the tracking dimensions specified for the item in the order, then </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
- It first checks the trade agreement for the size, site, warehouse and serial dimensions for the item. If not found then, </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
- It checks for the trade agreement for the size dimension for the item. If not found then </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
-Finally it checks the trade agreement where no size, site, warehouse and serial dimensions are specified. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEinm_wu0GrQ19RGuuEIRe5CC0ffNTciB7f2sP1X9tY4b38gYuwJ4pe7x2yVV3ShyphenhyphenKnyULf_nlnXuWTG2hCatHHP2wRH5ypIkfUiVRM4qfPtY87uKkWBFK0xKK-262LTKYMZASLy5By7zng/s1600/5.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1244" data-original-width="1274" height="624" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEinm_wu0GrQ19RGuuEIRe5CC0ffNTciB7f2sP1X9tY4b38gYuwJ4pe7x2yVV3ShyphenhyphenKnyULf_nlnXuWTG2hCatHHP2wRH5ypIkfUiVRM4qfPtY87uKkWBFK0xKK-262LTKYMZASLy5By7zng/s640/5.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
3. <b>Setup trade agreement journal names</b> </h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
It is important to setup trade agreement journal names as these journal names are used to create price /discount agreement journal for setting up different prices and discounts for different items, customers and vendors. Different journal names can be setup for different purpose such as price agreement journal, Discount agreement journal, Price adjustment journal, Price&discount journal from RFQ etc. so it will be easier to select appropriate journal names for specific purpose. In this way it will be easier to consolidate all the similar trade agreements for reporting and analysis purpose. Journal names are created at the following path:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Procurement and sourcing > Setup > Price/Discounts >Trade agreement journal names</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b><br /></b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b> or</b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Sales and marketing > Setup > Price/Discounts >Trade agreement journal names</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Following default relation can be setup for journal names. These relations can be override in the actual trade agreement journal if require:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
-Price(purch.)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
-Line disc. (purch.)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
-Multiline disc. (purch.)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
-Total disc. (purch.)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
-Price (sales)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
-Line discount (sales)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
-Multiline disc. (sales)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
-Total disc. (sales)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
-Postage discount</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
These are nothing but various ways of creating price/discount agreement journal lines.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
Add name, description and select default relation to create specific trade agreement journal name.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjk8jtP128BCa9K4DVIPDZzwRQLAL3o2KFOTFPl_CL29bz1ZOvRhQgE6cofNRM-3m0VKZ0LBi-t48pyhh9-Fou4FsLDZAYZD0KHIOG5UWE6ENmFYoWlkuHnOcJCLsBWPj7DPIJCqK6uuP0/s1600/8.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="363" data-original-width="668" height="345" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjk8jtP128BCa9K4DVIPDZzwRQLAL3o2KFOTFPl_CL29bz1ZOvRhQgE6cofNRM-3m0VKZ0LBi-t48pyhh9-Fou4FsLDZAYZD0KHIOG5UWE6ENmFYoWlkuHnOcJCLsBWPj7DPIJCqK6uuP0/s640/8.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
We can also see all the posted price/discount agreement journals created from a particular journal name. Click on '<b>Price/discount agreement</b>' button on the top to view all the journals.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhJYeSsKfgG4XTOyZj10V5IWmX8uJjLXl37HbiBwWBzWN5SRWLbyQWYnheO2ws1bJoH_fWdnkNP6Bsv1QBJiSBoU9iBgP9BYd8BxlS6PHY5rMrLa5rt8693RVcsPOsEkd-KCT_GvEiFh7Y/s1600/8.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="715" data-original-width="1325" height="344" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhJYeSsKfgG4XTOyZj10V5IWmX8uJjLXl37HbiBwWBzWN5SRWLbyQWYnheO2ws1bJoH_fWdnkNP6Bsv1QBJiSBoU9iBgP9BYd8BxlS6PHY5rMrLa5rt8693RVcsPOsEkd-KCT_GvEiFh7Y/s640/8.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
4. <b>Create price/discount groups</b> </h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Create price groups, line discount groups, multiline discount groups and total discount groups for the items, customers or vendors so it can be used in trade agreement journals for setting up prices and discounts for the group. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Groups can be created by selecting appropriate options among Price group, Line discount group, Multiline discount group and Total discount group.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<h4 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<b>A. Customer price discount grou</b>p</h4>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
We can create price or discount groups for the customer by selecting appropriate options from the following path:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Path</b>: Sales and marketing > Price/discounts > Customer price/discount groups </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
or</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Inventory management > Setup > Price/discount > Customer price/discount groups </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgx3nspFZehHN4Nomt6fenQjUP3SAe4ljljPWoHtkzl3kf4M5BJZ-8qUGR93sdTd0DOx-X78QNJDyz50fhITDF3L3_W3bMa2fGLynJbmjeOZ2lBpbrF-rDwFfvGnxAYOLEnAH2Kbzu3RqE/s1600/10.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="657" data-original-width="1232" height="339" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgx3nspFZehHN4Nomt6fenQjUP3SAe4ljljPWoHtkzl3kf4M5BJZ-8qUGR93sdTd0DOx-X78QNJDyz50fhITDF3L3_W3bMa2fGLynJbmjeOZ2lBpbrF-rDwFfvGnxAYOLEnAH2Kbzu3RqE/s640/10.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
We can also view the trade agreement and create the one for the customer price/discount group selected. Select the group --> Click on '<b>Trade agreements</b>' button to view the appropriate options.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhbsefY9n3ABXLEJGd4B-dhyphenhyphenCeqKWcrpC_ss1Ko9XXdaDR2CWKCUbUzbAe6SCa8YLuceV-akSPA0wOUM3OnrhmTuAGAxSSEQTFhGtndE4HJF-65P9uqPwfO7ZAGSMHWyCye1dUn101GA-g/s1600/14.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="352" data-original-width="1005" height="224" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhbsefY9n3ABXLEJGd4B-dhyphenhyphenCeqKWcrpC_ss1Ko9XXdaDR2CWKCUbUzbAe6SCa8YLuceV-akSPA0wOUM3OnrhmTuAGAxSSEQTFhGtndE4HJF-65P9uqPwfO7ZAGSMHWyCye1dUn101GA-g/s640/14.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<h4 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /><b>B. Vendor price discount group</b> </h4>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
We can create price or discount groups for the vendors by selecting appropriate options from the following path:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Path: Procurement and sourcing > Setup > Price/discount > Vendor price/discount group</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
or</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Inventory management > Setup > Price/discount > Price/ discount groups > Vendor price/discount groups </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjSS_Hv2COrvU9SUuH-uk4P6xA_sX-sLwXjT5duRso5jWEKbcs_53sER2h-kmLUQJhx-NTRIfWSkX185tXT99ImTUkz3gL8bBvyhRle8Gm9OwF8vJ3wDk10_X_UmFkkrrVk5W4UAlsP9Bo/s1600/15.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="545" data-original-width="1215" height="284" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjSS_Hv2COrvU9SUuH-uk4P6xA_sX-sLwXjT5duRso5jWEKbcs_53sER2h-kmLUQJhx-NTRIfWSkX185tXT99ImTUkz3gL8bBvyhRle8Gm9OwF8vJ3wDk10_X_UmFkkrrVk5W4UAlsP9Bo/s640/15.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
You can view the trade agreement and also create the one for the vendor price/discount group selected. Select the group --> Click on '<b>Trade agreements</b>' button to view the appropriate options.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj78ZizJ0pYbKJ1lzWwuIecNb9lxJsOj-oFutot9tLb1Ey_HBKPtmmNZH5CVPMAAB-ihyphenhyphenz34mK_qejmEv4MhNBthJskE8mgPqW38_iwGjUxEboxu9-DxFpZZA7sBAmCRIChKfkCUm_ZwTs/s1600/19.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="306" data-original-width="728" height="267" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj78ZizJ0pYbKJ1lzWwuIecNb9lxJsOj-oFutot9tLb1Ey_HBKPtmmNZH5CVPMAAB-ihyphenhyphenz34mK_qejmEv4MhNBthJskE8mgPqW38_iwGjUxEboxu9-DxFpZZA7sBAmCRIChKfkCUm_ZwTs/s640/19.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<h4 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<b>C. Item discount group</b> </h4>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
It creates the Line discount group, Multiline discount group and Postage group for the items. It doesn't include the total discount group as total discount is applicable to item code <b>All</b> and not to item code <b>Group</b>. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhhioLvl_kOWBHdGsMCoHzf3bPRi-krvwNZE3QmdDYnWgi3YMz8C2JdKFehmJnKd7jFmmDlZHVEtP4Q6rIEXuePpr8sf32eWJ3ks_wozEyRZJNj3tLf9O_fg0UTKkOoKUzEw5U-JSSsfLM/s1600/20.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="287" data-original-width="642" height="286" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhhioLvl_kOWBHdGsMCoHzf3bPRi-krvwNZE3QmdDYnWgi3YMz8C2JdKFehmJnKd7jFmmDlZHVEtP4Q6rIEXuePpr8sf32eWJ3ks_wozEyRZJNj3tLf9O_fg0UTKkOoKUzEw5U-JSSsfLM/s640/20.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
You can create discount groups for the items from the following path:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Path</b>: Sales and marketing > Price/discounts > Item discount groups</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
or</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Procurement and sourcing > Price/discount > Price/discount groups> Item discount groups</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
or</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Inventory management > Setup > Price/discount > Item discount groups </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh1IO2QD8qKLAFcopyo_jxXtcHizp_5bSKXYpiAT6UMcgMAlr8lJELxnkuw7MU98HRWXNDhQVjSWdSFWqfBOBzG88dGX84C615Cghnn2XDoZiQS0RW4WXkfpWOGnX4kSJ-3m6_Qps_acec/s1600/21.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="510" data-original-width="1250" height="259" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh1IO2QD8qKLAFcopyo_jxXtcHizp_5bSKXYpiAT6UMcgMAlr8lJELxnkuw7MU98HRWXNDhQVjSWdSFWqfBOBzG88dGX84C615Cghnn2XDoZiQS0RW4WXkfpWOGnX4kSJ-3m6_Qps_acec/s640/21.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
You can view the trade agreement and also create the one for the item discount group selected. Select the group --> Click on 'Trade agreements' button to view the appropriate options.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjWcZ4epc_SlzFN1UFbrlZ1nrqqjbDEDCTJ-66k4GAJD5B8T6WglRNXmUN0yUshEDKW6U2se6d1ZDVgr3Ygh0KG654r2JH4lCxYknj_jXHjpVmmlngjYJG1P9C4ceBCGifq1EjMeeDVZXQ/s1600/24.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="309" data-original-width="889" height="222" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjWcZ4epc_SlzFN1UFbrlZ1nrqqjbDEDCTJ-66k4GAJD5B8T6WglRNXmUN0yUshEDKW6U2se6d1ZDVgr3Ygh0KG654r2JH4lCxYknj_jXHjpVmmlngjYJG1P9C4ceBCGifq1EjMeeDVZXQ/s640/24.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
5. Item/ Customer/ Vendor master setup</h3>
<div>
<br /></div>
<h4 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<b>A. Assign item discount groups for items</b></h4>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
Once Item line discount groups and Item Multiline discount groups are created (Refer point 4 section C), those are assigned to items and discount agreements are created for those groups. When any such item is used in the sales or purchase order, the discount pertaining to that group will be applicable to the item in the order.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<b>Path</b>: Select specific item in the released products > Purchase or Sell fast tab > Discounts field group > Line discount group/ Multline discount > Assign groups to these fields as applicable</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiBQxetATswZxRAxgRP2z_IHGoiAZG7pSMs4z-H_xsNybcwmXWrKLfqHcohWF4wl1Vmb-pQZWFd9RE8uQpitIYgZ2yAdeBmTt46T7baWKiLgCOCf7Nr37yTgkueUnYP4XVEEeLjElhS04Q/s1600/26.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="607" data-original-width="1077" height="360" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiBQxetATswZxRAxgRP2z_IHGoiAZG7pSMs4z-H_xsNybcwmXWrKLfqHcohWF4wl1Vmb-pQZWFd9RE8uQpitIYgZ2yAdeBmTt46T7baWKiLgCOCf7Nr37yTgkueUnYP4XVEEeLjElhS04Q/s640/26.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<b>Note</b>: For total discount, checkbox needs to be ticked for the item in order to include the item in the calculation of total discount.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<h4 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<b>B. Assign customer price/discount group to customers & vendor price/discount group to vendors</b></h4>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
- Once vendor price/ discount groups are created (Refer point 4 section B), those are assigned to vendors and agreements are created for those groups. When order is created for any such vendors, the price and discount for the group is applicable to the order (Order header/Order lines)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<b>Path</b>: Select vendor > Purchase order defaults fast tab > Discount field group > Multiline discount/ Total discount group/ Price group/ Line discount group > Assign groups to these fields as applicable</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhQymzxekY1CCk_c_N8OvkcsQ_uv00ac1jfhsuP4cOQbFmjuxAa3hc78RCkmM8BKRrnhyIaE_Xa3-eWVbGj0bpPqWi9udOpmec4RZTyvTalKe-gUkanJ3Ox4_-pDumD14INWneHUGcqRs8/s1600/27.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="605" data-original-width="940" height="256" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhQymzxekY1CCk_c_N8OvkcsQ_uv00ac1jfhsuP4cOQbFmjuxAa3hc78RCkmM8BKRrnhyIaE_Xa3-eWVbGj0bpPqWi9udOpmec4RZTyvTalKe-gUkanJ3Ox4_-pDumD14INWneHUGcqRs8/s400/27.PNG" width="400" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
- Once customer price/discount groups are created (Refer point 4 section A), those are assigned to the customers and agreements are created for those groups. When order is created for any such customer, the price and discount for the group is applicable to the order (Order header/ Order lines)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Path: Select customer > Sales order defaults fast tab > Discount field group > Multiline discount/ Total discount / Price / Line discount > Assign groups in these fields as applicable</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhDM-1n3zJN5QtF-orpqhUhipNVAUYJD7aSjW0_4jK-4NN4k7_MLneu2ViQthp0SZyt3d6GLnQDVodx_BQ8abLlJ6ZxqeC9gLHYjoGSFJna_GsWtsw6eGYm4OhpJHSlEtoPg_USUJvCEtc/s1600/28.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="544" data-original-width="1054" height="330" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhDM-1n3zJN5QtF-orpqhUhipNVAUYJD7aSjW0_4jK-4NN4k7_MLneu2ViQthp0SZyt3d6GLnQDVodx_BQ8abLlJ6ZxqeC9gLHYjoGSFJna_GsWtsw6eGYm4OhpJHSlEtoPg_USUJvCEtc/s640/28.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
<br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
6. <b>Account receivable parameters </b>Setup</h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Different values are setup in the account receivable parameter to set the behaviors of sales trade agreement.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<b>Path</b>: Account receivable > Setup > Account receivable parameters > Prices</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
</div>
<ul style="text-align: left;">
<li style="text-align: justify;">Setting up the<b> date type i.e. Today's date, requested ship date or requested receipt date </b>Depending on the date type selected here, the appropriate date will be picked up from the sales order to find the valid sales trade agreement. Default value is '<b>Today</b>'</li>
<li style="text-align: justify;"><b>Optional</b>: Setting up the <b>generic currency and exchange rate type</b>: Trade agreement can also be created for generic currency and then use exchange rate to convert generic currency into a specific order currency in real time when price is requested from the sales or purchase order. When creating the trade agreement for generic currency, make sure to tick '<b>Include generic currency</b>' checkbox in the agreement journal. This setup is only applicable to price trade agreement and not to the discount agreements.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify;"><b>Optional</b>: <b>Apply smart rounding after currency conversion</b>: It is checked when you would want to apply smart rounding to the price when it is returned from the valid trade agreement. In order to apply smart rounding you would need to setup the behavior for smart rounding for foreign currencies in the system. It is nothing but returning the price keeping in view the smallest denomination i.e. price returned with ending 0.99 or 0.95 or 0.98. When price for generic currency is converted into order (Foreign) currency then before returning the price, smart rounding rules are applied depending on setup done in the system for different foreign currencies in order to decide the ending of the price i.e 156.95. 199.99 etc.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify;"><b>Discount</b>: Default values is '<b>Line</b>'. It decides how Line discount and Multline discount are used together in the sales order lines. We can select different values depending on how we want discounts to get applied, These values are:</li>
</ul>
- Line<br />
<div>
-Multiline</div>
<div>
-MAX(Line, Multiline)</div>
<div>
-MIN(Line, Multiline)</div>
<div>
-Line+Multiline</div>
<div>
-Line*Multiline</div>
<div>
<ul style="text-align: left;">
<li style="text-align: justify;"><b>Optional</b>:<b> Trade agreement evaluation:</b> During changing the price and discount conditions by the external sources, if you want to trigger a dialog to decide whether to keep current price/discount or it should inherit from external sources, then add the type of external sources such as AIF, retail POS, Sales agreement, Sales quotation, project quotation etc. in the trade agreement evaluation section in account receivable parameter</li>
<li style="text-align: justify;"><b>Optional</b>: <b>Calculate</b> <b>Total discount on posting</b>: If ticked, total discount will be calculated automatically when posting and when selecting certain actions</li>
</ul>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhNr4ctdd1P6goNLIHz1LCtMFfrkKOrGwpZI-dC-nBpgPA_BJdWSmDjEmtFIqPc9DBtMVf3COR4OkNZYAmaMyd1LTPMhhi5ky8tq1cboaMTmFgk0NMIVwI7XdULX4SbV0gWP23n8wtnnio/s1600/29.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="896" data-original-width="1288" height="444" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhNr4ctdd1P6goNLIHz1LCtMFfrkKOrGwpZI-dC-nBpgPA_BJdWSmDjEmtFIqPc9DBtMVf3COR4OkNZYAmaMyd1LTPMhhi5ky8tq1cboaMTmFgk0NMIVwI7XdULX4SbV0gWP23n8wtnnio/s640/29.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
</h3>
<div>
<br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
7. <b>Procurement and sourcing parameters </b>Setup</h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Different values are setup in the procurement and sourcing parameter to set the behaviors of purchase trade agreement</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Path</b>: P<span style="text-align: justify;">rocurement and sourcing</span> > Setup > P<span style="text-align: justify;">rocurement and sourcing</span> parameter > Prices</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both;">
</div>
<ul style="text-align: left;">
<li><span style="text-align: justify;">Setting up the</span><b style="text-align: justify;"> date type i.e. Today's date </b><span style="text-align: justify;">or </span><b style="text-align: justify;">Delivery date</b><span style="text-align: justify;">: </span>Depending on the date type selected here, the appropriate date will be picked up from the purchase order to find the valid purchase trade agreement. Default value is '<b>Today</b>'</li>
</ul>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<ul style="text-align: left;">
<li style="text-align: justify;"><b>Discount</b>: Default values is '<b>Line</b>'. It decides how Line discount and Multline discount are used together in the purchase order lines. We can select different values depending on how we want discounts to get applied, These values are:</li>
</ul>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
-Line</div>
<div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
-Multiline</div>
</div>
<div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
-MAX(Line, Multiline)</div>
</div>
<div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
-MIN(Line, Multiline)</div>
</div>
<div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
-Line+Multiline</div>
</div>
<div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
-Line*Multiline</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<ul style="text-align: left;">
<li style="text-align: justify;"><b>Optional</b>:<b> Trade agreement evaluation:</b> During changing price and discount conditions by the external sources, if you want to trigger a dialog to decide whether to keep current price/discount or it should inherit from external sources, then add the type of external sources such as AIF, retail POS, Sales agreement, Sales quotation, project quotation etc. in the trade agreement evaluation section in procurement and sourcing parameter</li>
<li style="text-align: justify;"><b>Optional</b>: <b>Calculate</b> <b>Total discount on posting</b>: If ticked, total discount will be calculated automatically when posting and when selecting certain actions.</li>
</ul>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhtw0sSFBp193bFUnW8P0m7GfoNcIRdggVvmsHAwDqYIvIIpkqNyt8BlOSGljdKei9pK9Xk5WRZVlevHLR4NmGX5onAU9JL6ayBksftl6usNa7GI4rlToXfKfKQuvZfo771TmcGYtxmeKk/s1600/30.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="575" data-original-width="1101" height="334" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhtw0sSFBp193bFUnW8P0m7GfoNcIRdggVvmsHAwDqYIvIIpkqNyt8BlOSGljdKei9pK9Xk5WRZVlevHLR4NmGX5onAU9JL6ayBksftl6usNa7GI4rlToXfKfKQuvZfo771TmcGYtxmeKk/s640/30.PNG" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<br />
<br /></div>
<h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<b>E. Different values for searching the price/discount agreement</b></h3>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Below values are used from the sales or purchase order lines to
search for the valid price and discount agreement for those order lines:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
● Customer/vendor </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
● Item number </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
● Product dimension, Storage dimension and Tracking dimension</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
● Quantity </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
● Currency </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
● Unit of measure </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
●Date type (defined in the Accounts receivable parameter setup and Procurement and sourcing parameter setup)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>1. For price</b>: </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
As per the preference given above (In section A), the combination of Item and customer or item and vendor are searched along with other values defined above to find the valid price trade agreement. Posted trade agreements are searched based on the order in which those are created (based on RecID). When all the trade agreements are searched or when valid trade agreement is found where <b>Find next </b>option is cleared then the search stops. If multiple trade agreements are found for the combination to get the valid price then trade agreement with lowest price will be considered for the order line</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>2. For Line discount</b>: </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
As per the preference given above (In section A), the combination of Item and customer or item and vendor are searched along with other values defined above to find the valid trade agreement for line discount. Posted trade agreements are searched based on the order in which those are created (based on RecID). When all the trade agreements are searched or valid trade agreement is found where <b>Find next </b>option is cleared then the search stops. If multiple trade agreements are found for the combination to get the valid line discount, then it takes the sum of all the valid line discount or the valid line discount percentage for order line</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>3. For Multiline discount</b>: <span style="text-align: justify;">(It is created for Account code <b>Table</b></span><span style="text-align: justify;">, </span><b style="text-align: justify;">Group &</b><span style="text-align: justify;"> </span><b style="text-align: justify;">All </b><span style="text-align: justify;">and Item code <b>Group</b> & </span><b style="text-align: justify;">All</b><span style="text-align: justify;">) </span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Below values are used from the sales or purchase order lines to search for the valid price and discount agreement for those order lines</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
</div>
<ul style="text-align: left;">
<li style="text-align: justify;">Customer/ Vendor<b> </b></li>
<li style="text-align: justify;">Item's multiline discount group</li>
<li style="text-align: justify;">Overall quantity </li>
<li style="text-align: justify;">Currency </li>
<li style="text-align: justify;">Unit of measure </li>
<li style="text-align: justify;">Date type (<span style="text-align: justify;">defined in the Accounts receivable parameter setup and Procurement and sourcing parameter setup</span>)</li>
</ul>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Overall quantity</b>: </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
It is the sum of quantities of all items belong to specific Multiline discount group and sum of quantities of all items that isn't belong to any multiline discount group. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>For example</b>: If there are 8 lines in the sales order, out of which lines 1, 3 and 4 are belong to Multiline discount group A, so it takes the sum of quantities of those lines, lines 2 and 6 are belong to multiline discount group B, so it takes the sum of quantities of those lines, Line 5, 7 and 8 are not belong to any multiline discount group, so it takes the sum of quantities of those lines as well.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Once this quantity categorization is done, as per the preference given above (In section A), the combination of Item and customer or item and vendor are searched along with the values defined above to find the valid trade agreement. Posted trade agreements are searched based on the order in which those are created (based on RecID). When all the trade agreements are searched or when valid trade agreement is found where <b>Find next </b>option is cleared then the search stops. If multiple trade agreements are found for the combination, then it takes the sum of all the valid discounts or the valid discount percentages for each order line.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Note</b>: For all those lines where no multiline discount group is attached, the multiline discount trade agreement created for item Code <b>All </b>are applicable,.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<b>4. For Total discount </b><span style="text-align: justify;"> (It is created for Account code <b>Table</b></span><span style="text-align: justify;">, </span><b style="text-align: justify;">Group &</b><span style="text-align: justify;"> </span><b style="text-align: justify;">All </b><span style="text-align: justify;">and Item code </span><b style="text-align: justify;">All</b><span style="text-align: justify;">)</span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
Below values are used to search for the valid trade agreement:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
</div>
<ul style="text-align: left;">
<li>Customer/ vendor</li>
<li>Currency</li>
<li>Total order amount</li>
<li>Date type (<span style="text-align: justify;">defined in the Accounts receivable parameter setup and Procurement and sourcing parameter setup</span>)</li>
</ul>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
As per the preference given above (In section A), the combinations for customer or vendor are searched along with the values defined above to find the valid trade agreement. Posted trade agreements are searched based on the order in which those are created (based on RecID). When all the trade agreements are searched or when valid trade agreement is found where <b>Find next </b>option is cleared then the search stops. If multiple trade agreements are found for the combination to get the valid total discount, then it takes the sum of all the valid total discounts or the valid total discount percentages for the entire order.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
Once all these setups are understood and completed, we are good to create trade agreement in the system for different customers, vendors and items. To understand on how to create & post trade agreement will be explained in the next blog post. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<b>Next post</b>: <a href="https://theaxeffect.blogspot.com/2020/07/trade-agreements-price-discount.html" target="_blank">Trade agreements (Price/ discount agreement) in D365 F&O - Creation and it's Usage</a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px;">Please post if any queries or suggestions to made regarding this topic !!!</span></div>
<br style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px;" />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px;">Happy Daxing </span><b style="background-color: white; color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px;">😊</b><br />
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div>
<div style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" style="color: #6699cc; text-decoration-line: none;" target="_blank">My Profile </a>| </div>
<div style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;">
<em style="background-color: transparent;"><b>Disclaimer</b>: </em><em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div>
</div>
</div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com7tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-10443387164597544192018-10-15T23:08:00.000-07:002018-10-15T23:24:41.817-07:00Tag Counting Journal in Dynamics 365 for Finance and Operations<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Hello readers, Today I am going to walk you through the important but less discuss functionality of AX, <b>Tag counting journal</b>. </div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
When I heard of it for the first time, there are few basic questions popped up in my mind such as What is tag counting journal? how it is different from counting journal? So before delaying further, lets jump on to this topic.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Tag counting journal is used during counting process, mostly at the year end where we enter the items, it's corresponding qty and a tag number with status in the journal lines.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
You place a tag on each inventory item. Once all tags are placed on the inventory items, you enter the item and counted quantity information on the tags you placed.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Tag counting journal facilitates the entry of each tag and information on it in the journal lines which is upon posting transfers to counting journal. </div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Here in the journal we can also maintain the status of each tag such as Missing, Voided or Used.<br />
<br />
<ul>
<li><b>Used</b> - The item number is counted for the tag. This line is then transferred to counting journal upon posting of tag counting journal</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><b>Voided</b> - The item number is voided for the tag. You cannot add item number for the line marked as 'Voided'</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><b>Missing</b> - The item number is missing for the tag. You cannot add item number for the line where item number is 'Missing'</li>
</ul>
</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b><br /></b>
There are no inventory transactions exist for the lines in the tag counting journal and when lines are transferred from tag counting to counting journal, the inventory transactions are created.<br />
<b><br /></b>
<b>Example</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
During the year end counting process, warehouse manager advised warehouse worker to place a tag on each inventory item as these tags are then used during the counting of the inventory. When counting progresses, the warehouse workers start putting the item information and the counted quantity on the tags attached to items. Once all the items are counted, these tags are then used to enter the information in the tag counting journal. The information is item number, dimension information, tag number, status of the tag, counted quantity etc.<br />
<br />
Let us now see the steps to create tag counting journal in AX. </div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
1. Go to Inventory management > Journals > Item Counting > Tag counting</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
2. Click on New</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
3. Enter the journal name (Type: tag counting) and select the dimensions to tag count the item by specific dimension. For example: if you want to tag count the item for specific location then select site, warehouse and location checkbox.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
</div>
<div>
<img border="0" data-original-height="791" data-original-width="611" height="400" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhjDvs_acNemcYuXNxUTPuci4LV95q37zPi92iCj3IsJpVqBNAl18ZSeSsFa8YghGMbcf3g85epKyzXOZEaYaScPQG8rCfobfrmBAZXIM1DlBGQCZgajIH9_YSHeqv8fLInS29PUXHPrfE/s400/Blog.png" width="306" /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
4. Click ok and go to journal line.<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
5. Enter the date of counting, Tag number, Item number, dimensions, quantity and other information.<br />
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
6. Also select the status of the tag. Status can be Used, Voided or Missing.</div>
<ul style="-webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; color: #2a2a2a; font-family: "Segoe UI", "Lucida Grande", Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 13px; font-style: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-decoration-color: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px;">
</ul>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Note:</b> </div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<ul>
<li>When you try to enter an item number for the line with status as "Voided", system throw an error "<b>When status is Voided, an item number cannot be stated</b>"</li>
</ul>
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhnowQOKBkXhojlM0IENaC7KFgGrMn2WDs1qM8dNCcQhq_tsFRHBJ761xDRqn1aoFtfASSap1QxOjP5lT5f40uj8yAOPH31TVW4el7W_bXQrBdU9XojyCfHOhjJ5_YlLrY-irfJv64Ku8s/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="398" data-original-width="1198" height="132" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhnowQOKBkXhojlM0IENaC7KFgGrMn2WDs1qM8dNCcQhq_tsFRHBJ761xDRqn1aoFtfASSap1QxOjP5lT5f40uj8yAOPH31TVW4el7W_bXQrBdU9XojyCfHOhjJ5_YlLrY-irfJv64Ku8s/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<ul style="text-align: left;">
<li><div style="text-align: justify;">
When you try to enter an item number for the line with status as "Missing", system throw an error "<b>When status is missing, an item number cannot be stated</b>"</div>
</li>
</ul>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjVw_GqNw4eo7mkpD6u7_7OhqhzLr7jD4xqg6bDOnCzhCt4oXT4chC2rin7BCLQKXQ2bHFXIbVvEn4KTZ0bYo53bW1o-7u5z7zG08i8KNPjCeUipy6aBKs70lAehBTKVQ-bny_sVlnVtuQ/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="415" data-original-width="1181" height="140" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjVw_GqNw4eo7mkpD6u7_7OhqhzLr7jD4xqg6bDOnCzhCt4oXT4chC2rin7BCLQKXQ2bHFXIbVvEn4KTZ0bYo53bW1o-7u5z7zG08i8KNPjCeUipy6aBKs70lAehBTKVQ-bny_sVlnVtuQ/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
7. As lines are entered in the journal with tag number and status, you can sort those lines to find number of missing or voided tags.<br />
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
8. Once lines are entered, it is a time to validate and post the journal.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgkmLGJcdejLfWGZcliJJFQf2v-WDO6v9flvtXYePcDnwmf9SvbnJtXNgqa3QfoBF_0rDYBdXTaj8AsnqkGzjOCJgL9nHj9Yt4efxa1Sw-0uZ8KP7Jvhy6ppvGnrNK6cx6tPDb1ocQlGUs/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="317" data-original-width="1209" height="103" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgkmLGJcdejLfWGZcliJJFQf2v-WDO6v9flvtXYePcDnwmf9SvbnJtXNgqa3QfoBF_0rDYBdXTaj8AsnqkGzjOCJgL9nHj9Yt4efxa1Sw-0uZ8KP7Jvhy6ppvGnrNK6cx6tPDb1ocQlGUs/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
9. Validate and post the journal.<br />
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiatw43NvseCIeEMsNlhqQxKW6YiB3AxKNEeassoPW95eG450QXsw7Qn4giGfwIHSjByF8gcUHKPBBG9w3noifXDwl2ivweL2d-2OY_gn9pAcT7ifF0V71xnt2TsHjkWRxgATVEb7qYLG0/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="321" data-original-width="1549" height="82" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiatw43NvseCIeEMsNlhqQxKW6YiB3AxKNEeassoPW95eG450QXsw7Qn4giGfwIHSjByF8gcUHKPBBG9w3noifXDwl2ivweL2d-2OY_gn9pAcT7ifF0V71xnt2TsHjkWRxgATVEb7qYLG0/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
10. Once you post the tag counting journal, new counting journal will get created and lines with status 'Used' are transferred to the counting journal from tag counting journal as those are the lines which are counted for the tag.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgpbpQnUpsJinJCwdPffTxeVEb5hk-QA0ctAzbNqzujqLPxtQ_cwHIxLObhglIxbI2YJkEIEUvvyhnGihoyC2LETJMgPXXZsz0Bo9E-Y56saYERQFGxZzqXfUBkpRLRkPpmcmhSoWnPwh0/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="445" data-original-width="1391" height="127" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgpbpQnUpsJinJCwdPffTxeVEb5hk-QA0ctAzbNqzujqLPxtQ_cwHIxLObhglIxbI2YJkEIEUvvyhnGihoyC2LETJMgPXXZsz0Bo9E-Y56saYERQFGxZzqXfUBkpRLRkPpmcmhSoWnPwh0/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
11. You can see from the above image, only one line is transferred to counting journal as there was only one line in the tag counting journal which was with status 'Used'.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br />
<b>Note</b> <br />
"Lock item during count" checkbox in inventory and warehouse management parameter locks the item from being updated physically during counting but in tag counting, there is no such restriction and items are not locked for physical update.<br />
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
In this way, Tag counting journal can be created and posted in AX.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Happy Daxing</div>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="-webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: white; color: black; font-family: Times New Roman; font-size: 16px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; line-height: 25.92px; margin-bottom: 8px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px; orphans: 2; text-align: justify; text-decoration: none; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; word-spacing: 0px;">
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div>
<div style="-webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: white; color: black; font-family: Times New Roman; font-size: 16px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; line-height: 25.92px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px; orphans: 2; text-align: justify; text-decoration: none; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; word-spacing: 0px;">
<div style="margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank">My Profile </a>| </div>
</div>
<div style="-webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: transparent; color: black; font-family: Times New Roman; font-size: 16px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px; orphans: 2; text-align: left; text-decoration: none; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; word-spacing: 0px;">
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px; line-height: 20.79px;"></span><br style="margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;" /></div>
<div style="-webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: transparent; color: black; font-family: &quot; font-size: 16px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px; orphans: 2; text-align: justify; text-decoration: none; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; word-spacing: 0px;">
<div style="margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;">
<em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div>
</div>
<b></b><i></i><u></u><sub></sub><sup></sup><strike></strike><br />
<b></b><i></i><u></u><sub></sub><sup></sup><strike></strike><br />
<br /></div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-62914905082344962802018-09-18T00:14:00.001-07:002018-09-20T22:17:50.076-07:00Direct delivery in Dynamics 365 for Finance and Operations<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Hello Reader, Good to be back here. Hope you all are well !!! It's been a long time since my last post as work keeps us all busy. </div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
In today's post, I will walk you through the Direct delivery functionality of AX 2012/ Dynamics 365 for Finance and Operations.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
So to start with, What is direct delivery? </div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
It is nothing but delivering the material/Product to the customer directly from the vendor's place. It means material doesn't enter the company's premises. It is useful in reducing the Delivery time, Transportation cost, Inventory carrying cost, Labor cost as material/ Product doesn't physically enters the company premises and we don't hold the product in our warehouse which reduces the cost. </div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
It is a very important functionality but need to be use very carefully as delivering material/ Product directly from vendor's place to customer's place could be dangerous as you might loose your customer as in most of the cases, getting the material/product from vendor might be cheaper for customer than procuring it from the you/company. Hence it can be used very carefully and with proper agreement with the vendor.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Example</b>:</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Customer placed an order for 100 qty of Item <b>A</b> and want it to be deliver in 5 days. Now company's sales manager realized that the item is not available in the warehouse. Sale manager has then contacted purchase manager inquiring about immediate procuring of the item for customer delivery. Purchasing manager denied possibility of this immediate procurement as time is too short. As order is placed by the priority customer, sales manager has to think of the way to fulfill the requirement. Sales manager has then explored the possibility of the direct delivery in which instead of procuring the item and bringing it to the company's warehouse, item can be deliver directly from the vendor premises to the customer premises. This will certainly save significant time and Item will be deliver to customer on time. In this case we can use "Direct delivery".</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Direct delivery is also know as "Direct delivery purchase order".<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi_CXqzhPPDVWvTCetlwk-DvsuHNNssfHbaJVNc9xi1saxPHuETC8Ljw8LAqUtaUrZay8ulr_vVaAhaiSNXGgWU_M4HQDPp1dPYXS72GrrFdKDcW7VewnnHrJeZlIZ48q5x3xPjmllfp38/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="472" data-original-width="1243" height="242" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi_CXqzhPPDVWvTCetlwk-DvsuHNNssfHbaJVNc9xi1saxPHuETC8Ljw8LAqUtaUrZay8ulr_vVaAhaiSNXGgWU_M4HQDPp1dPYXS72GrrFdKDcW7VewnnHrJeZlIZ48q5x3xPjmllfp38/s640/Blog.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Let us now see the steps to create direct delivery purchase order from the sales order</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
1. Go to Account receivable --> Orders --> All Sales orders</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
2. Click on New to create a sales order and add item, qty, delivery details and other required information</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEis7ZI_8Erk-IZeM3jrF_wA836u0QI8Whi22EZOIHrmc9J4VQ7LCpzcIbqD2Kcl0VbXXo1a0k18Q6qu3wbYMflo6nzZwtKQ29Bhy_rxpYfJd9b5rpwpeKjJJSH_U9yL8TWfqzdfKHj5kuQ/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="793" data-original-width="1574" height="322" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEis7ZI_8Erk-IZeM3jrF_wA836u0QI8Whi22EZOIHrmc9J4VQ7LCpzcIbqD2Kcl0VbXXo1a0k18Q6qu3wbYMflo6nzZwtKQ29Bhy_rxpYfJd9b5rpwpeKjJJSH_U9yL8TWfqzdfKHj5kuQ/s640/Blog.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
3. As item is not available in the warehouse, the decision is being made to ask the vendor to deliver the material to customer.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
4. Click on <b>Direct delivery</b> button in the sales order action pane in the New section.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
5. New form will open. Select vendor, Quantity to be delivered by the vendor, discount if any, purchase unit price if price is not getting fetched from the purchase agreement.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Note</b>: Transfer delivery address checkbox is checked by default and cannot be editable as in direct delivery cases, the delivery address of the customer from sales order line is getting fetched into the purchase order line as vendor is delivering product to the customer.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh-uIGTWBPKX1L0p-zckywncJIE4L7Wsrm19wrYo8wYf9oDlRN30FFx0xNFy8YBzQiiVbUEqrZclKlqhC2E-Z7hM79kbijq29c3inxjQRByWWC2uquK3Gcm3CrJWUVZyJbFoXdtp_pD4ZI/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="793" data-original-width="1507" height="336" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh-uIGTWBPKX1L0p-zckywncJIE4L7Wsrm19wrYo8wYf9oDlRN30FFx0xNFy8YBzQiiVbUEqrZclKlqhC2E-Z7hM79kbijq29c3inxjQRByWWC2uquK3Gcm3CrJWUVZyJbFoXdtp_pD4ZI/s640/Blog.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
6. Click Ok</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
7. Purchase order gets created from the sales order automatically. </div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiJrhWr0zVkVaB38xnA-y1rCv9jKc06OAWbLuhxb77hjJ2DCL5EaL8V_9CAvGhVRYoxMlZWj3N7-QlRN4S8azr_nk4rGenO2TFUnEsbmUk-ALMOJPyiQ5kEuaGAQcsa0pakpDJFAnXxPNo/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="785" data-original-width="1395" height="360" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiJrhWr0zVkVaB38xnA-y1rCv9jKc06OAWbLuhxb77hjJ2DCL5EaL8V_9CAvGhVRYoxMlZWj3N7-QlRN4S8azr_nk4rGenO2TFUnEsbmUk-ALMOJPyiQ5kEuaGAQcsa0pakpDJFAnXxPNo/s640/Blog.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
8. We can see both are having same delivery address as customer delivery address is getting copied from sales order to purchase order.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEimV64QamdJd4-wDi2qHi3Y5JqpNBGjtbRwBcGWV6L2e7PTgzn7Hc08WVSGgXimDfeVmH-8VK0GEeraiJaDaVjCZJNDLatOJRkHjNjESvUuEtXUJ9ArSy0Yz7b6yVTxOztcLDpEXO2GHiA/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="841" data-original-width="1574" height="339" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEimV64QamdJd4-wDi2qHi3Y5JqpNBGjtbRwBcGWV6L2e7PTgzn7Hc08WVSGgXimDfeVmH-8VK0GEeraiJaDaVjCZJNDLatOJRkHjNjESvUuEtXUJ9ArSy0Yz7b6yVTxOztcLDpEXO2GHiA/s640/Blog.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
9. Now we can process the purchase order. (Confirmation, Receipt list and product receipt)</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Note</b>: Once purchase order product receipt is posted, sales order packing slip gets posted automatically. Purchase order product receipt means item is being delivered from vendor premises to customer premises. In direct delivery case, it is also mean product is delivered to customer hence sales order goes in Delivered state.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiPvHZ5BgD3ewuZp-Xn5INC8-Knt2Yy95SF5sqVY_SLQTYmiPcgxUWsa7x1t19qNwBFCK4IamI2dZjJ8u3YlaY1tkUKAoXN6Ug39jC9_VHT2IZyj9V6KsTm_un8-ZTusF__XHz3jQpOXEk/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="589" data-original-width="1574" height="236" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiPvHZ5BgD3ewuZp-Xn5INC8-Knt2Yy95SF5sqVY_SLQTYmiPcgxUWsa7x1t19qNwBFCK4IamI2dZjJ8u3YlaY1tkUKAoXN6Ug39jC9_VHT2IZyj9V6KsTm_un8-ZTusF__XHz3jQpOXEk/s640/Blog.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
10. We can then process the Purchase order and sales order invoice separately.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
In this way, direct delivery purchase order gets created to deliver product directly from vendor to customer which if used carefully and with proper agreement can reduce significant operational and administrative cost.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Happy Daxing</div>
<div class="separator" style="-webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: white; color: black; font-size: 16px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; line-height: 25.92px; margin: 0px 0px 8px; orphans: 2; text-align: justify; text-decoration: none; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; word-spacing: 0px;">
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div>
<div style="-webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: white; color: black; font-size: 16px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; line-height: 25.92px; margin: 0px; orphans: 2; text-align: justify; text-decoration: none; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; word-spacing: 0px;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank">My Profile </a>| </div>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px; line-height: 20.79px;"></span><br />
<div style="-webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: transparent; color: black; font-family: Times New Roman; font-size: 16px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; margin: 0px; orphans: 2; text-align: justify; text-decoration: none; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; word-spacing: 0px;">
<br style="margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px;" /></div>
<div style="-webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: white; color: black; font-size: 16px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; line-height: 25.92px; margin: 0px; orphans: 2; text-align: justify; text-decoration: none; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; word-spacing: 0px;">
<em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div>
<b></b><i></i><u></u><sub></sub><sup></sup><strike></strike><br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<b></b><i></i><u></u><sub></sub><sup></sup><strike></strike><br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
</div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com1tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-7734754643280237302017-12-05T02:23:00.002-08:002017-12-06T05:45:56.734-08:00Purchase order types in AX 2012 R3 / D365 Operations<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
Hello Guys,<br />
Believe you all are doing great. First of all thank you for your overwhelming response on my previous posts. It really encourages me to write more.<br />
<br />
In today's topic, I will be discussing on purchase order types in Dynamics AX. This is a very easy topic but certainly useful for someone working on purchase order in Dynamics AX.<br />
<br />
It is somewhat similar to sales order types shared earlier. Please click on <a href="http://theaxeffect.blogspot.in/2015/03/sales-order-types-in-ax-2012.html" target="_blank">Sales order types in AX 2012 R3</a> for more details.<br />
<br />
There are basically three purchase order types available in AX. Those are:<br />
1. Journal<br />
2. Purchase order<br />
3. Returned order<br />
<br />
<br />
<b>Default setting for Purchase order types:</b><br />
You can setup a default value for Purchase type in AX so when you create a New purchase order, system automatically takes that value in the <b>'Purchase type</b>' field. Normally the default value for purchase type is '<b>Purchase order</b>'<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Path:</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Procurement and sourcing parameter -->General --> Default values --> Purchase type</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div>
<b></b><i></i><u></u><sub></sub><sup></sup><strike><br /></strike></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgIAf2h1tMPUXsCcZrGFOIo-Sc0lyYjyb011hk104elv_byn019-aA4oLy4x20i8NicqVx-w9KfYe3wxALUVPyB5-TiNKn7RtJKQ-oUdkwsN95irdNHVWzVWLl08Q_0tXVNNZm97wT27dI/s1600/Blog_2.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="652" data-original-width="1351" height="308" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgIAf2h1tMPUXsCcZrGFOIo-Sc0lyYjyb011hk104elv_byn019-aA4oLy4x20i8NicqVx-w9KfYe3wxALUVPyB5-TiNKn7RtJKQ-oUdkwsN95irdNHVWzVWLl08Q_0tXVNNZm97wT27dI/s640/Blog_2.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<b><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
</b>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Let me explain each purchase order type in detail:<br />
<b><br /></b>
<b>1. Journal</b>: It is used as "<b>Draft</b>". It is used when you want to create purchase order but do not want to process it then while creating a purchase order, you can assign purchase type as "<b>Journal</b>". All the postings (Confirmation, Receipt list, product receipt, invoice) will be disabled in this case and can be enabled only after changing the purchase type from <b>Journal </b>to <b>Purchase order</b>. As we cannot process this order, it doesn't impact the inventory stock and does not generate any inventory transactions.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhgRNNpeQB68sauXjC63lSB1-UZ7tmZhbLYTZ3psL4hmnUPIJmYIdb-oWbQrkVRBlLy4ppV800W0hX2hyfbyvx4VI9KViv3JqF7INETaFJ2AjYkVMoB19wb492CYLQeNez41hzzbW3d5uI/s1600/Blog_2.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="786" data-original-width="641" height="400" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhgRNNpeQB68sauXjC63lSB1-UZ7tmZhbLYTZ3psL4hmnUPIJmYIdb-oWbQrkVRBlLy4ppV800W0hX2hyfbyvx4VI9KViv3JqF7INETaFJ2AjYkVMoB19wb492CYLQeNez41hzzbW3d5uI/s400/Blog_2.png" width="325" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjSa9ykfZlIIhxFA8axWGHt6kJbwq3tV8q9IVyqT-5AMOEbmsBX89n0qlBkv_8I2UcIq0NPOaj8KVIyDvRcmhWliVtAPBZpB-DSA-zGEQpYWrTY1ZyUMN6-5x9dkxJHy3Y_ofnmQWcRaXo/s1600/Blog_2.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="616" data-original-width="1358" height="289" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjSa9ykfZlIIhxFA8axWGHt6kJbwq3tV8q9IVyqT-5AMOEbmsBX89n0qlBkv_8I2UcIq0NPOaj8KVIyDvRcmhWliVtAPBZpB-DSA-zGEQpYWrTY1ZyUMN6-5x9dkxJHy3Y_ofnmQWcRaXo/s640/Blog_2.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjMyNPOlgXgS9oBum4xGKlJKnJcNvduf_8RaIYWuTlvo4MhykOX8rDCaq_PEBMEw4pgoA_9M86I2Gjsg6c-pXLGul_MHxv-v_CKK0GWmhr3o-z3BRS7_pT3ueAeTduMijJ19uT1rhHzBOU/s1600/Blog_2.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="618" data-original-width="1348" height="292" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjMyNPOlgXgS9oBum4xGKlJKnJcNvduf_8RaIYWuTlvo4MhykOX8rDCaq_PEBMEw4pgoA_9M86I2Gjsg6c-pXLGul_MHxv-v_CKK0GWmhr3o-z3BRS7_pT3ueAeTduMijJ19uT1rhHzBOU/s640/Blog_2.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgGYhFOmsQyHuopaQ9TwvygJASVDV1J3DXekzKDXIyaRzH_MrkxgXC1fzteLIU5Gm_7M408B2f6cBhad1MgQVrDznR6uOOtUPLU9OUDemzqGIquI-FFm2hJDiGgmQKi2iLOfwrontDMMwk/s1600/Blog_2.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="596" data-original-width="1349" height="282" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgGYhFOmsQyHuopaQ9TwvygJASVDV1J3DXekzKDXIyaRzH_MrkxgXC1fzteLIU5Gm_7M408B2f6cBhad1MgQVrDznR6uOOtUPLU9OUDemzqGIquI-FFm2hJDiGgmQKi2iLOfwrontDMMwk/s640/Blog_2.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b></b><br />
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b></b><br />
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b>2. Purchase order</b>: It is used when you want to record the order placed with vendor in AX and are going to process it further.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhATNY6trcFbt0BmyAqJPFGtFqJVhYg6vht43Sohf03hf1_t9dZqhgrftgkWSdLa8L3Qk1GAm-WWmMGdtEkamEzNHAOUKDeSMqShJSE6lLwY9tFN6uSZs-Z-nrlbjIgDLaiQqk3VCzu8JE/s1600/Blog_2.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="786" data-original-width="639" height="400" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhATNY6trcFbt0BmyAqJPFGtFqJVhYg6vht43Sohf03hf1_t9dZqhgrftgkWSdLa8L3Qk1GAm-WWmMGdtEkamEzNHAOUKDeSMqShJSE6lLwY9tFN6uSZs-Z-nrlbjIgDLaiQqk3VCzu8JE/s400/Blog_2.png" width="325" /></a></div>
<br />
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b></b><br />
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
Once purchase order is created with type 'Purchase order', the postings will be enabled after posting the purchase order confirmation (Receipt list, Product receipt, Invoice).<br />
<br />
In this case order is process from <b>Creation</b> to <b>Invoice</b>. After posting the invoice for the order (Full delivery), status of the order changes to "<b>Invoiced</b>". <br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgyT5evDQj6MBKbu8YeCnefgI1whLU1NeMJgV8zMqNSUGbhl3rRyIB6AB9sDgypgPAWSv7-9sHhzLI8rNABmz509tR7E5fcluzMKsAz4YlxXiHE_R8WdqJ8K5Wu91q4JDvOp4mlScPKYQI/s1600/Blog_2.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="651" data-original-width="1355" height="305" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgyT5evDQj6MBKbu8YeCnefgI1whLU1NeMJgV8zMqNSUGbhl3rRyIB6AB9sDgypgPAWSv7-9sHhzLI8rNABmz509tR7E5fcluzMKsAz4YlxXiHE_R8WdqJ8K5Wu91q4JDvOp4mlScPKYQI/s640/Blog_2.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<b></b><i></i><u></u><sub></sub><sup></sup><strike></strike><br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgKDRb3Kv7O3AYIPfLs8Y-7bLIcIZ69c2eoqvHWZPYjBuR9t6LlUTFXRa20eU5Yk1vtngcWBTIWKqpqlLIXPe7llMQTgSk86f4fIyiu-epoZgxIV8MRiv4pZnv1dB_vbyhM3BGMCSaq1kA/s1600/Blog_2.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="637" data-original-width="1345" height="302" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgKDRb3Kv7O3AYIPfLs8Y-7bLIcIZ69c2eoqvHWZPYjBuR9t6LlUTFXRa20eU5Yk1vtngcWBTIWKqpqlLIXPe7llMQTgSk86f4fIyiu-epoZgxIV8MRiv4pZnv1dB_vbyhM3BGMCSaq1kA/s640/Blog_2.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b></b><br />
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b>3. Returned order</b>: When returning goods to vendor due to some issues (Like damage goods, Late delivery etc.), the purchase order is created with type <b>'Returned order</b>' to facilitate the return to vendor. When you create purchase order with type 'Returned order', the item quantity in purchase line should be negative as we are returning goods to vendor. Once purchase order is created with type 'Returned order', the postings will be enabled after posting the purchase order confirmation (Product receipt, Invoice).</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiCA9ZrSbJOpF59HDx5myhR-ttcwWVvR8lAhDyOPqY0rJtcexlLWvizVQU126uawyH9fn-wU46v4sbIkRVslc5Itw-7Waig9Qn50blg-cQze-MX_YgGKwq4muWpPV6h1CeVJIsDcWNkzBY/s1600/Blog_2.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="788" data-original-width="636" height="400" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiCA9ZrSbJOpF59HDx5myhR-ttcwWVvR8lAhDyOPqY0rJtcexlLWvizVQU126uawyH9fn-wU46v4sbIkRVslc5Itw-7Waig9Qn50blg-cQze-MX_YgGKwq4muWpPV6h1CeVJIsDcWNkzBY/s400/Blog_2.png" width="322" /></a></div>
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
For more details, Refer: <a href="http://theaxeffect.blogspot.in/2014/12/vendor-return-return-purchase-order-in.html" target="_blank">Vendor return / Return purchase order in AX 2012 R3</a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Hope</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">!! Everyone gets clear understanding of Purchase order types in AX 2012 R3 / AX7</span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span></div>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"></span><br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><span style="font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Please post if any queries and do let me know if any suggestions for improvement.</span></span></div>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"></span> <br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><span style="font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">See you soon with new post :-)</span></span></div>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"></span> <br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br />
Happy Daxing !!!</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: left;">
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: left;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank"><span style="color: #336699;">My Profile </span></a>| </div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
<em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em><b></b><i></i><u></u><sub></sub><sup></sup><strike></strike></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com1tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-51463264653383527632017-11-15T06:42:00.000-08:002017-12-04T02:31:04.339-08:00Difference between Disposition codes and return reason codes in AX7 / AX2012 R3<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
Hello Readers, Hope you all are well. Really happy to see good responses on the topics I have posted previously. It really encourages me to share my understanding with you all.<br />
<br />
Today I am going to write on the difference between disposition codes and return reason codes. I often used to get confused between disposition codes and return reason codes. <br />
<br />
What is it actually? Are they same? What are the significance of these two in the order? <br />
<br />
These and all other kinds of questions I often used to get. I know many of you guys must also be facing similar doubts so it is really important to share the difference between these two.<br />
<a href="http://theaxeffect.blogspot.in/2017/08/disposition-codes-in-ax-7-2012.html" target="_blank"><br /></a><a href="http://theaxeffect.blogspot.in/2017/08/disposition-codes-in-ax-7-2012.html" target="_blank">Disposition codes</a><br />
It is used to specify what actions to perform on the item returned by the customer. There are various disposition actions specified in AX. We can defined disposition codes in the system and assigned disposition action to each code. Following disposition actions are available:<br />
<ul style="text-align: left;">
<li>Credit </li>
<li>Credit only</li>
<li>Returned to customer</li>
<li>Scrap</li>
<li>Replace and scrap</li>
<li>Replace and credit</li>
</ul>
<br />
With each disposition action, there are certain processes predefined in order to get the desired outcome while processing the return.<br />
<br />
You can setup charges for a specific disposition code and those charges will then be applied to return order upon selection of specific disposition code in the order.<br />
<br />
Disposition codes are mandatory and must be specified during return.<br />
<br />
We can utilized these disposition codes for reporting purpose as well to get the information for analysis purpose.<br />
<br />
To get more details about disposition codes, refer <a href="http://theaxeffect.blogspot.in/2017/08/disposition-codes-in-ax-7-2012.html" target="_blank">THIS LINK</a><br />
<br />
<b>Return reason codes</b><br />
It is nothing but reasons defined in system to know why products are returned by the customer. These reason codes are user defined and there are no return actions unlike disposition actions to specify certain processes for desired outcome.<br />
<br />
You can setup charges against each return reason code and those charges are applied to return order upon selection of specific return reason code in the order.<br />
<br />
Return reason codes can be mandatory or non mandatory. It is solely depend of company's business process. We can make return reason code mandatory through 'Required reason for return order' checkbox in account receivable parameter.<br />
<br />
Account receivable --> Setup --> Account receivable parameter --> General --> Reason code requirements --> Require reason for return order checkbox.<br />
<br />
We can utilized these return reason codes for reporting purpose to get the information for analysis purpose.<br />
<br />
<br />
Keep Daxing !!<br />
<br />
<br />
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "segoe ui", tahoma, arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
<div style="text-align: left;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank"><span style="color: #336699;">My Profile </span></a>| </div>
</div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "segoe ui", tahoma, arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;">
<div style="text-align: left;">
<em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div>
</div>
<br /></div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-33229110746445464412017-08-11T04:31:00.000-07:002017-12-04T02:30:42.646-08:00Disposition codes in AX 7 / 2012<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
Hello Readers, It's been a long time since my last post. Hope you all are well ! <br />
<br />
Today's topic is disposition code in AX 7 / 2012. This is a simple yet very important functionality of AX.<br />
<br />
Disposition code is used to specify what action to perform for an item that is returned by the customer. It is assigned during the inspection of an item or at the time of item registration.<br />
<br />
There are following disposition actions defined in AX<br />
<br />
1. <b>Credit</b>: It is used when we are taking items back from the customer and crediting the customer account with the amount of returned items.<br />
<br />
2. <b>Credit only</b>: It is used when we are not taking items back from the customer and only crediting the customer account. <br />
<br />
E.g: It is used for low value items where item return is costlier compare to the actual cost of an item or when item is fully damaged so there is no point in taking it back.<br />
<br />
3. <b>Returned to customer</b>: It is used when we reject the returned item and return it to the customer<br />
<br />
E.g: During inspection, item passed all the required quality standards agreed with the customer.<br />
<br />
4. <b>Scrap</b>: Scrap the returned item and credit the customer account <br />
<br />
E.g: It is when damaged item is not worth repairing for or can't be repaired.<br />
<br />
5. <b>Replace and scrap</b>: Scrap the returned item & replace it with new item and credit the customer account.<br />
<br />
6. <b>Replace and credit</b>: Replace the returned item with new item and credit the customer account.<br />
<br />
<br />
Each disposition code has specific actions which defines the progress of an item once it is returned by the customer.<br />
<br />
This blog post explains the system behavior for each disposition action during item return. Click to know more about <a href="http://theaxeffect.blogspot.fi/2014/11/return-order-in-ax-2012.html" target="_blank">Item return</a><br />
<b><br /></b>
<b>Disposition codes</b><br />
<b><br /></b>
1. Go to Sales and Marketing --> Setup --> Sales order --> Return --> Disposition codes<br />
2. Press New or press Ctrl + N to create new disposition code<br />
3. Add unique code and description<br />
4. Specify the <b>action</b> for disposition code<br />
5. If you want to associate any charges to the specific disposition code then click on <b>Charge</b> Button.<br />
<br />
Eg: While returning the item to the customer, if company wants to incur any charges such as Labor charges, handling charges etc. then they can do so by assigning the charges to the disposition code. When the same disposition code use in the transaction, those charges will be applicable to the customer though customer invoice.<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEisSCqbGyYQdFwNRMb4HYqk8V-jkdZnpndA_v2f4jfmc5Xv0XDI0fHu6gwjR6JMTe3lhyPTB8wBSEpSjv6WDDrM0XMCRlnonm_2kv6F2t06auM311ybeNWNc9MLd3sB0F7CtaUHYDtXfRg/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="362" data-original-width="769" height="187" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEisSCqbGyYQdFwNRMb4HYqk8V-jkdZnpndA_v2f4jfmc5Xv0XDI0fHu6gwjR6JMTe3lhyPTB8wBSEpSjv6WDDrM0XMCRlnonm_2kv6F2t06auM311ybeNWNc9MLd3sB0F7CtaUHYDtXfRg/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b>How to use disposition codes in the transactions?</b><br />
<br />
1. Go to Sales and marketing --> Sales return --> All Return orders<br />
2. Click on New<br />
3. Select customer account for which we are initializing the return<br />
<br />
<div>
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhMwmJfhan4j0Nps0GS0Nyr86PV727fKc6h1zQCdmoOSH8CP5aqFguy7pLkT-qAgZhujMftyJ1AHLjK-OYlMzqj_GMqREzC5Rj-JGkp6rBxxRJIPHOO8ISh3XReT_QXn7PO8JzOGjfSgrw/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="789" data-original-width="648" height="320" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhMwmJfhan4j0Nps0GS0Nyr86PV727fKc6h1zQCdmoOSH8CP5aqFguy7pLkT-qAgZhujMftyJ1AHLjK-OYlMzqj_GMqREzC5Rj-JGkp6rBxxRJIPHOO8ISh3XReT_QXn7PO8JzOGjfSgrw/s320/Blog.png" width="262" /></a></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br />
4. Click ok.</div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjFsBGhmH03vpTEmT5HOr9VC6uTQSxzBF4kuy6bbc2GOhWYq7rGSL1T4XgQ77LtyVzha8emnF2-4qYRKEiNZXek-_PkiP9ZdPppIQZswcRc89kHscFUP-tXmRBiBE29q_iXp7eNu_R1_-g/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="635" data-original-width="1347" height="187" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjFsBGhmH03vpTEmT5HOr9VC6uTQSxzBF4kuy6bbc2GOhWYq7rGSL1T4XgQ77LtyVzha8emnF2-4qYRKEiNZXek-_PkiP9ZdPppIQZswcRc89kHscFUP-tXmRBiBE29q_iXp7eNu_R1_-g/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;">
<div style="text-align: left;">
5. Click on Find Sales order.</div>
<div style="text-align: left;">
6. Select sales order, specific sales order line/s and quantity to return</div>
<div style="text-align: left;">
7. Click ok to get the line/s in the return order.<br />
8. Now it is a time for item registration ( It means item arrives at company's /Warehouse's premises but not yet received). This can also be done through <b><a href="http://theaxeffect.blogspot.fi/2014/12/arrival-overview-for-return-order-in-ax.html" target="_blank">Arrival overview</a>.</b><br />
9. Click on Update line --> Registration <br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;">
<div style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;">
</div>
</div>
<div align="left">
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi_hKdsR2P41mik4B0rFVEdLKYaws0pMj51gQfCdm4je2f23mkvS-eZceywx36o7RUDK95RvxKmQQCkn8OEWPVonCsOeyUDHUSjUpYbwARSVOiSULGsQd294BQcNnwZXst20sOp0mWDAmw/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="488" data-original-width="1600" height="193" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi_hKdsR2P41mik4B0rFVEdLKYaws0pMj51gQfCdm4je2f23mkvS-eZceywx36o7RUDK95RvxKmQQCkn8OEWPVonCsOeyUDHUSjUpYbwARSVOiSULGsQd294BQcNnwZXst20sOp0mWDAmw/s640/Blog.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
10. That's when system prompt you to select the disposition code.</div>
<br />
<img border="0" data-original-height="405" data-original-width="507" height="318" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh9aopUX9VF9K3Apayqghec9ycO7pRj9q7Y9a_vdTqwHZpu7RjPIBsXCZl_ig1esai0V3_jCEnioDm-gZ42g64EWUI7-vP2WtjPNbKmOaxX5Rhgt5O0xMfcL7Za9M7vkH1Y_JnBPHZrkPA/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /><br />
<br />
<div align="left">
11. Point to be noted here is that you can see all the disposition codes in the dropdown list except one i.e. <b>Credit only</b></div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
12. The reason is registration happens for the order only when item arrives at the company's /Warehouse's premises. In case of Credit only, item doesn't come to company's /Warehouse's premises so it won't be available in the list during registration.</div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
13. We can select <b>Credit only </b>disposition code for the return order line from line details --> General tab--> Disposition code</div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
14. Now perform the registration with the selected disposition code</div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
14. All the steps are common till this point. Now depending on the deposition code, system performs various actions.</div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
A. If <b>Credit</b> action is selected in the disposition code:</div>
<div align="left">
a. As soon as registration is done, system creates a return sales order to facilitate the return of the item. </div>
<div align="left">
b. Perform the quality testing if enabled in the system</div>
<div align="left">
c. Once item goes though quality testing. Posting of packing slip facilitates the actual receipt of the item.</div>
<div align="left">
d. We can post the packing slip either from RMA or from Return sales order</div>
<div align="left">
e. Now last step is to credit the customer and this can be done by posting the invoice for the Return sales order.</div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
B. If <b>Credit only </b>action is selected in the disposition code:</div>
<div align="left">
a. We can go to RMA line details --> General tab to attached the disposition code for the line.</div>
<div align="left">
b. After selection, registration is no longer available for the line as we are not taking an item back from the customer so it doesn't come to company's /Warehouse's premises. Registration button is disabled in this case.</div>
<div align="left">
c. Return sales order is created as soon as we select deposition code.</div>
<div align="left">
c. In this case we post the invoice directly from the return sales order to directly credit the customer.</div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
C. If <b>Return to customer </b>action is selected in the disposition code:</div>
<div align="left">
a. Once registration is done with the disposition code <b>Return to customer </b>for the negative line<b> </b>, system creates another line with positive quantity to nullify the impact.</div>
<div align="left">
b. It is like we are taking an item back from the customer through negative line and returning the same item to the same customer with positive line. </div>
<div align="left">
c. After this we can post the packing slip and invoice. </div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
D. If <b>Scrap </b>action is selected in the disposition code:</div>
<div align="left">
a. Once registration is done with the disposition code <b>Scrap</b>, post the packing slip to facilitates the actual receipt of the items.</div>
<div align="left">
b. Now post the invoice in order to credit the customer.</div>
<div align="left">
c. As we have selected Scrap disposition code, system makes the adjustment to scrap the inventory so there will be no change to on hand inventory after the invoice posting.</div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
E. If <b>Replace and scrap </b>action is selected in the disposition code:</div>
<div align="left">
a. Once registration is done with the disposition code <b>Replace and Scrap</b>, system generates return sales order in order to manage scrap of the returned items. The steps to process return sales order will be same as defined above (Section D)</div>
<div align="left">
b. Now we required to select the item for replacement to the customer ( RMA --> Return line --> Replacement item)</div>
<div align="left">
c. To know more about the replacement, go to <a href="http://theaxeffect.blogspot.fi/2014/12/replacement-order-in-ax-2012-r3.html" target="_blank">Replacement order in AX 2012</a>.</div>
<div align="left">
d. Now post the packing slip for the return sales order. As soon as we post the packing slip for the return sales order, new sales order gets created with positive quantity to facilitates the replacement.</div>
<div align="left">
e. Now we can post the invoice for return sales order so that system can manage the scraping of items so there will not be any on hand inventory impact.</div>
<div align="left">
f. Next you can process the replacement sales order to facilitates the replacement for the customer.</div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
F. If <b>Replace and credit </b>action is selected in the disposition code:</div>
<div align="left">
a. Once registration is done with the disposition code <b>Replace and Credit</b>, system generates the return sales order in order to manage the returned items. </div>
<div align="left">
b. Now we require to select the item for replacement to the customer ( RMA --> Return line --> Replacement item)</div>
<div align="left">
c. To know more about the replacement, go to <a href="http://theaxeffect.blogspot.fi/2014/12/replacement-order-in-ax-2012-r3.html" target="_blank">Replacement order in AX 2012</a>.</div>
<div align="left">
d. Now post the packing slip for the return sales order. As soon as we post the packing slip for the return sales order, new sales order gets created with positive quantity to facilitates the replacement.</div>
<div align="left">
e. Now we can post the invoice for return sales order.</div>
<div align="left">
f. Next you can process the replacement sales order to facilitates the replacement for the customer.</div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
The good thing about disposition codes is there are actions defined in the system for each disposition codes and based on those actions, system manages the return.</div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
Keep Sharing... Happy Daxing..</div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
<div align="left">
<br /></div>
</div>
<div style="text-align: left;">
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "segoe ui", tahoma, arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
<div style="text-align: left;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank"><span style="color: #336699;">My Profile </span></a>| </div>
</div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "segoe ui", tahoma, arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;">
<div style="text-align: left;">
<em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em><b></b><i></i><u></u><sub></sub><sup></sup><strike></strike></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<br /></div>
<br />
<div align="left" class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<br /></div>
<div align="left" class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<br /></div>
<br />
<b><br /></b>
<br />
<br />
<br /></div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com1tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-49558628931875972222017-04-05T07:26:00.000-07:002017-04-05T07:26:46.592-07:00Transfer journal in AX 2012 R3<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
<div style="text-align: left;">
Hello Friends, here is yet another learning from my side and this time I am going to shed some light on Transfer journal functionality of AX.</div>
<div style="text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: left;">
Transfer journal serves various purposes in AX</div>
<div style="text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: left;">
1. It is used for short distance transfer where there is no shipment involve.</div>
<div style="text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: left;">
2. It is used to transfer the inventory between one storage dimension(Site/Warehouse/Location) to other storage dimension(Site/Warehouse/Location)</div>
<div style="text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: left;">
3. It is used to change the tracking dimensions of the item i.e. Batch/serial number (Eg: to rectify the batch/serial number wrongly updated in the system)</div>
<div style="text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: left;">
4. It is also used to change the item's product dimensions. (Eg: if the item is registered with color 'Red' and you want to change it to color 'Blue')</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjt-YKC7AcXiStZcgqee_L5enbGoJ26tEWfcwZEEOXOou0kTdde-rEj0wzVJ5oGK6pGjK_Yc9KREenBTx5Vaolp8Hcd0jaLcvUuiKizGahgBFCPFMTj61cvzO4Okxv4VMh8ly0iaZTBsq8/s1600/TRANSFER+ORDER4.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="197" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjt-YKC7AcXiStZcgqee_L5enbGoJ26tEWfcwZEEOXOou0kTdde-rEj0wzVJ5oGK6pGjK_Yc9KREenBTx5Vaolp8Hcd0jaLcvUuiKizGahgBFCPFMTj61cvzO4Okxv4VMh8ly0iaZTBsq8/s320/TRANSFER+ORDER4.png" width="320" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: left;">
<b>Steps to create and Post transfer journal:</b></div>
<div style="text-align: left;">
1.Go to inventory management --> Journals --> Item transactions --> Transfer</div>
<div style="text-align: left;">
2. Add journal name --> Click on Lines</div>
<div style="text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhQvpy6zsdC3sqJK7ERVuB9kiPMEUK4bLHu_n4768veYqc-kE1ffI2nBSjuyw7X35WuiImo5RSqjR-KfK3XZ9683BuYirKuq44ycz3fAkodJxDeKkJt3sOLislkUnwGha3HyGjykoCJUTw/s1600/BLOG.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="276" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhQvpy6zsdC3sqJK7ERVuB9kiPMEUK4bLHu_n4768veYqc-kE1ffI2nBSjuyw7X35WuiImo5RSqjR-KfK3XZ9683BuYirKuq44ycz3fAkodJxDeKkJt3sOLislkUnwGha3HyGjykoCJUTw/s400/BLOG.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhNzllx1ar9ngUOHTvBmaP6Exx8yqctjermLaY_gPLR1fNhaE_U0lzYcFPZ6CBUUBQSsp2f0EwntdyQP13-IxtmJwaNdNgYLbNKXIRbvXIHLVgGWs5g9NXKl2L-3xKGwDb-SBPNFsRnd9s/s1600/BLOG.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="191" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhNzllx1ar9ngUOHTvBmaP6Exx8yqctjermLaY_gPLR1fNhaE_U0lzYcFPZ6CBUUBQSsp2f0EwntdyQP13-IxtmJwaNdNgYLbNKXIRbvXIHLVgGWs5g9NXKl2L-3xKGwDb-SBPNFsRnd9s/s400/BLOG.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
3. Add Item number</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
4. Add From and To Product dimensions if you want to change the dimensions ( Configuration, Size, Color, Style) for the item.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
5. Add From and To Storage dimensions (Site/warehouse/Location) if the transfer is happening between Sites/Warehouses/Locations </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
6.Add From and To Tracking dimensions (Batch/Serial number) if you want to change the Batch/Serial number for the item.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
7. Here in this journal, we are transferring the item D0003 between Site1/Warehouse 12 to Site2/Warehouse 21 so,</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
a.<b> Item Number</b>: D0003</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
b. <b>From Site</b>:1 / <b>From Warehouse: </b>12, </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<b> </b>c.<b> To Site</b>: 2 / <b>To Warehouse</b>: 21</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
d. <b>Quantity</b>: -10.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
d. Other dimensions (From and To configuration, Size, color etc) will be as it is.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjhJ0ym5WmL6qaU7Pjrh0sC92cbcET-NjCiewF6gZU-tolXOMjxqSaChZUWwwOjb8Tsh647EXVB5cDBquJp-J5-3IY5G4lg1LYC8TnpI0dCzkka8WDLY742W4xU9LsKMxUa8RcA-zY25Lc/s1600/BLOG.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="203" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjhJ0ym5WmL6qaU7Pjrh0sC92cbcET-NjCiewF6gZU-tolXOMjxqSaChZUWwwOjb8Tsh647EXVB5cDBquJp-J5-3IY5G4lg1LYC8TnpI0dCzkka8WDLY742W4xU9LsKMxUa8RcA-zY25Lc/s400/BLOG.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<b>Note:</b> Before the transfer, the On-hand inventory for the item D0003 at the Site1/Warehouse 12 was 10.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgsO77UljirupOUF8e4DjL6DQqjz8Li2w0JQbNhPNvexRnK1PgCnwYzJy_upztyXRsosEMOka2hkRTKki3zRTV_jJESKSxIMeUccZ5lCOiU3-m7eqLtnB0aqKFDmA9GDoXYoIlcOm2zU_Y/s1600/BLOG.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="80" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgsO77UljirupOUF8e4DjL6DQqjz8Li2w0JQbNhPNvexRnK1PgCnwYzJy_upztyXRsosEMOka2hkRTKki3zRTV_jJESKSxIMeUccZ5lCOiU3-m7eqLtnB0aqKFDmA9GDoXYoIlcOm2zU_Y/s400/BLOG.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
7. Now Validate and Post the Journal.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjyDb2Tz7EY-YEldmp-ABREWjRE44COGFu_yeVN0YGbJzvIcv7EhjcJsXmskPKBSVQYV1TC514_rdVPLN3Yfm6Fp4lqjsQ_aqc5gePUCl5gEli7NmJOexy1o5n1NZ_Wv7paTTJI6_49yUs/s1600/BLOG.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="320" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjyDb2Tz7EY-YEldmp-ABREWjRE44COGFu_yeVN0YGbJzvIcv7EhjcJsXmskPKBSVQYV1TC514_rdVPLN3Yfm6Fp4lqjsQ_aqc5gePUCl5gEli7NmJOexy1o5n1NZ_Wv7paTTJI6_49yUs/s320/BLOG.png" width="312" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
8. Check the On-hand inventory, you can see 10 quantity is transferred from Site1/Warehouse 12 to Site2/Warehouse 21</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgY7iHN9-_vpkgP2Zhyphenhyphenb4DHpnH_Vl6dKtPiyigPTojRlVgd1dg8-9G5CBp2PdFnhaLm8d1qen27GTdcAco7QAoPVKjkL3oWgdDPqmKpZC1BbsMkSKFD8Mq2QJ98kJ0VaSgzRtFLcVComhY/s1600/BLOG.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="81" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgY7iHN9-_vpkgP2Zhyphenhyphenb4DHpnH_Vl6dKtPiyigPTojRlVgd1dg8-9G5CBp2PdFnhaLm8d1qen27GTdcAco7QAoPVKjkL3oWgdDPqmKpZC1BbsMkSKFD8Mq2QJ98kJ0VaSgzRtFLcVComhY/s400/BLOG.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
9. Check the Inventory transactions (Transaction status is '<b>Sold' </b>for Site1/Warehouse 12 and '<b>Purchased'</b> for Site2/Warehouse 21)</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgfgcMgR1Y5hY8xx45RL5MLouN15HdnKbVuIg6seQP5fU4elkkRdVBsJ4e9dUY3nma_3WB2AtsfPpO3x_XnnFURdNW72S4vwKHRXUxMMSrJawi_bXvEwJ-mbsH06-NvEoqM7yEl7PaCrRE/s1600/BLOG.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="130" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgfgcMgR1Y5hY8xx45RL5MLouN15HdnKbVuIg6seQP5fU4elkkRdVBsJ4e9dUY3nma_3WB2AtsfPpO3x_XnnFURdNW72S4vwKHRXUxMMSrJawi_bXvEwJ-mbsH06-NvEoqM7yEl7PaCrRE/s400/BLOG.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
10. <b>Ledger postings happen between the following accounts</b>:</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
Inventory issue</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
Inventory Receipt</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
Inter-unit payable</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
Inter-unit receivable</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<b>Note</b>: There might be different set of accounts depending on the transaction in the transfer journal.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
In this way, you can utilize transfer journal to carry out various business operations.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
Happy Daxing!!!</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; font-family: "segoe ui", tahoma, arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: left;">
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "segoe ui", tahoma, arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
<div style="text-align: left;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank">My Profile </a>| </div>
</div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "segoe ui", tahoma, arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;">
<div style="text-align: left;">
<em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div>
</div>
</div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com2tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-48203923196282144642017-03-27T02:08:00.001-07:002017-03-27T23:57:17.312-07:00Bills of materials Journal in AX 2012 R3<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
Hello Friends, Hope you all are well. Its been long time since I haven't share my learning due to my other priority tasks.<br />
<br />
Today I am going to share a very simple yet important topic of AX i.e. "<b>Bill of material journal"</b>. This journal is used during production to add finished goods in the inventory, once it is ready and to reduce the components (as components are consumed while producing finished goods) from the inventory. In other word, BOM journal is used for inventory receipt of the BOM (Finished) item and Inventory issue of its components (Which represents BOM).<br />
<br />
It is used when you have basic production process in place and you don't want to utilize AX Production control module to its extent.<br />
<br />
It is also used in the Kitting process by some organization.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<b><br /></b>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgfmFovtIHVqIQKwNr7ApjNK1ve3duYWvD4dBF1sdvwVWHEyEQpnHBv93FbYsUxB4rh-BXsViDim09sYCMhT0Su-kje9_EjBUaQI9OP3D3tYCNvaSCX9OaMjCrOND96sudVG3oDpYbEqLA/s1600/Transfer+journal.jpg" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="226" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgfmFovtIHVqIQKwNr7ApjNK1ve3duYWvD4dBF1sdvwVWHEyEQpnHBv93FbYsUxB4rh-BXsViDim09sYCMhT0Su-kje9_EjBUaQI9OP3D3tYCNvaSCX9OaMjCrOND96sudVG3oDpYbEqLA/s400/Transfer+journal.jpg" width="400" /></a></div>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b>Prerequisites</b>:<br />
1. Create item with the production type "BOM".<br />
2. Create Bill of material for the item ( In the Release item details -->Engineer Fast tab --> BOM section -->Lines --> Create BOM).<br />
3. <b>Approve</b> and <b>Activate </b>BOM.<br />
<br />
<b>Steps to create and post BOM journal</b><br />
1.Go to inventory management --> Journals --> Item transactions -->Bills of Materials<br />
<br />
2. Click on <b>New --> </b>Select Journal name --> Click on Lines<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgCimclQ0_37nN2fNQSnzUrXuxZ_OxF4NoefxLguIS4qMMZiS2uLJtWOLNXEm80PxyH0jzexSv2L6eNZDv08E7FXtZ_LB4mY_ySeltTG3ADuA_rvL5oO_WwEB3x9v-Bf_7Z2n__rQ1fjz8/s1600/BLOG.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="282" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgCimclQ0_37nN2fNQSnzUrXuxZ_OxF4NoefxLguIS4qMMZiS2uLJtWOLNXEm80PxyH0jzexSv2L6eNZDv08E7FXtZ_LB4mY_ySeltTG3ADuA_rvL5oO_WwEB3x9v-Bf_7Z2n__rQ1fjz8/s400/BLOG.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
3.Click on BOM --> Report as finished<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEilQsCYyAVA1gdNHx5moAxNS81gN2qQD-5ZvmDYHgu4B8pnqvjnHrDOQ9M90oImmhh5siihw0_s1vO_QKZQnWmvHFXxytoHCh5lvds0cWxAHPd5dvHdZ_v-ebfHgOCpx4T6EG2nhJMS6so/s1600/BLOG.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="213" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEilQsCYyAVA1gdNHx5moAxNS81gN2qQD-5ZvmDYHgu4B8pnqvjnHrDOQ9M90oImmhh5siihw0_s1vO_QKZQnWmvHFXxytoHCh5lvds0cWxAHPd5dvHdZ_v-ebfHgOCpx4T6EG2nhJMS6so/s400/BLOG.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
5. Click on New<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh2Gg0vTjnXqRebP-LbwKFBoL7S2QlEDaSZy6rxKPrdBqUXm-VXByoyc-zgA3BAoJpe46UgT9968f7mYn5CLeSkBWeobLu3Z-YQn9ggM5lYKnyKhy4bRCu7fqhIdfLnxNXuQG5JGzASRWY/s1600/BLOG.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="223" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh2Gg0vTjnXqRebP-LbwKFBoL7S2QlEDaSZy6rxKPrdBqUXm-VXByoyc-zgA3BAoJpe46UgT9968f7mYn5CLeSkBWeobLu3Z-YQn9ggM5lYKnyKhy4bRCu7fqhIdfLnxNXuQG5JGzASRWY/s400/BLOG.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
6. Add Item number, storage dimensions, Quantity.<br />
7. Select the BOM number (in case of multiple BOM for the item)<br />
8. Select the type of Explosion:<br />
a. <b>Never:</b> Bill of materials are not exploded if there is material shortage.<br />
b. <b>Always:</b> Bill of materials are fully exploded<br />
c. <b>Shortage:</b> Bill of materials are exploded only when required quantity of materials are not available. If Materials are partially available then explosion happens for remaining items which are not available.<br />
<br />
9. <b>Post now</b>:If this is checked then as soon as Report as finished lines are transferred to BOM journal lines, the journal gets posted.<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgrCatu8cGsasI4tUFMfsshycksOPrE5VsYBWXjfTXK6SwbRn6gcCxDnZAV5U41k5XvkveqOh86tj0jcybtLmZlrrXtkW6hCy43StGaPwZ_jr5gBW_Q7lkbvY6pT-DUyfNhZNA6_WNOeWE/s1600/BLOG.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="222" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgrCatu8cGsasI4tUFMfsshycksOPrE5VsYBWXjfTXK6SwbRn6gcCxDnZAV5U41k5XvkveqOh86tj0jcybtLmZlrrXtkW6hCy43StGaPwZ_jr5gBW_Q7lkbvY6pT-DUyfNhZNA6_WNOeWE/s400/BLOG.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
10.Click Ok to transfer Report as finished lines to BOM journal lines.<br />
<br />
11. You can see BOM item along with the components get copied in the BOM journal<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgzyRdLS_dtq6C0nFsxF_JQyBlFleEBLfZjR0SmBNHP_tyiIODuGFtaHEmHvH9IJNsWkxtYS48ZGQUYg759AglAxzA-no9_C_28IMXjEwytSwNa2tVbIDHKEmZXaK8Ig0O8dKjCAeKzBoo/s1600/BLOG.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="212" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgzyRdLS_dtq6C0nFsxF_JQyBlFleEBLfZjR0SmBNHP_tyiIODuGFtaHEmHvH9IJNsWkxtYS48ZGQUYg759AglAxzA-no9_C_28IMXjEwytSwNa2tVbIDHKEmZXaK8Ig0O8dKjCAeKzBoo/s400/BLOG.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<br /></div>
<br />
12. Also BOM item quantity gets increased and its components quantity get decrease as it is consumed during the production of BOM item.<br />
<br />
13. As we have checked <b>Post now</b> checkbox in report as finished lines, journal got posted automatically after the transfer of these lines.<br />
<br />
14. You can check the on hand quantity for BOM item and components to know the impact of the posting.<br />
<br />
<br />
In this way, you can create and post BOM journal in AX.<br />
<br />
Keep Daxing!! Keep Sharing!!<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank">My Profile </a>| </div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;">
<em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div>
<br />
<br /></div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-47530910276289609912017-01-09T03:22:00.000-08:002017-03-27T23:57:34.727-07:00Adding multiple lines in Sales order using "Add Products" feature in AX 2012<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<span style="text-align: justify;">Hi All,</span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Today, I am going to explain easy but very important feature of AX, "<b>Add Products</b>" feature. This feature always play important role when dealing with large pool of orders having multiple lines in day to day business. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Example</b>: Let's assume Customer placed an order for 100 Products with its specific quantity. Now customer service team has to record this order in the system. Entering 100 products in the sales order is very time consuming task and when there are multiple orders waiting to enter in the system, it can lead to lots of frustration for the guy entering those orders. Keeping this in view, AX provides "<b>Add Products</b>" feature which facilitates the addition of multiple lines (Product and Product variant) quickly in the order.<br />
<br />
<b>Videographic representation</b> of "<b>Add Products</b>" feature.<br />
<br />
<iframe allowfullscreen='allowfullscreen' webkitallowfullscreen='webkitallowfullscreen' mozallowfullscreen='mozallowfullscreen' width='320' height='266' src='https://www.blogger.com/video.g?token=AD6v5dz5jNCgt9tanlN5U84SCzfoCBzQP1ePtjm4Exb6DNqsmkQY94kZ72HOnWOYymkN7dMBhMRu3cApCbg_QTDW1Q' class='b-hbp-video b-uploaded' frameborder='0'></iframe></div>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
<br />
<b>Steps</b>:</div>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
</div>
<ul style="text-align: left;">
<li>Create a sales order for the customer who has placed an order.</li>
</ul>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
</div>
<ul>
<li>Now instead of clicking on Add line or Add lines, click on <b>Add Products</b>.</li>
</ul>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiE1Rsw-WTR5RsZCVs6mGDliPqLKx5C2gJqSLyEZ-jo9y55LlpNUYPgsGS0JFXngEqri1bsBhgJW0Lhy6QBam2t6o5acL0sOifRwfpVSYJcX8GtEWkKJxTy5b6IIrKUEddZzaf-naNcdLc/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="127" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiE1Rsw-WTR5RsZCVs6mGDliPqLKx5C2gJqSLyEZ-jo9y55LlpNUYPgsGS0JFXngEqri1bsBhgJW0Lhy6QBam2t6o5acL0sOifRwfpVSYJcX8GtEWkKJxTy5b6IIrKUEddZzaf-naNcdLc/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<ul>
<li>It will redirect you to Add Products form.</li>
</ul>
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh-y5LJTLPedCIY8mQ5N5qATie8sapXD-32WX4hTMmIu5mBP2wSpRgEpDLo6joqnn5nocfS8DUG26IRdk57oo8Efi7A96kmeYcbxHHT7_me-ALb_aRVLEJpFOD9fvxJfwYJlHVP8YinMrU/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="170" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh-y5LJTLPedCIY8mQ5N5qATie8sapXD-32WX4hTMmIu5mBP2wSpRgEpDLo6joqnn5nocfS8DUG26IRdk57oo8Efi7A96kmeYcbxHHT7_me-ALb_aRVLEJpFOD9fvxJfwYJlHVP8YinMrU/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
</div>
<ul>
<li>It has three sections, </li>
</ul>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
1. Product categories, </div>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
2. The products pertaining to category selected in the first section.</div>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
3. In the third section, selected products which will come in the sales order</div>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<ul>
<li>Now select the products/Product variant --> click on <b>Add</b> </li>
</ul>
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiYWPjCg1aLVghuaVqpUW7-sk9RtR2biwkCLgmuOhY_1AeOa5_jSocVAogBlNe-41Pj60h37I240eJqoXAXCjwP2C421kwwLra4DqnqoUum06zESASOFu7zSStxPBG-i6_c7SawVdd5_FA/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="170" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiYWPjCg1aLVghuaVqpUW7-sk9RtR2biwkCLgmuOhY_1AeOa5_jSocVAogBlNe-41Pj60h37I240eJqoXAXCjwP2C421kwwLra4DqnqoUum06zESASOFu7zSStxPBG-i6_c7SawVdd5_FA/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<ul>
<li>After clicking on Add, it will take products in the Selected product section (Third section).</li>
</ul>
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgjVBDYXY-34XoIeOj1Ob3IZHcmuFI8BRdHTnbx182owywVNkJ38epXp1NwHlTpmXGgFrHkgEB6yPzAkh8UZNST7qnWsgjoaig7Tr8xkZQUMlZsRTZjhwhdWleXGFftfwr_QQ4RPOHpj-M/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="170" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgjVBDYXY-34XoIeOj1Ob3IZHcmuFI8BRdHTnbx182owywVNkJ38epXp1NwHlTpmXGgFrHkgEB6yPzAkh8UZNST7qnWsgjoaig7Tr8xkZQUMlZsRTZjhwhdWleXGFftfwr_QQ4RPOHpj-M/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<ul>
<li>Now for all the products that we have selected, we need to enter the quantity and product dimensions( Configuration, size, color and style) </li>
</ul>
</div>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Note</b>: Default dimensions will flow automatically against the product</div>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjRo9n-gjQJ_Iln48q-PlIft4AHmTKwMjUyIzpCmrr3-YldmM1_WIBEa-NPxwdFrFBCzXNjP9eP7BCLR_TbSNUwvWlpUaBl9JjYZmtZgxgQhZXN57Hnm8U9MmpYDoJ5CeArDg2STQLD-Aw/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="170" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjRo9n-gjQJ_Iln48q-PlIft4AHmTKwMjUyIzpCmrr3-YldmM1_WIBEa-NPxwdFrFBCzXNjP9eP7BCLR_TbSNUwvWlpUaBl9JjYZmtZgxgQhZXN57Hnm8U9MmpYDoJ5CeArDg2STQLD-Aw/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<ul>
<li>Now click ok to get the lines in the order</li>
</ul>
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgxwjFzZblRWakSvbcriTbXvu2HND5NJDH_2wCbyWIQT8kyP-Sy8duHZvRTXDFItDcUHVQ77GWwL_2eu9akMPv5FJfI_4UntQeXwW0nDjquWJbgqXzBtOq4EU-UDxiACWxEFyxWXBnLqZY/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="400" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgxwjFzZblRWakSvbcriTbXvu2HND5NJDH_2wCbyWIQT8kyP-Sy8duHZvRTXDFItDcUHVQ77GWwL_2eu9akMPv5FJfI_4UntQeXwW0nDjquWJbgqXzBtOq4EU-UDxiACWxEFyxWXBnLqZY/s400/Blog.png" width="330" /></a></div>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<ul>
<li>Now go to sales order, you can see items will appear in the order with specific dimensions and quantity.</li>
</ul>
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhl_cHsMBL9XESPerT1R8pjEuVJmO1uVSFsLbx9oX6RtrUnLAmSxZFNgCduJThXG2ZxF0cMfW2AiiN29-qCPvxY9YYhC99K7oOioC7oueIryCEdzZ23T2gfXZsmQmByEZt1NY1mDUWtjZc/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="128" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhl_cHsMBL9XESPerT1R8pjEuVJmO1uVSFsLbx9oX6RtrUnLAmSxZFNgCduJThXG2ZxF0cMfW2AiiN29-qCPvxY9YYhC99K7oOioC7oueIryCEdzZ23T2gfXZsmQmByEZt1NY1mDUWtjZc/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
In this way you can enter multiple line quickly in the order.</div>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px;">Kindly revert with any suggestions or questions pertaining to this topic</span></div>
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; clear: both; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; clear: both; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px; text-align: justify;">
Keep Daxing !!!</div>
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; clear: both; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank">My Profile </a>| </div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;">
<em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div>
</div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-3700540299779972532016-08-07T01:19:00.000-07:002017-03-27T23:58:12.179-07:00Free Text Invoice correction in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 <div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Hello everyone, Here is another learning from my side. In this post, I will walk you all through Free text invoice correction feature. This is newly added feature in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012. Before you go through this topic, it is important that you know about Free text invoice functionality in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012. Please refer link to know more: <a href="http://theaxeffect.blogspot.in/2016/07/free-text-invoice-in-ax-2012-r3.html" target="_blank">Free text invoice in AX 2012</a> </div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Introduction</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
This feature is newly added in Microsoft Dynamics AX 2012 for correcting the free text invoice that has been posted.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
When you post the corrected invoice, the cancelling free text invoice is posted automatically. The cancelling free text invoice nullifies with the original free text invoice i.e. the combined balance of original invoice and cancelling invoice is zero amount.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Example</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Account receivable clerk posted the free text invoice of amount 1500. Now AR clerk realized that the amount posted in the free text invoice is wrong hence requires correction. He decided to uses the correction feature of free text invoice. The correction invoice is created from the original invoice and necessary changes are being made to it. After making the necessary changes to the invoice, the corrected free text invoice is posted. Once corrected invoice is posted, the cancelling invoice is created and posted automatically by the system with the amount of -1500, thus nullifying the amount of original invoice i.e. combine balance of original invoice and cancelling invoice is 0.00.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Configuration key</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
In order to use correction feature of Free text invoice, you need to enable the Free text invoice correction configuration key in license configuration in AX.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgr1Uz6i8Fy9zSRxUcuA7U8KLmgVc1i4scx2aX8ie7h_ZWU_rQaPwuWbZu7SFh-fx2I-e_DPKuEqO0zZNVuVLNNGjJJYcTD3vNH0RBJQV7FY8LLFVlCbPuFmd-BpKTkf2VgBqVgG1C5lfA/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="400" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgr1Uz6i8Fy9zSRxUcuA7U8KLmgVc1i4scx2aX8ie7h_ZWU_rQaPwuWbZu7SFh-fx2I-e_DPKuEqO0zZNVuVLNNGjJJYcTD3vNH0RBJQV7FY8LLFVlCbPuFmd-BpKTkf2VgBqVgG1C5lfA/s400/Blog.png" width="226" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Steps to correct Free Text Invoice</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
1. Account receivable > Common > Free text invoices > All free text invoices.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
2. Select posted free text invoice which requires correction</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEisyPGfrr_6CkuqMBNwDIGvsYfisJ_3PIzyz9MraEcraPNIbC-Eko2M_cMkFInxHpw984kGlCivcyFUaZEp8cM7Ph6dNiJ-QwD_S-OR5pOVQnhaPK9KEbIx1AfR29bvDWLLPBt_5v-OUlc/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="232" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEisyPGfrr_6CkuqMBNwDIGvsYfisJ_3PIzyz9MraEcraPNIbC-Eko2M_cMkFInxHpw984kGlCivcyFUaZEp8cM7Ph6dNiJ-QwD_S-OR5pOVQnhaPK9KEbIx1AfR29bvDWLLPBt_5v-OUlc/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
3. "<b>Correct invoice</b>" button is enabled for posted invoices as Free text invoice correction configuration key is enabled in license configuration.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
4. Enter <b>Reason code, comments </b>and<b> Canceling invoice date</b> for correction.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
5. Click <b>Create corrected invoice</b> button.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhANUHVxk3vE4ByhILTp9Ab4piW0brCz-HOI1hwdJnCUwPdfn87pVD_A0-Oue6bNBl8Ti2VZv-BdMamONx1BOBYQqT1Bex_7n32WmgIVDUUPMwZSqr8mPHn02b0f_NCvo3-YQcJrj1XHS8/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="200" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhANUHVxk3vE4ByhILTp9Ab4piW0brCz-HOI1hwdJnCUwPdfn87pVD_A0-Oue6bNBl8Ti2VZv-BdMamONx1BOBYQqT1Bex_7n32WmgIVDUUPMwZSqr8mPHn02b0f_NCvo3-YQcJrj1XHS8/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
6. Make the necessary correction to the invoice</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjqbhOXGNR0xwzQFG1WkBvhQePQ4p6tBY1bq-kPTXXFE34524xmAPFyQHXBuPNf2ucERaPprIKugLHxPhrjbnf2eFytmxjN1uXxDosNT4ZDposyi7LR78W8IGoli3wQENGb6VBPE2kYgGU/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="233" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjqbhOXGNR0xwzQFG1WkBvhQePQ4p6tBY1bq-kPTXXFE34524xmAPFyQHXBuPNf2ucERaPprIKugLHxPhrjbnf2eFytmxjN1uXxDosNT4ZDposyi7LR78W8IGoli3wQENGb6VBPE2kYgGU/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Note</b>: You can also create a workflow in AX to approve this correction, so when the corrected invoice is approved, you can process it further.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
7. Now post the free text invoice.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgmkot-TwPIsMsrP76StpB7jxU4r40SB2gNtg-WicNLS4qK0JeffYclnVGwUs3DIPJELjnqaQWqnuFvBmWHS1OhlUxtQ7AWAytpDY0uM_BhyphenhyphenZazfHiH4gmDFklqfIZf6UeMZnGh8nlZ2sQ/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="232" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgmkot-TwPIsMsrP76StpB7jxU4r40SB2gNtg-WicNLS4qK0JeffYclnVGwUs3DIPJELjnqaQWqnuFvBmWHS1OhlUxtQ7AWAytpDY0uM_BhyphenhyphenZazfHiH4gmDFklqfIZf6UeMZnGh8nlZ2sQ/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
8. Once you post the corrected invoice, the cancelling invoice is posted automatically to cancel the original invoice.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
9. Now go to Free text invoice list page > Cancel group > View > Invoice correction to view the following invoice correction details.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgFVaBJTW1Ti_cApRiemR2_sTjtp1fSUtQlhVB4BFC9jYJJSYdtYXottJDo46Za9qXNSX2CrLwYx1nTeZ4GtB6B-0l6dlApcw4PVnjIJrizSYCGkKWLasq6TiBcOziYGEJGCSqv0ZZ0-IM/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="157" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgFVaBJTW1Ti_cApRiemR2_sTjtp1fSUtQlhVB4BFC9jYJJSYdtYXottJDo46Za9qXNSX2CrLwYx1nTeZ4GtB6B-0l6dlApcw4PVnjIJrizSYCGkKWLasq6TiBcOziYGEJGCSqv0ZZ0-IM/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Original invoice</b>: It is the invoice which was posted earlier and required correction. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Cancelling invoice</b>: It is the credit invoice posted by the system to nullify/ Cancel the original invoice once the corrected invoice is posted.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<b>Corrected invoice</b>: It is the invoice posted after making the necessary correction upon the original invoice.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
The Free text invoice correction feature works in such a way that system itself takes care of cancelling the original invoice by posting the cancelling invoice/Credit invoice. All the postings and other impacts of original invoice cancelled automatically and corrected invoice is posted with all necessary changes.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
This is all I have for Free text invoice correction.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Kindly revert with any suggestions or questions pertaining to this topic</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
Keep Daxing !!!</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank">My Profile </a>| </div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;">
<em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div>
</div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com2tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-24361159701508318182016-07-17T04:05:00.000-07:002017-03-27T23:59:23.320-07:00Free Text invoice in Microsoft dynamics AX 2012<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
<br />
Hello Readers,<br />
Happy to see good responses on my earlier posts, it really motivates me to share my learning with you all.<br />
<br />
Today I am going write about<b> Free text invoice</b>.<br />
<br />
Free text invoice is basically the <b>invoice without sales order</b>. Free text invoice is for sales but it doesn't require any sales order. Also there is no inventory tracking involve, so there is no picking and packing require in free text invoice.<br />
<br />
Free text invoice can be used for service fee or consulting fee or miscellaneous fee for any kind of reimbursement<br />
<br />
<b>Path to create Free text invoice</b><br />
Account receivable --> Common --> Free text invoices --> All free text invoices<br />
<br />
<b>Example:</b><br />
Go to AR --> Common --> Free text invoice --> All Free text invoice<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjDPyLYkNREvi-WDHfQYB8R6rlmL48LEc6NW9kQK03Rp2Funkq-jJMisvZMB38JbhnKLYyka7q0R_saC70tK9UfYbWk1mVo4nLmRYqcaWTYSxn-rYO4HbAH670mqDBfzflZ6DE2Azryrz4/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="137" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjDPyLYkNREvi-WDHfQYB8R6rlmL48LEc6NW9kQK03Rp2Funkq-jJMisvZMB38JbhnKLYyka7q0R_saC70tK9UfYbWk1mVo4nLmRYqcaWTYSxn-rYO4HbAH670mqDBfzflZ6DE2Azryrz4/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<b><br /></b>
<br />
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
Click on<b> Free text invoice</b> button to create new free text invoice.<br />
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg22L1tsFNywVD3NL5SgHEC7eWUKiKric3_qJ4Zwd797GaELKlRbWh6gzd-n2O-9CjycclDscQlbXfvqMNuCap_pQtgF9EpBbhEfbc1YCNAd23C8fVDhfBA3dUhGL1hBevxHhpf0Y2kEX0/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1"><img border="0" height="153" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg22L1tsFNywVD3NL5SgHEC7eWUKiKric3_qJ4Zwd797GaELKlRbWh6gzd-n2O-9CjycclDscQlbXfvqMNuCap_pQtgF9EpBbhEfbc1YCNAd23C8fVDhfBA3dUhGL1hBevxHhpf0Y2kEX0/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a><br />
<br />
You can see customer account is mandatory as here we are generating the invoice so it has to be for customer. <br />
Select customer account from the drop down list in the free text invoice header.<br />
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvuEeSwyvzs_ubhxwjvk-zc3vXVRYb_AlleJKS63Dq1MT2HkSQMAOjXS3tyIVZTEHEu4Vu0NI_CItOHYqwJnQLUkXnMMjpCCYnpf8qyIo9fi1v2Vc17vPnbKVmpvdX_g2XQ2ERji-KvVM/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="225" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhvuEeSwyvzs_ubhxwjvk-zc3vXVRYb_AlleJKS63Dq1MT2HkSQMAOjXS3tyIVZTEHEu4Vu0NI_CItOHYqwJnQLUkXnMMjpCCYnpf8qyIo9fi1v2Vc17vPnbKVmpvdX_g2XQ2ERji-KvVM/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<b>Note</b>: Once you select customer account, the invoice account and currency field values comes automatically as those are setup in the customer master. User has the liberty to override those values in the free text invoice form,<br />
<br />
Now go to <b>Invoice lines --> </b>Click on<b> Add line</b><br />
<br />
Enter <b>short description</b> which provides information about free text invoice. This description is then printed on the invoice.<br />
<br />
Select <b>main account</b>- it should be a revenue account as free text invoice is an invoice for customer against which we will earn revenue and that revenue need to be updated in the ledger.<br />
<br />
<b>Sales tax group</b>: it flows automatically if it is setup in the customer master.<br />
<b>Item sales tax group</b>: select item sales tax group from the drop down list in invoice lines.<br />
<br />
Select <b>quantity</b> (in case of service, it is the number of times, the service is rendered to a customer)<br />
<br />
<b>Unit price</b>: Enter the per unit price.<br />
<br />
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjpi20rjJIbUHeG8G5Z0u-ah_thrPyKuWWLqUt3u7SeU97hqorlRgg3MzllMi3ZNhlg_fiXDIlkFWdm0rvviaiIYkbm0zT-rQgpFgJDfWXUeiiIj21_7JcPNeSYItJoHSdG8zKxNQt_oEM/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="130" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjpi20rjJIbUHeG8G5Z0u-ah_thrPyKuWWLqUt3u7SeU97hqorlRgg3MzllMi3ZNhlg_fiXDIlkFWdm0rvviaiIYkbm0zT-rQgpFgJDfWXUeiiIj21_7JcPNeSYItJoHSdG8zKxNQt_oEM/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We can add <b>charges</b> if any in the free text invoice,<br />
<br />
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgBur4TvtrUqflGizASEqyrCl1J66Qi5iNgIu3mb7zkxwhIJ9mEKkqBX5jHh69tvlBp4onPo_e4kAPozOmpSLhA7lhQcDNSWsAnKTVaDa82InLuJtJtkmDa-06fZhnm-yQZK1GVzXSlRJY/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="120" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgBur4TvtrUqflGizASEqyrCl1J66Qi5iNgIu3mb7zkxwhIJ9mEKkqBX5jHh69tvlBp4onPo_e4kAPozOmpSLhA7lhQcDNSWsAnKTVaDa82InLuJtJtkmDa-06fZhnm-yQZK1GVzXSlRJY/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgnUQl9UuLCXw0kDgb8HFkx8x6_KBpC1Z_Be_6BmwceTaMXa07lYwBOLTMZzVW3gb-9yuaX1XeesuXMiBlcbVc_j8qEgViSK-9UcTAVr0v1zBqk9Z_F5l8Crx-iCU7fJWacVapLqP1Nufg/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="205" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgnUQl9UuLCXw0kDgb8HFkx8x6_KBpC1Z_Be_6BmwceTaMXa07lYwBOLTMZzVW3gb-9yuaX1XeesuXMiBlcbVc_j8qEgViSK-9UcTAVr0v1zBqk9Z_F5l8Crx-iCU7fJWacVapLqP1Nufg/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Click on Total to see all the required details of the Free text invoice i.e. Subtotal amount, Total sales tax calculated, Total charges applied, Total discount if any, cash discount and invoice amount.<br />
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEicD4m2cx1FRFAJm6sjWk4yHazQ-dVQAT1ypSHmiS5Eg_Tz808MzUYY0KV3K56eAnREeQDwMitJ4Ef6QlwH8DYkzoA3kaxkCT65F3WzX7sejZdllOT4cidUwSKxU4LzsmzUc4qWXe2arhI/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="325" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEicD4m2cx1FRFAJm6sjWk4yHazQ-dVQAT1ypSHmiS5Eg_Tz808MzUYY0KV3K56eAnREeQDwMitJ4Ef6QlwH8DYkzoA3kaxkCT65F3WzX7sejZdllOT4cidUwSKxU4LzsmzUc4qWXe2arhI/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<b>Post free text invoice</b><br />
<b><br /></b>
Click on Post button to post free text invoice.<br />
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgeCTNLSS5wBqxVrtANSbXI3dKK76RATdSa39n2NBbk_Dx7uk7sWX7mmJsi8XRnuh1xFb_J_p5aGWRPEeHMg_1SrySLpU8rd1Xw01UbquWegOvHJn2w5fwH1Du3VJoip6OhfAXhHk7VD6M/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="130" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgeCTNLSS5wBqxVrtANSbXI3dKK76RATdSa39n2NBbk_Dx7uk7sWX7mmJsi8XRnuh1xFb_J_p5aGWRPEeHMg_1SrySLpU8rd1Xw01UbquWegOvHJn2w5fwH1Du3VJoip6OhfAXhHk7VD6M/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a><b><br /></b><br />
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgfQmpF0Gg-08On2dHFJspaVcCE7xX-uNxUfHijrbubmKQxTqcw6JFKPD_u6ix5nz9NyPIc4JM424jRLOf-o7FrIbLqeLYfyLgGhPz5Cw-uFN2-KOziWBUqdRHKqifuS8U98TW5Cdo-gOo/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="190" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgfQmpF0Gg-08On2dHFJspaVcCE7xX-uNxUfHijrbubmKQxTqcw6JFKPD_u6ix5nz9NyPIc4JM424jRLOf-o7FrIbLqeLYfyLgGhPz5Cw-uFN2-KOziWBUqdRHKqifuS8U98TW5Cdo-gOo/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a><b><br /></b><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<b>Note:</b> Make sure <b>Posting</b> checkbox should be ticked.<br />
<br />
Click <b>OK</b> to post the invoice.<br />
<br />
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjH3IWZNPNsLpUSEMY_NHZn1XOYCxmc38L3Vhns7eAIjC2lzxGSYQ1p8po782gnTJkVKoY7WRWypGSaITvYSEQO3TSzP97H6H37Fin5PlujcJmTT2QvRo3gjCooUHpGx7WghcpYGmy-IsI/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="395" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjH3IWZNPNsLpUSEMY_NHZn1XOYCxmc38L3Vhns7eAIjC2lzxGSYQ1p8po782gnTJkVKoY7WRWypGSaITvYSEQO3TSzP97H6H37Fin5PlujcJmTT2QvRo3gjCooUHpGx7WghcpYGmy-IsI/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Go to invoice journal<br />
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgZLssBNWHws5nMsrXsNB-qJ2U5mcqnR7rlfAj5pYPMmNSmy1fpOgn3eZ_gbMlyNzgzo21jfrOF6HWbddZCHsYk52x4IUnJfgCK_OBb0x07LSPC9nKB3X7cZiRm4iqj0JTKb4q-qiNzEBM/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="120" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgZLssBNWHws5nMsrXsNB-qJ2U5mcqnR7rlfAj5pYPMmNSmy1fpOgn3eZ_gbMlyNzgzo21jfrOF6HWbddZCHsYk52x4IUnJfgCK_OBb0x07LSPC9nKB3X7cZiRm4iqj0JTKb4q-qiNzEBM/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgulsmJ2RX2KkLtpzlupu2nIzlEkh2OnYTvcn4HP06Y4FM7Y5-6FWioB6XP_lo9CRuXwywg-XNGAp_kDbaFwDttN8J552WzxCo2b-HfxPpnPS64b_r750dDc_LTu0rgrLuUTj_0VL5rFek/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="168" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgulsmJ2RX2KkLtpzlupu2nIzlEkh2OnYTvcn4HP06Y4FM7Y5-6FWioB6XP_lo9CRuXwywg-XNGAp_kDbaFwDttN8J552WzxCo2b-HfxPpnPS64b_r750dDc_LTu0rgrLuUTj_0VL5rFek/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Click on Voucher<br />
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiILpTuXEdsg0VFuWi3LaBYRNJs5J7LrfPuI-v1wxoTea8APLl8jepuSsomluUwXDwMyOuQQUyvn51Qfy4ISUnEKkJSHBMdrOYR9WbeaI7gg2hlL2iX5jj1__t9-9D4Agedcj73mAiqKgo/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="143" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiILpTuXEdsg0VFuWi3LaBYRNJs5J7LrfPuI-v1wxoTea8APLl8jepuSsomluUwXDwMyOuQQUyvn51Qfy4ISUnEKkJSHBMdrOYR9WbeaI7gg2hlL2iX5jj1__t9-9D4Agedcj73mAiqKgo/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
You can see customer posting profile account (Customer balance) get debited and Customer revenue account (main account tag in the FTI) get credited.<br />
<br />
<b>Note</b>:<br />
Charges and sales tax are incurred on customer hence it will get credited (separately from customer revenue) and this will get debited with the customer balance ( i.e. customer will bare both charges and sales tax ). It is depending on the mutual agreement between customer and company on bearing of the charges and accordingly setup will be done in AX.<br />
<br />
<b>Note</b>:<br />
Proforma invoice: if you wish to print proforma invoice then make sure to clear posting checkbox and select print invoice checkbox.<br />
<br />
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiHL19l6p0G-Xew6neOq6LTLcbaXADsEEgzCtGGYDJ8g61sgs2nVsfigABtUS0hfNcBXm-vaYiHsMsxhswbVKx9IVRBUqWmo614TCrkkvRsyNV2WLnAg02P5rc9O3IVeTAVVO4FtAoY6H0/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="190" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiHL19l6p0G-Xew6neOq6LTLcbaXADsEEgzCtGGYDJ8g61sgs2nVsfigABtUS0hfNcBXm-vaYiHsMsxhswbVKx9IVRBUqWmo614TCrkkvRsyNV2WLnAg02P5rc9O3IVeTAVVO4FtAoY6H0/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<b>Payment journal</b><br />
In order to settle the free text open transactions, AX facilitates the creation and posting of payment journal directly from free text invoice form.<br />
<br />
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjU2NZvJgNkJWgDSSizrkVBfZ1T7Joda1kblm6dTSQwTPVm20ukn8TnBPHlp_ud4bCa6k35s6I4Ny_5z4ODv-cwkjrmhWTRLUHgV2VIFN1WAGswazj-eryiQg-dvhUW5qEZwq7Fir0KvZw/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="125" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjU2NZvJgNkJWgDSSizrkVBfZ1T7Joda1kblm6dTSQwTPVm20ukn8TnBPHlp_ud4bCa6k35s6I4Ny_5z4ODv-cwkjrmhWTRLUHgV2VIFN1WAGswazj-eryiQg-dvhUW5qEZwq7Fir0KvZw/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this way, you can create and post Free Text Invoice in AX.<br />
<br />
Hope! this post provide you with the understanding of Free text invoice in AX 2012 R3.<br />
<br />
Please post if any queries or suggestions pertaining to this topic.<br />
<br />
<b>Happy Daxing!!!</b><br />
<br />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px; line-height: 20.79px;">"<b>Knowledge has no value unless you use and share it</b>." <b>Keep sharing !!!</b></span><br />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px; line-height: 20.79px;"><b><br /></b></span>
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank">My Profile </a>| </div>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px; line-height: 20.79px;"></span><br />
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;">
<em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div>
</div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com2tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-69701946339356981062015-09-17T04:43:00.000-07:002017-03-27T23:59:42.718-07:00Auto charges for sales order in Microsoft dynamics AX 2012 R3<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
Hello Readers,<br />
Hope !! you are all well :-)<br />
<br />
After a gap of almost three months, here I am ready to post the new topic of AX.<br />
<br />
I hope you will find this post interesting.<br />
<br />
In this topic, I will walk you through the setup of automatic charges in AX 2012 and its use.<br />
<br />
Before you read the below post, if you would like to know about what is meant by charges and their importance in business. Please refer: <a href="http://theaxeffect.blogspot.com/2015/04/setting-up-charges-for-sales-order-in.html" target="_blank">Sales order Charges</a><br />
<br />
Auto charges are used to define the automatic charges for the customers, vendors, items and for the mode of delivery as well.<br />
<br />
These charges are applied automatically when you create sales order or purchase order.<br />
<br />
There are few setups which needs to be done in the auto charges form in order to get these charges in the sales order or purchase order.<br />
<br />
You can define the Automatic charges for :<br />
1. Single customer, vendor , Item and mode of delivery<br />
2, Group of customers, vendors , Items and mode of deliveries<br />
3. All customers, vendors , Items and mode of deliveries<br />
<br />
<b>Note</b>: Point to be noted here is that mode of delivery charges can only be define when defining the auto charges for the sale order.<br />
<br />
<b>Path:</b><br />
<b><br /></b>
a. Account receivable <span style="background-color: white; color: #222222; font-family: "arial" , sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 19.2px;">→</span>Setup <span style="background-color: white; color: #222222; font-family: "arial" , sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 19.2px;">→</span> Charges <span style="background-color: white; color: #222222; font-family: "arial" , sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 19.2px;">→</span> Auto charges<br />
<br />
b. Retail <span style="background-color: white; color: #222222; font-family: "arial" , sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 19.2px;">→</span> Setup <span style="background-color: white; color: #222222; font-family: "arial" , sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 19.2px;">→</span> Charges <span style="background-color: white; color: #222222; font-family: "arial" , sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 19.2px;">→</span> Auto charges<br />
<br />
<b>Steps to setup Auto charges</b><br />
<br />
1. Go to above path and click on <b>Auto changes</b><br />
2. Select <b>level </b>to apply auto charges in the sales order.<br />
a. <b>Main</b>: Select main to apply charges at order header<br />
b. <b>Line</b>: Select line to apply charges at order lines.<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEisn5SZIwY2c5WEO8sskO7OXEMHHg09j28U0x1SYUCzCHwMMDeuqtnF2LepTE5y94mJl55HYkc1YjEH9QLLxFyhc5XFB7YsfbgnMK4KinkbZ196WlCkOPXPmbhaIx6a-iaQTjWxJBrecYU/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="130" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEisn5SZIwY2c5WEO8sskO7OXEMHHg09j28U0x1SYUCzCHwMMDeuqtnF2LepTE5y94mJl55HYkc1YjEH9QLLxFyhc5XFB7YsfbgnMK4KinkbZ196WlCkOPXPmbhaIx6a-iaQTjWxJBrecYU/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
3. Click on <b>New </b>to define a new auto charge.<br />
<br />
4. Select <b>Account code</b> :<br />
a. <b>Table</b>: define charges for a specific customer.<br />
- <b>Customer relation</b>: if you select <b>Table</b> in account code then select a customer account to define the charges.<br />
<br />
b. <b>Group</b>: define charges for specific customer charge group<br />
- <b>Customer relation</b>: if you select <b>Group</b> in account code then select customer charge group code to define the charges.<br />
<br />
c. <b>All</b>: define charges for all the customers<br />
- <b>Customer relation</b>: if you select <b>All</b> in account code then customer relation field gets disabled as you don't have to specify anything as charges applies to all the customer.<br />
<br />
5. Select <b>Item code</b>:<br />
If level "<b>Main</b>" is selected then <b>item code</b> is by default selected as <b>All</b> & <b>item relation</b> field is disabled as charges then applied to sales order header level.<br />
<br />
If level "<b>Line</b>" is selected then you can select the specific item code among Table, Group and All.<br />
<br />
<b> </b>a. <b>Table</b>: define charges for specific item.<br />
- <b>Item relation</b>:if you select <b>Table</b> in Item code then select <b>item number</b> to define the charges for.<br />
<br />
b. <b>Group</b>: define charges for item charge group<br />
- <b>Item relation</b>:if you select <b>Group</b> in the Item code then select <b>item charge group</b> to define the charges for.<br />
<br />
c. <b>All</b>: define charges for all items.<br />
- <b>Item relation</b>:if you select <b>All</b> in Item code then item relation field is disabled as charges are applied to all the items.<br />
<br />
<br />
6. Select <b>Mode of delivery code</b><br />
a.<b>Table</b>: define charges for a specific mode of delivery.<br />
- <b>Mode of delivery relation</b>: if you select <b>Table</b> in mode of delivery code then select a <b>mode of delivery</b> to define the charges for.<br />
<br />
b. <b>Group</b>: Define charges for delivery charges group<br />
- <b>Mode of delivery relation</b>: if you select <b>Group</b> in mode of delivery code then select a <b>specific delivery charge group</b> to define the charges for.<br />
<br />
c. <b>All</b>: Define charges for all the mode of delivery<br />
-<b>Mode of delivery relation</b>: if you select <b>All</b> in mode of delivery code then mode of delivery relation field is disabled as charges are applied to all mode of deliveries.<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg11onIYEPjG0Ur6NiTSJMXyDlpX_AFE_pvFPifJVpG5teFzRwIL6s3_uL6lZRbFhKBGKLAqUlKZOFUo60c7zff2BR4jZOnLN503EUlxAxCFFKgRgjophaZ9eI8ur-vn-CynC1YiNhRUFU/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="158" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg11onIYEPjG0Ur6NiTSJMXyDlpX_AFE_pvFPifJVpG5teFzRwIL6s3_uL6lZRbFhKBGKLAqUlKZOFUo60c7zff2BR4jZOnLN503EUlxAxCFFKgRgjophaZ9eI8ur-vn-CynC1YiNhRUFU/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
7. Now expand the <b>Lines</b> fast tab to add charges and other details for the auto charges.<br />
<br />
8. Select <b>Currency</b> so that the charges will get calculated in that currency.<br />
<br />
9. <b>Charge code</b>: select specific charge code from the drop down menu.<br />
<br />
<b>Note</b>: Charge code needs to be defined before defining the <b>Auto</b> charge. To know more about creating the charge code refer <b><a href="http://theaxeffect.blogspot.com/2015/04/setting-up-charges-for-sales-order-in.html" target="_blank">Sales order charges</a></b><br />
<br />
10. <b>Category</b>: specify the category to define how to calculate the charges. Categories are of the following:<br />
a. <b>Fixed</b><br />
b. <b>Percent</b><br />
c. <b>Pcs</b>.<br />
d. <b>Inter company percentage</b><br />
e. <b>External</b><br />
<br />
11. <b>Charge value</b>: enter the value based on the category define for the charge.<br />
<br />
12. <b>Charge currency code: </b>select currency for the charge. It is different from the one specified in the currency field. Charge value will get define in this currency but the charge will get calculated in the currency defined above.<br />
<br />
13: <b>From amount</b> and <b>To amount</b> : enter the starting and ending amount in these fields to apply auto charges. This is optional.<br />
<br />
14: <b>Sales tax group</b>: specify the sales tax group to calculate the tax for the charge amount. This is optional.<br />
<br />
15: <b>Keep</b>: It keeps the charge transactions after invoicing so that charge is applied every time we post the invoice for the specific customer account.<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhoOJJ0CH9ZH1wIDDys1wN8KZHQVRiLv3YHS0HmThgGruJh_NqdT_KQy_bG5JXFMMcobZOBig6X6wEJA5laA9RwJj1xl-LjW-QW4KmRhUWq3bTePf-WELprDlV3ZdFMLOr21hA3e3O0ZsM/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="137" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhoOJJ0CH9ZH1wIDDys1wN8KZHQVRiLv3YHS0HmThgGruJh_NqdT_KQy_bG5JXFMMcobZOBig6X6wEJA5laA9RwJj1xl-LjW-QW4KmRhUWq3bTePf-WELprDlV3ZdFMLOr21hA3e3O0ZsM/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
16. Once we set all the necessary information in the auto charge form, create <a href="https://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh271608.aspx" target="_blank">sales order</a> in AX.<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhEQg73qIibw8yhv9i23zRR4LS-F0PacV2vzHS7pd0dh_w5nWW6UsYp0yQSVOAkOlCkjKUpx7kEkSlnV50XWmTdSMcy7IsEr8wdgEoq4s-Iz2p5mp04G4KrtPd1bfpBrp_3wDs6Of8zUD0/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="132" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhEQg73qIibw8yhv9i23zRR4LS-F0PacV2vzHS7pd0dh_w5nWW6UsYp0yQSVOAkOlCkjKUpx7kEkSlnV50XWmTdSMcy7IsEr8wdgEoq4s-Iz2p5mp04G4KrtPd1bfpBrp_3wDs6Of8zUD0/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
17. If the sales order meets the criteria specified for the Auto charge, the charge will get calculated automatically for the sales order.<br />
<br />
<b>To view the charges</b>:<br />
<br />
Go to Sales order <span style="background-color: white; color: #222222; font-family: "arial" , sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 19.2px;">→ Sell fast tab </span><span style="background-color: white; color: #222222; font-family: "arial" , sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 19.2px;">→ Click on Charges </span><br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhgE-YrP3zkZ5BGR0ZYMCjaZLRgmq1OHBr6GC2zXpUCw2Quc138AeIwYWTe_8KmMDRDH2P_SSPhlfbo5Z2UNXM2Rym8N7rlsovlsvpKzrZpaeNo1l3XM-U6q3M0-OwXnzcIsddWwF4nRzk/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="118" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhgE-YrP3zkZ5BGR0ZYMCjaZLRgmq1OHBr6GC2zXpUCw2Quc138AeIwYWTe_8KmMDRDH2P_SSPhlfbo5Z2UNXM2Rym8N7rlsovlsvpKzrZpaeNo1l3XM-U6q3M0-OwXnzcIsddWwF4nRzk/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
18: we can also see the total charges calculated for the order.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhWdEF23mg6ebAe1C35IC08VgjaZiW3V7OMQfGRXFmOfUxWaL_w_vnRlgqnqcnTuw04ptWqU9L4fxw9oehjEtGZtSSgLnnaXWA26r3q9vTTUfbvL2R0NP0dWya83gbJ9upmrhYY_fwhEvQ/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="355" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhWdEF23mg6ebAe1C35IC08VgjaZiW3V7OMQfGRXFmOfUxWaL_w_vnRlgqnqcnTuw04ptWqU9L4fxw9oehjEtGZtSSgLnnaXWA26r3q9vTTUfbvL2R0NP0dWya83gbJ9upmrhYY_fwhEvQ/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
In this way, you can setup automatic charges for the sales order in ax 2012 R3.<br />
<br />
See you soon with the new topic. Keep Daxing :-)<br />
<br />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px; line-height: 20.79px;">"<b>Knowledge has no value unless you use and share it</b>."</span><br />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px; line-height: 20.79px;"><br /></span>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank">My Profile </a>| </div>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 14.85px; line-height: 20.79px;"></span><br />
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;">
<em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div>
</div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com4tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-28653534280995899152015-06-21T03:12:00.000-07:002017-03-28T00:00:30.601-07:00Purchase order charges in AX 2012 R3<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
Hello Friends,<br />
Today in this topic, I will explain the allocation of the charges to the purchase order in AX 2012 R3.<br />
<br />
To know more about charges refer: <a href="http://theaxeffect.blogspot.com/2015/04/setting-up-charges-for-sales-order-in.html" target="_blank">Setting up charges for sales order in AX 2013 R3</a>.<br />
<br />
In my last post, I have explained the setting up of the charges in the sales order. Please refer above link for the same.<br />
<br />
<b>Maintain charges:</b><br />
<br />
1. First step is to create charges codes which will use to maintain charges for the purchase order.<br />
2. To know about setting up the charge code, refer: <a href="http://theaxeffect.blogspot.com/2015/04/setting-up-charges-for-sales-order-in.html" target="_blank">Setup charge code</a>.<br />
3. Once the charge codes have been created in AX 2012 R3, next step is to set it up against the purchase order.<br />
<br />
<b>Steps to setup charges in purchase order:</b><br />
1. For header level charges, Go to purchase order --> on the action pane, on the purchase tab, in the charges group, click on maintain charges.<br />
<br />
OR<br />
<br />
1. For line level charges, go to purchase order --> Purchase order lines --> Select particular purchase order lines --> Click on Financials --> under charges --> Click on maintain charges<br />
<br />
2. Select <b>charge code </b>which we have created.<br />
3. Select the <b>category</b>. (It can be fixed, percentage or inter-company percentage etc.)<br />
4. Select the <b>charges value</b>. (In case of Fixed, enter the amount of charges / In case of percentage, enter the percentage for charges)<br />
5. You can assigned <b>sales tax group</b> and <b>item sales tax group</b> if you want sales tax to get calculated for the charges.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgwLaRgxwM2cOnWcZZ5nzU7W6gzvJsqgvRhDTqRBt2EZByHT3wKElFG-rkv2NJDW84Dv9dETMZw5NnEh8-ttmdmg19XEEizZK5sbPnk9O5MMlPZkPdF89Me49qLD4A2E51EvYygIwZ7V0Q/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="200" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgwLaRgxwM2cOnWcZZ5nzU7W6gzvJsqgvRhDTqRBt2EZByHT3wKElFG-rkv2NJDW84Dv9dETMZw5NnEh8-ttmdmg19XEEizZK5sbPnk9O5MMlPZkPdF89Me49qLD4A2E51EvYygIwZ7V0Q/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
6. Once the charges are setup against the purchase order, click on <b>Total </b>to see the charges.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgoIrWL1BDzFy3TQ92CVYSABX3QnKaOx0F2d_DBXoWl3sc-w7N3yS3TdMUqhTqPb_PIktSjmujv8iXL9wT6Hp-vyxw01TBdNuNns9xyGsUWJCbNKe_vqjd6gWyhqptCQhqNJFOxblZlOmM/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="308" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgoIrWL1BDzFy3TQ92CVYSABX3QnKaOx0F2d_DBXoWl3sc-w7N3yS3TdMUqhTqPb_PIktSjmujv8iXL9wT6Hp-vyxw01TBdNuNns9xyGsUWJCbNKe_vqjd6gWyhqptCQhqNJFOxblZlOmM/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b>Allocate charges</b><br />
<b><br /></b>
1. It is used to allocate charges to purchase order lines by selecting various parameter in the <b>Allocate charges</b> form.<br />
<br />
2. Go to purchase order --> on the action pane, on the purchase tab, in the charges group, click on Allocate charges.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgMsjnFNTZPRoz35p5nc_riLIi_Oi7fMuYaSwmF8bC1UXO-WFABSpOX-ko7pgY2PHcBo73a4joygTNSaS9VDNbt6w1x_B-P1VCua-VLdmbKkhU5eI7LHDdg6TF4ylzDCfIcEml57XyAb3s/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="350" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgMsjnFNTZPRoz35p5nc_riLIi_Oi7fMuYaSwmF8bC1UXO-WFABSpOX-ko7pgY2PHcBo73a4joygTNSaS9VDNbt6w1x_B-P1VCua-VLdmbKkhU5eI7LHDdg6TF4ylzDCfIcEml57XyAb3s/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<b>3. Charges allocation</b>: It can be<br />
<b>Net amount</b>: Charges are allocated based on the each line amount relative to total net amount for the purchase order or invoice.<br />
<br />
<b>Quantity</b>: Charges are allocated based on the number of units for each line relative to total number of units for the purchase order / invoice.<br />
<br />
<b>Per line</b>: charges are allocated equally among the total number of lines. <b>For example:</b> if the charge value is 500 and there are 5 lines in the purchase order then amount 100 will get distributed amount 5 lines in the purchase order.<br />
<br />
<b>4. Allocate charges to lines</b><br />
<b>All lines</b>: It will allocate charges to all the lines on the purchase order.<br />
<b>Positive lines</b>: It will allocate charges only to lines with positive amount.<br />
<b>Negative lines</b>: It will allocate charges only to lines with negative amount. For example: If we want charges to get incurred while returning goods to the vendor then we can select this option.<br />
<br />
<b>5. Allocate all</b><br />
It will allocate charge to PO lines even if charge code has debit type other than <b>Item.</b><br />
<b><br /></b>
<b>6. Received</b><br />
In this charges are allocated to the lines based on the quantity that has been received for each line.<br />
<br />
<b>7. Stocked</b><br />
It is for the stocked items. Charges will get allocated only to stocked order lines.<br />
<br />
<b>8. Show selection and clear specific lines</b>:<br />
<br />
a. This check box only enables if charges have been setup in the order.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjyHq96EZUYCyqIfmZD1t2-0c_OTWMgYY72L9Fean0th_U2uszYS6oWwThr5pAoHcgeEdGjoS9TjdT8VoAbTRwMlWKnPEj0ZXK0WpKKHrFolHx8K-Xcgw88VVqoWJz7cn2rXWpoS6haTJs/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="350" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjyHq96EZUYCyqIfmZD1t2-0c_OTWMgYY72L9Fean0th_U2uszYS6oWwThr5pAoHcgeEdGjoS9TjdT8VoAbTRwMlWKnPEj0ZXK0WpKKHrFolHx8K-Xcgw88VVqoWJz7cn2rXWpoS6haTJs/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
b. Ticked <b>show selections and clear specific lines</b> check box.<br />
<br />
c. Based on the criteria selected in the <b>Allocate charges to lines </b>and<b> stocked </b>fields, it will show the liens in the grid.<br />
<b> </b>d. <b>For example</b>: if the criteria selected is <b>Positive lines</b> and <b>stocked</b> then system only show positive stocked lines.<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgMdABF5H1kx-9r4fCZ2f46i32XhXWtAXCjx7C_OxRNerdpSH1IkgVQRjRQFvCTSLz04gjXVTR4RMwAUuCsqxNfF2Y3oWObQg0PphCGEn1i4g5PdLodVlBI1v8CBpdnbZeCc_wdhZ7Jokw/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="353" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgMdABF5H1kx-9r4fCZ2f46i32XhXWtAXCjx7C_OxRNerdpSH1IkgVQRjRQFvCTSLz04gjXVTR4RMwAUuCsqxNfF2Y3oWObQg0PphCGEn1i4g5PdLodVlBI1v8CBpdnbZeCc_wdhZ7Jokw/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
e. Clear the <b>Include </b>check box to exclude the lines from allocation of charges.<br />
<br />
f. Click on <b>Allocate </b>to allocate charges to the selected lines.<br />
<br />
g. Once the charges have been allocated, go to purchase order --> on the action pane, on the purchase tab, in the charges group, click on <b>Maintain charges</b>.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhrYraOJ0X00ysncbmHG8LH0dkKE3X4kesWQC4W9WKISCrIDDsDzoOYUm7Srngu0qEc5b2mIKVvj07lKnfV6HlQIBT5rDLYXQ_NEF3L1QZ4fJny3pME60Ol7uXd1jAiVhNbL6s2NihF1Dk/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="196" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhrYraOJ0X00ysncbmHG8LH0dkKE3X4kesWQC4W9WKISCrIDDsDzoOYUm7Srngu0qEc5b2mIKVvj07lKnfV6HlQIBT5rDLYXQ_NEF3L1QZ4fJny3pME60Ol7uXd1jAiVhNbL6s2NihF1Dk/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
h. You can see empty form as charges have already been allocated between the lines in the order.<br />
<br />
i. Go to Purchase order <b>Total --</b>> you can see amount of charges allocated in the order.<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh2X17SYeyjHrOc0heAfldBpJYUkSYeK_1xqK9KMs-TqhZIH9iCoKwS7RMUGpcEUUXQsmVSIM314i0EcZ76VlBtBSVY__OTcvZzfO1OKHz04foc4Umpq02adAqjTnf6N9XzP3r9X0xgZrY/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="308" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh2X17SYeyjHrOc0heAfldBpJYUkSYeK_1xqK9KMs-TqhZIH9iCoKwS7RMUGpcEUUXQsmVSIM314i0EcZ76VlBtBSVY__OTcvZzfO1OKHz04foc4Umpq02adAqjTnf6N9XzP3r9X0xgZrY/s400/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br />Please note the following:</b><br />
<ul style="text-align: left;">
<li>You can also allocate charges at the time of invoicing the purchase order.</li>
<li>Charges can also be allocated after the purchase order invoice gets posted.</li>
</ul>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
Hope!! This post gives you more insight about setup and allocation of charges for the purchase order in AX 2012 R3.</div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
Please post if any queries or suggestions to be made pertaining to this topic.</div>
<div>
<br /></div>
<div>
In the next topic, I will explain the <b>Automatic charges</b> in AX 2012 R3.</div>
<br />
Keep Daxing :-)<br />
<br />
"Knowledge has no value unless you use and share it."<br />
<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank">My Profile </a>| </div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;">
<em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<h3 class="post-title entry-title" itemprop="name" style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 18px; font-stretch: normal; font-weight: normal; margin: 0px; position: relative;">
</h3>
</div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com3tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-43647933241888466742015-04-26T01:56:00.000-07:002017-03-28T00:00:52.644-07:00Sales order charges in AX 2012 R3<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
Hello friends, Just to give you hint about what is going to be there in today's topic. Today I will explain the sales order charges and their setup in AX.<br />
<br />
But before I start, let me give you brief about what is meant by charges?<br />
<br />
It is an amount of money paid against the service rendered or goods supplied. Charges can be of different type, such as freight charges, Shipping & Handling charges, Installation charges, Broker fees, Fuel surcharge and other miscellaneous charges.<br />
<br />
Charges can be paid by the customer or can be paid to the vendor or to the third party depending on the type of service rendered. Sometimes company bares the charges instead of customer. Also sometimes charge amount is included directly in the item cost.<br />
<br />
In AX 2012 R3, we can setup different type of charges which are applicable to the business while carrying out operations.<br />
<br />
Before we apply any charges to the particular order in AX , we need to setup it up first and then we can apply them in the order,<br />
<br />
<b>A. Setup charges code in Account receivable</b>:<br />
<br />
1. Go to <b>Account receivable</b> > <b>Setup</b> > <b>Charges</b> > <b>Charges code</b>.<br />
2. To setup new charges, click on <b>New</b>.<br />
3. Enter <b>charge code</b> ( Lets say, Freight).<br />
4. Enter <b>description</b> ( Lets say, Freight charges).<br />
5. <b>Item sales tax group</b> : Select the item sales tax group in order for the sales tax to get applicable on charges.<br />
6. <b>Prorate</b>: if this is ticked then the charges will be prorate across the invoices. it is only applicable in customer charges.<br />
7. In the <b>posting </b>tab, select the appropriate <b>debit </b>and <b>credit </b>account for proper posting of the charges.<br />
8. If the customer is paying the charges then charges should be added in the sales order total so you can do the following setup:<br />
a. In <b>Debit field group</b>, in the <b>Type</b> field, select <b>Customer/ Vendor </b>in order to add the charges to the customer account.<br />
b. In <b>Credit field group</b>, in the <b>Type</b> field, select Ledger account, then in the <b>Posting </b>field select appropriate posting type. In the <b>Account </b>field, select the main account to track the charges which are applicable to the customer.<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhHN4hE48yLmB8WJALLF5rINJxuGDDC9DkPRbsuYYjtQpsiLYXWUHqqEww2_WDuf7MsnSjfj1dAPGtTLNC7V5MgJIy3fozIBceuA5Wf8G2WS8OgjFEAN0RJQEj2gtwtTHYAuGykYs7jrjU/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="193" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhHN4hE48yLmB8WJALLF5rINJxuGDDC9DkPRbsuYYjtQpsiLYXWUHqqEww2_WDuf7MsnSjfj1dAPGtTLNC7V5MgJIy3fozIBceuA5Wf8G2WS8OgjFEAN0RJQEj2gtwtTHYAuGykYs7jrjU/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<b>B. Setting up charges in the Sales order</b><br />
1. Create Sales order and add lines in it.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg4uc8q7RVjSVhzTSzW2c065n1BIaCcETGEnMfc5sOAf6N7PMefLLtdqGtWNsr1ykPiXorIlxoebBO-beSO9ImWk6t7F7cD81cHkvaQlh5vQZfu9XrjrHIz45ibbAhRqu0uVEL0didsRJU/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="215" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg4uc8q7RVjSVhzTSzW2c065n1BIaCcETGEnMfc5sOAf6N7PMefLLtdqGtWNsr1ykPiXorIlxoebBO-beSO9ImWk6t7F7cD81cHkvaQlh5vQZfu9XrjrHIz45ibbAhRqu0uVEL0didsRJU/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
2. Go to <b>Sell</b> tab > click on <b>Charges</b>.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj4lL3u0gClH1xNi8eUBbSbdnsHGlA9oPwLGrXn8_qmwv7G4H5jedBlkdam4eSEgBZ9tHRIJhf0BB24wDKus39P15INCn748VjNmw_DBX-nJIv48PZXtOkNWOF8iCoNlCFVxARgl3tkFFM/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="268" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj4lL3u0gClH1xNi8eUBbSbdnsHGlA9oPwLGrXn8_qmwv7G4H5jedBlkdam4eSEgBZ9tHRIJhf0BB24wDKus39P15INCn748VjNmw_DBX-nJIv48PZXtOkNWOF8iCoNlCFVxARgl3tkFFM/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
3. Select <b>charge code</b> which was created earlier from the drop-down list.<br />
4. Select the <b>category</b>. It can be <b>Fixed </b>(for fixed amount charges for the order) or <b>Percentage </b>(it will calculate the percentage of total net amount in the order). Category also can be inter company percentage, external or pcs.<br />
5. Enter the <b>charge value</b>. If the category is <b>Fixed</b> then enter the total amount of charges for the order. If the category is <b>Percentage</b> then enter the percentage value which are applicable for the order.<br />
6. <b>Description </b>will get populated from the charge code.<br />
7. <b>Currency </b>will get populated automatically from the sales order.<br />
8. <b>Sales tax</b>:<br />
<b>Sales tax group </b>: It will populate directly from the sales order.<br />
<b>Item sales tax group</b>: It will populate directly from the charge code setup.<br />
9. <b>Ledger</b> : the ledger information will get populated after the posting of the charges in the ledger i.e. after the sales order invoice posting.<br />
10. <b>Intercompany</b>: Information will get populated during intercompany transactions.<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEijJjHi6OKs7-hsMKVPmW9JKVvOS5DoRpa4xeDbSjmBAuCyNgewLZhWXOnyMV4kbjymmO8ZpDN2McHthCdk0QTq2QvcDfmOAD82LVRJrCbkmHXJNJWTFaR7KsREHHTW_65C3Sn7xND7gV4/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="267" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEijJjHi6OKs7-hsMKVPmW9JKVvOS5DoRpa4xeDbSjmBAuCyNgewLZhWXOnyMV4kbjymmO8ZpDN2McHthCdk0QTq2QvcDfmOAD82LVRJrCbkmHXJNJWTFaR7KsREHHTW_65C3Sn7xND7gV4/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
12. Once all the setup is completed, save and close the form<br />
<br />
13. Go to <b>sales order</b> > Click on <b>Total</b> > You can see the applicable charges against the invoice total amount.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhI0xp1tqiYkKhljPor-tAwYJLTrK8i-nNSQdv5kBb85BqKT15MDLjt_G3Ah88vo2P_-yCeGEj5QEa22DBp4cXmLVZIGeKF1EgMt0DOK_J0GU-qlvLtCf0Wx-eU-dOcPVixliP1M_gIQYI/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="356" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhI0xp1tqiYkKhljPor-tAwYJLTrK8i-nNSQdv5kBb85BqKT15MDLjt_G3Ah88vo2P_-yCeGEj5QEa22DBp4cXmLVZIGeKF1EgMt0DOK_J0GU-qlvLtCf0Wx-eU-dOcPVixliP1M_gIQYI/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
14. Process the order till invoice.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgNqOkR4DfgP1SAXcF-VuMCf8j8eUTwGvKAJFCGtUOIS5YupV9K5iOoUKUOjl1bcDGYfKoyzeD5foy-qSD8xgnNYt1h9XupebiTG4TC_clH5JqcQkSCa1Z4E9j5Rx35JlJ3Cr7AJ-a5kP8/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="91" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgNqOkR4DfgP1SAXcF-VuMCf8j8eUTwGvKAJFCGtUOIS5YupV9K5iOoUKUOjl1bcDGYfKoyzeD5foy-qSD8xgnNYt1h9XupebiTG4TC_clH5JqcQkSCa1Z4E9j5Rx35JlJ3Cr7AJ-a5kP8/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
15. Click on <b>charges </b>> to see the setup and for the ledger information.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg2HxXDOQPdq8LDrKEfrjd1Nmdq1bYOjEKQqP7zEGNwT5PvxlqyBqiYZahKWcLedj9IEoiHNfJVzzuLEkWyBeW_DPc9Ud_eVr0s9UoBYkQ10YtLPuW6xd5C6IEs78ctiUmz0XCObsy-KoM/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="267" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg2HxXDOQPdq8LDrKEfrjd1Nmdq1bYOjEKQqP7zEGNwT5PvxlqyBqiYZahKWcLedj9IEoiHNfJVzzuLEkWyBeW_DPc9Ud_eVr0s9UoBYkQ10YtLPuW6xd5C6IEs78ctiUmz0XCObsy-KoM/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
16. Go to <b>voucher </b>> you can see charges posted in the ledger.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhYEZR8QA1PK96dvvf5VxHJIt2m52KLSM4N-qidPymszgFXA3W2qKlW5ER6-FO7o-VuN_7SQA6CTGp2XM0i64Lt9HKkgpjH-1XJR5YLowPTSXPI3gGG9yECU0ybEW6L3KtFjmo_EsCnjp4/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="118" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhYEZR8QA1PK96dvvf5VxHJIt2m52KLSM4N-qidPymszgFXA3W2qKlW5ER6-FO7o-VuN_7SQA6CTGp2XM0i64Lt9HKkgpjH-1XJR5YLowPTSXPI3gGG9yECU0ybEW6L3KtFjmo_EsCnjp4/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
In this way, we can setup and apply charges for the sales order in AX 2012 R3.<br />
<br />
In the next topic, I will walk you through the setting up of charges for the purchase order in AX.<br />
<br />
Happy Daxing :-)<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank">My Profile </a>| </div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;">
<em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div>
<br />
<br />
<br /></div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com7tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-40500430810462571462015-03-22T05:12:00.001-07:002017-03-28T00:01:26.828-07:00Sales order types in AX 2012<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
<div style="text-align: justify;">
In this topic, we will see various <b>sales order types</b> present in AX 2012. When you create a sales order in AX 2012, you must select type of order that it is. You can select one of the type from the following:</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
1. Journal</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
2. Subscription</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
3. Sales order</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Following Sales order types cannot be selected manually and they are created through return management or through the project management and accounting module.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
4. Returned order</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
5. Item requirement</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Default setting for sales order type:</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
You can setup a default value for the sales order type in AX so that when you create a new sales order, system would automatically take that default value in the new order.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Path:</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Account receivable parameter -->General --> Sales --> Default values --> Order type</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiJhW_KC26T40mQhpfoi-vSJsoWke5dI-rrxwe9q5w91zIw_pBYbPeSL319JLaeEihnWBUv5ckMWlA0SvSMe8LuHLinFByCAOB5VN_gA8ZHfUf1_FGsRWXh-UicFHQSPMMrznU6gA99AI8/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="293" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiJhW_KC26T40mQhpfoi-vSJsoWke5dI-rrxwe9q5w91zIw_pBYbPeSL319JLaeEihnWBUv5ckMWlA0SvSMe8LuHLinFByCAOB5VN_gA8ZHfUf1_FGsRWXh-UicFHQSPMMrznU6gA99AI8/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Sales order types</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
1. <b>Journal</b>: It is use as "<b>Draft</b>". When you want to create a order but do not want to process it then you can assign order type as "<b>Journal</b>". All the postings (Confirmation, Picking list, packing slip, invoice) are disabled in this case and can be enabled after changing the order type from <b>journal </b>to <b>Sales order /Subscription</b>. As we cannot process the order, it doesn't impact the inventory stock and does not generate any inventory transactions. </div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjvgF5M5tnoqfJ5daCYKhJfz7jDVyn_fIdodz-5M2EU9UNH9-bQtSjXJpY3SKEY32GZ6MX7wS984Ks5QSQALdX6yUA7wcimoS6G36xawVHAKxAqXP40d6JXRwoTec_vDtbrOPn75-mbG34/s1600/Blog1.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="287" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjvgF5M5tnoqfJ5daCYKhJfz7jDVyn_fIdodz-5M2EU9UNH9-bQtSjXJpY3SKEY32GZ6MX7wS984Ks5QSQALdX6yUA7wcimoS6G36xawVHAKxAqXP40d6JXRwoTec_vDtbrOPn75-mbG34/s1600/Blog1.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEggeO7bR4WwclC7Rc-PLEqu4mAnaIoPJzoB8zOZModlJsrNHXiUQ9N5idcvXbfczbwakROMczl7czj3BhfP6jgTnOfpnx2Jv_ZorcceIS1Gly2zqmXT8c2fif5TYJB7Qp9hnfexV4J4tW0/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="265" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEggeO7bR4WwclC7Rc-PLEqu4mAnaIoPJzoB8zOZModlJsrNHXiUQ9N5idcvXbfczbwakROMczl7czj3BhfP6jgTnOfpnx2Jv_ZorcceIS1Gly2zqmXT8c2fif5TYJB7Qp9hnfexV4J4tW0/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
2. <b>Subscription:</b> It is use for <b>recurring orders</b>. It is used when it is require to sell same item/service to the same customer repeatedly over a period of time. In this case, when the sales order is <b>invoiced</b>, the order status again set to <b>Open order</b>.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
In the subscription sales order, order status can never be <b>invoiced</b> and can only be <b>open</b> or <b>delivered.</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Transactions are recorded in the system after every packing slip and invoice postings.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjYrMwH8txHyq0bju_veKBmwwN9ADu3lx9Ryr88y4T1gAnoxG8xWA5aqp-DLQgan-fYNPpqq0fS2NV89eQ0CKjayWKL_fQvPMbn4mb09gynvGRNtMNBePBkorrgNQYfav-raiAnohgPAh0/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="282" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjYrMwH8txHyq0bju_veKBmwwN9ADu3lx9Ryr88y4T1gAnoxG8xWA5aqp-DLQgan-fYNPpqq0fS2NV89eQ0CKjayWKL_fQvPMbn4mb09gynvGRNtMNBePBkorrgNQYfav-raiAnohgPAh0/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiWaYcEfTndVPLgNkwMU-N6bDeYIm9uDcKRdPfZFdLxhaWy6W45rCtEpWfiAfeZYuVbcx0kpSI2UpURkw2xBrTJ0dXqEUB8anIlNyYoKJUxevrUkCHxQNbajXYbWCnxczw5s_FKrC3wMDU/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="267" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiWaYcEfTndVPLgNkwMU-N6bDeYIm9uDcKRdPfZFdLxhaWy6W45rCtEpWfiAfeZYuVbcx0kpSI2UpURkw2xBrTJ0dXqEUB8anIlNyYoKJUxevrUkCHxQNbajXYbWCnxczw5s_FKrC3wMDU/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
3. <b>Sales order</b>: It is a normal order created when customer actually place the order for goods. It can be processed from <b>creation</b> to <b>invoiced</b>. After posting the invoice for the order (Full delivery), status of the order changes to "<b>Invoiced</b>". Order once invoiced cannot be use again and we cannot make any changes in it.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgmeWsArNzdJKWVriDqojOxhrulQgvPK3jATlEHhvgbuPbxGrBRIbQk6_ysqz67yIHh12gvAd-QBdU0tyy-YmHL6hSPO4dTS8tX8K92dWMwOyUd0Ju5SaTneeIdfk86GpkBrVtdGjlaLdU/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="287" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgmeWsArNzdJKWVriDqojOxhrulQgvPK3jATlEHhvgbuPbxGrBRIbQk6_ysqz67yIHh12gvAd-QBdU0tyy-YmHL6hSPO4dTS8tX8K92dWMwOyUd0Ju5SaTneeIdfk86GpkBrVtdGjlaLdU/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiEWCccJxN73wdZRkVisJhtPPSRs0iJvjZwKxIBXZpre9aE092yaXEfEMndjBAtyYR8HYajI5rw04p2XBLPXS2AJvPHB4ZGt9C-aX6SYrcl2q2kP8Lu-bIe28XDpXt1cEtrowrdIlhOi08/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="266" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiEWCccJxN73wdZRkVisJhtPPSRs0iJvjZwKxIBXZpre9aE092yaXEfEMndjBAtyYR8HYajI5rw04p2XBLPXS2AJvPHB4ZGt9C-aX6SYrcl2q2kP8Lu-bIe28XDpXt1cEtrowrdIlhOi08/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
4.<b> Returned order</b>: It is created when customer returns the goods which are sold due to some specific reason ( Like damage goods, Late delivery etc.).</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
For more details, Refer: <a href="http://theaxeffect.blogspot.in/2014/11/return-order-in-ax-2012.html" target="_blank">Return order in AX 2012</a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
5. <b>Item requirement:</b> It will get created automatically when you make a sale of items through project module. <b>Picking list</b>, <b>Picking list registration</b> and <b>packing slip</b> will get posted through project module only.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Path</b>: Project management and accounting --> Common --> Item tasks --> Item requirements</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgqL-vLoyY1nQ6N5WzyNEH0z5DWzAZr_wC3UgkHfXtO010rGnUQBeU3rna_xr2W9jKTFx1AJ-bZR3jgnGPVVYDHTGB4tRJYQ-CQyxvhipoYzxzSOYYoD8rfuADi45-UjRUxH9IpLzTma3w/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="162" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgqL-vLoyY1nQ6N5WzyNEH0z5DWzAZr_wC3UgkHfXtO010rGnUQBeU3rna_xr2W9jKTFx1AJ-bZR3jgnGPVVYDHTGB4tRJYQ-CQyxvhipoYzxzSOYYoD8rfuADi45-UjRUxH9IpLzTma3w/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
a. Click on <b>New</b> to create new line in the item requirement form.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
b. Select <b>Project ID</b> of the project for which these items are required.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
c. Select <b>item number</b>, <b>site</b>, <b>warehouse</b>, <b>quantity</b> and other details.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
d. Once all the details are entered, click on <b>Inquiries</b> --><b>Sales order</b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjqzM_RqbFINiqe69dEta1NsGiq_hzbkqkBQDiDgSYcPdQ9N1ZhxOnRQuAwezZGY-ehMsv39f-GvnyKYwuB1zCRpb8rHFXmiCST7vkYja9O5pq1H3axgoRGC0SvEtETAI_JhRoNLrzFcU4/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="162" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjqzM_RqbFINiqe69dEta1NsGiq_hzbkqkBQDiDgSYcPdQ9N1ZhxOnRQuAwezZGY-ehMsv39f-GvnyKYwuB1zCRpb8rHFXmiCST7vkYja9O5pq1H3axgoRGC0SvEtETAI_JhRoNLrzFcU4/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
e. You can see sales order is created with the order type as "<b>Item Requirement</b>".</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgC5ealJ-5HVUsQOiq1yPBGKDk3V6zdbxG1_ezfZEdzxEAfCSqjZVTyjRmqS6nvjFNHdBQ08-_AxjPWvMf8n12sX_DiYZhM4EZhbbtFOi-89bRWVfBD0zPkpSw6ZtTkMi_oGZGu7mO6eIs/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="168" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgC5ealJ-5HVUsQOiq1yPBGKDk3V6zdbxG1_ezfZEdzxEAfCSqjZVTyjRmqS6nvjFNHdBQ08-_AxjPWvMf8n12sX_DiYZhM4EZhbbtFOi-89bRWVfBD0zPkpSw6ZtTkMi_oGZGu7mO6eIs/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Note</b>: All the items pertaining to same project will come in the single sales order.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
f. Click on <b>posting</b> to post the Picking list, Picking list registration and Packing slip for the sales order.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhme8xyBMVwwcIZYEzuto-Jv2q0YiUOk_HI7FmGNAP1RuEt-epD2u7_xwIPO5OAZlDrVMzpO1tCZzvq9O9ILBuLzXTw0AVo7a8XjRBw-DTZcizDgR2Acpsh5dIKkHLP1P1_XsFIMwAjNYY/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="162" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhme8xyBMVwwcIZYEzuto-Jv2q0YiUOk_HI7FmGNAP1RuEt-epD2u7_xwIPO5OAZlDrVMzpO1tCZzvq9O9ILBuLzXTw0AVo7a8XjRBw-DTZcizDgR2Acpsh5dIKkHLP1P1_XsFIMwAjNYY/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Note</b>: In this case, we cannot perform the posting through sales order and it can only happens through project management and accounting module.</div>
<div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
</div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Hope</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">!! Everyone would get clear understanding of Sales order types in AX 2012</span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span></div>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"></span><br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><span style="font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Please post if any queries and do let me know if any suggestions for improvement.</span></span></div>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">
</span>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span></div>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"></span><br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><span style="font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">See you soon with the new topic :-)</span></span></div>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">
</span>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: left;">
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: left;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank">My Profile </a>| </div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
<em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div>
</div>
</div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com4tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-18530918349146520052015-02-22T04:40:00.000-08:002017-03-30T01:50:11.417-07:00Inventory Counting Journal in AX 2012 R3<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
<b>Inventory counting journal</b> is used to adjust the item's on hand inventory as per the actual physical stock available in the warehouse.<br />
It displays current <b>On-hand</b> quantity available in the system for the particular item and lets you enter the actual physical count for the same item in the journal's Counted field.<br />
<br />
Based on the <b>actual physical stock</b> available in the warehouse and the <b>On-hand</b> inventory recorded in the system, system makes the necessary adjustment to reconcile their difference.<br />
<br />
If the On-hand inventory is more than the actual physical inventory, <b>inventory issue</b> and <b>inventory loss</b> accounts get updated with the inventory cost as the system considers it as "<b>Sold</b>" transactions.<br />
<br />
If the On-hand inventory is less than actual physical inventory, <b>inventory receipt</b> and <b>inventory profit </b>accounts get updated with the inventory cost as the system considers it as "<b>Purchased</b>" transaction.<br />
<b><br /></b>
<b>Process to created and post inventory counting journal</b><br />
<b><br /></b>
<b>1. </b>Go to<b> </b>Inventory management --> Journals --> Item counting --> Counting<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiagz4BodJvRXjoiYsEwvGJ8RCJr3JtbkYT92ELJKtq7GYsOVfz09-wkSqRhjVQfy_mGTeukqCgZjicFKEXJpy9BW4Tw7U30vKrfPO7ZJpZAdnpInaBZyo-TkH1rsrbllIZwugri6tL7Mg/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="262" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiagz4BodJvRXjoiYsEwvGJ8RCJr3JtbkYT92ELJKtq7GYsOVfz09-wkSqRhjVQfy_mGTeukqCgZjicFKEXJpy9BW4Tw7U30vKrfPO7ZJpZAdnpInaBZyo-TkH1rsrbllIZwugri6tL7Mg/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b>2. </b>Click on <b>New / </b>Press <b>Ctrl+N</b> --> New dimension form will open with only storage and tracking dimension enabled. (Product dimensions are disabled in this form).<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhQoYDJgwAODUQa2MIdC0On-CnlQUnWFEsPbijXm0LPjt6jJk1yrODnasrx2wxtuEPoS4VNHJuzXoKbEna9MyrDMaLWbu1vlw1_skMq56kugbYEOMIR551KofGL5syayYuMLQLUU_DKuKE/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="400" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhQoYDJgwAODUQa2MIdC0On-CnlQUnWFEsPbijXm0LPjt6jJk1yrODnasrx2wxtuEPoS4VNHJuzXoKbEna9MyrDMaLWbu1vlw1_skMq56kugbYEOMIR551KofGL5syayYuMLQLUU_DKuKE/s1600/Blog.png" width="133" /></a></div>
<br />
3. Based on the <b>storage</b> and <b>tracking</b> dimensions combination selected over here, AX provides <b>On-hand</b> inventory count in the journal for the particular item.<br />
<b><br /></b>
<b>For example:</b><br />
If warehouse is not selected as a default dimension then in the journal, as soon as we select dimension "<b>Site</b>", system displays <b>On-hand</b> quantity of the item before even selecting the warehouse.<br />
<br />
If warehouse and other dimensions are selected then AX displays <b>On-hand</b> quantity, once those combinations are selected for the item in the journal.<br />
<br />
4. Click <b>OK</b>.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5. Select Journal <b>name</b> for which you are running the counting.<br />
6. <b>Journal</b> number will come automatically as the number sequence is mandatory to set to "<b>continuous</b>".<br />
7. <b>Description</b> will come from journal names form but can be editable.<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgbLRlLHMY1y99BAfyzRSRQjHvadW1QSY1ltAB357GoT4VKsAIjdVFiX0AytH4AA1A4qEvf-DifdRo48CcIyfdexNGpW_-dHN_JO-mN-NfG7f7M2ljI9xYghz38lEax7uc77WRBmgaOMEo/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; display: inline !important; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;"><img border="0" height="262" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgbLRlLHMY1y99BAfyzRSRQjHvadW1QSY1ltAB357GoT4VKsAIjdVFiX0AytH4AA1A4qEvf-DifdRo48CcIyfdexNGpW_-dHN_JO-mN-NfG7f7M2ljI9xYghz38lEax7uc77WRBmgaOMEo/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a><br />
<br />
<b>Note:</b> You can also click on "<b>Create new</b>" to create new journal and go to journal lines automatically.<br />
<br />
8. Click on <b>Lines </b>to go to Journal lines.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjz20q_gleDSE0DWS3d0t0VLlvkZXthJ_DVga7S4ULwR6Q89utoPbixtrO0AUMHZLKd2gcM3wWTPCjIvVFICUCOUaNdVWpMq29f-uKz6f3yxeEYjo_wogInU3HXi-w54IR5_NAFxBj9FqQ/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="217" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjz20q_gleDSE0DWS3d0t0VLlvkZXthJ_DVga7S4ULwR6Q89utoPbixtrO0AUMHZLKd2gcM3wWTPCjIvVFICUCOUaNdVWpMq29f-uKz6f3yxeEYjo_wogInU3HXi-w54IR5_NAFxBj9FqQ/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
9. Click on <b>New / </b>Press <b>Ctrl + N</b> to create new line to add item.<br />
<br />
10. There are another ways for creating lines in the counting journal. Click on <b>Create </b>and select one out of three methods for creating lines in the journal.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg988BrQ-COHkhMQ9RLDHQ8NL0vsPm6syM4N9tzXt4uqFHaUZ0zfDWOH75jV4yL3dMcsq9coQnMsfmaNDxqRsWseghowN-d2IZxf69Ox-sh-aE007ux4a4nq3jqne93ud-BheOnhDTJmuo/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="216" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg988BrQ-COHkhMQ9RLDHQ8NL0vsPm6syM4N9tzXt4uqFHaUZ0zfDWOH75jV4yL3dMcsq9coQnMsfmaNDxqRsWseghowN-d2IZxf69Ox-sh-aE007ux4a4nq3jqne93ud-BheOnhDTJmuo/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
11. Here based on the requirement, Select appropriate method to add lines in the journal.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhr1XJVBas12_TeWuqwjNIa1JIZZb3pnrWaetBqvsLEXomhqWaG3Z72ZtxCv1si1uEJy-ZcvUJkTvmJx506lTdoHw3GnDECRhJlocIhQ5VPZLrJrq0K9YrA8ReuDb86_b1fCl7tNGMkKwM/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="161" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhr1XJVBas12_TeWuqwjNIa1JIZZb3pnrWaetBqvsLEXomhqWaG3Z72ZtxCv1si1uEJy-ZcvUJkTvmJx506lTdoHw3GnDECRhJlocIhQ5VPZLrJrq0K9YrA8ReuDb86_b1fCl7tNGMkKwM/s1600/Blog.png" width="640" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<b>A. On Hand</b><br />
a. Click on <b>Create</b> --> <b>On hand</b> --> Form will open for selecting appropriate criteria to filter the <b>On-hand</b> inventory items in the counting journal lines.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgzC1Gl2ounEr1zdbYyl3CeEj72gPlPtp_kFSwjgliQPOTBFFevTyIp_YVw37jCBzfl7bJpMFZKyYxbhBmPwTITf_GlwS_LdsJPuqSBexJzvvbAqypp2OJ_O80kQd_fp_H_CXAASOX5Qic/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="368" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgzC1Gl2ounEr1zdbYyl3CeEj72gPlPtp_kFSwjgliQPOTBFFevTyIp_YVw37jCBzfl7bJpMFZKyYxbhBmPwTITf_GlwS_LdsJPuqSBexJzvvbAqypp2OJ_O80kQd_fp_H_CXAASOX5Qic/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
b. Click <b>OK</b> --> Based on the criteria selected, system filters the items having <b>On-hand</b> inventory available in the system.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgYeumnZaQuv-FZ0ZSbyP-_RAhsSAvVZ2_rbtUl3NQNUqSfXVaftIyEII2jGVxPWf0yZBWJmB9YYInTwWEpWtuUslvBOpY0KMzT-kYJBNNHeLDHnu3PnGrCWuB0k6Sj-HRNtvxKJAI17uo/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="153" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgYeumnZaQuv-FZ0ZSbyP-_RAhsSAvVZ2_rbtUl3NQNUqSfXVaftIyEII2jGVxPWf0yZBWJmB9YYInTwWEpWtuUslvBOpY0KMzT-kYJBNNHeLDHnu3PnGrCWuB0k6Sj-HRNtvxKJAI17uo/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b><br /></b>
<b>B. Items</b><br />
a. Click on <b>Create</b> --><b> Items</b> --> Form will open for selecting the criteria to get the items in the counting journal lines. The items displayed over here are irrespective of its availability in the inventory.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEggIZtIhI3GULO8qVCPC2pv2Fy30zCzSaIS51-pe7CFCNOhFKzk9T_CZns5pPBpHoTtC8Mx9jazZocsLG1pBlmDmjHgpcFEX0xmkA1prfjG0onZMy75XtOZx_eKXS8wpFcOeZTTnOOwXTs/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="252" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEggIZtIhI3GULO8qVCPC2pv2Fy30zCzSaIS51-pe7CFCNOhFKzk9T_CZns5pPBpHoTtC8Mx9jazZocsLG1pBlmDmjHgpcFEX0xmkA1prfjG0onZMy75XtOZx_eKXS8wpFcOeZTTnOOwXTs/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
b. Click <b>OK</b> --> Based on the criteria selected, system filters the items in the counting journal. Items with On-hand and without On-hand will display in the journal.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgncGPnQNebpoGVTQcTYLn4kktypSVxgRUBbvupZGmgGzlSMibF0jljQPPYS50KJLEHKXjk_7lT0ZGXz74ojTTle7-Vc2NsAw9A_4oWEX6sJhk9ALGGDXMxh0Q7H8Gp_M1NosC9KZuE6Ck/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="153" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgncGPnQNebpoGVTQcTYLn4kktypSVxgRUBbvupZGmgGzlSMibF0jljQPPYS50KJLEHKXjk_7lT0ZGXz74ojTTle7-Vc2NsAw9A_4oWEX6sJhk9ALGGDXMxh0Q7H8Gp_M1NosC9KZuE6Ck/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<b>C. Expired batches</b><br />
a. Go to <b>Create</b> --> <b>Expired batches</b> --> Form will open for selection of specific criteria for filtering the item. <b>Expiration date</b> needs to be given so that batches fall within expiration date range will appear in the journal.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjuHEVYplqtk0obnGiDghi_ivkfiybsVX66UIWpkjC8w-Zl7vCuqlfOl2lIMIkqEBgj-nA_pOVeTmjgAgDztXbRQ11YQc3G3c5VJRsdH56IuKrHbYb3DzEd2J3bPR8FckdxMPODfu9UrXQ/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="375" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjuHEVYplqtk0obnGiDghi_ivkfiybsVX66UIWpkjC8w-Zl7vCuqlfOl2lIMIkqEBgj-nA_pOVeTmjgAgDztXbRQ11YQc3G3c5VJRsdH56IuKrHbYb3DzEd2J3bPR8FckdxMPODfu9UrXQ/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
b. Click <b>Ok</b> --> It lists all the expired items in the journal as per the criteria selected.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhHDWzH6kZaQ5dtx-xcjpByqIFZGOllWW9_4aSPnDu5peCvcpN3LIJLyskwV56cWCjdtEqGi59K9rKY3Xz3hSlt2w5dlR1xBoR9idSuXSemefD_buVJ3Uq0LkVqnE319AP6-fJR_LYJlHI/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="153" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhHDWzH6kZaQ5dtx-xcjpByqIFZGOllWW9_4aSPnDu5peCvcpN3LIJLyskwV56cWCjdtEqGi59K9rKY3Xz3hSlt2w5dlR1xBoR9idSuXSemefD_buVJ3Uq0LkVqnE319AP6-fJR_LYJlHI/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
12. Once items come in the counting journal lines with their On-hand inventory, Add <b>actual physical count</b> of those particular items in the "<b>Counted</b>" field.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhsQ-HEC_ryfKVcT6GTl0VpEwOuee27Ks_OXt-ww-T5fgYsR8aPs3qwBmYLHBTZduqfOM85C6bL6y7ABylVeOzFtVzB-bkWKQkdJ2S-2ULgl5nBh3bumE6ouTyDjuMxTKCaG1-ipk3DRS8/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="153" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhsQ-HEC_ryfKVcT6GTl0VpEwOuee27Ks_OXt-ww-T5fgYsR8aPs3qwBmYLHBTZduqfOM85C6bL6y7ABylVeOzFtVzB-bkWKQkdJ2S-2ULgl5nBh3bumE6ouTyDjuMxTKCaG1-ipk3DRS8/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
13. Difference between <b>On-hand</b> quantity in the system and the actual physical counted quantity is calculated automatically and appears in the <b>quantity</b> field.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjC6zj65nBh6ZrDXPNO2OM0LxGtom936pP47DG8A7fdBX-Rt_UTUkv89zDMzxdKdVigwTxwqFbCn8brf3qqyN-XANEg8yWRXs-ShF5VgJJnequCezWvM2AjzahWkknFki3qRVLZcN5n_GM/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="153" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjC6zj65nBh6ZrDXPNO2OM0LxGtom936pP47DG8A7fdBX-Rt_UTUkv89zDMzxdKdVigwTxwqFbCn8brf3qqyN-XANEg8yWRXs-ShF5VgJJnequCezWvM2AjzahWkknFki3qRVLZcN5n_GM/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
14. Worker who has counted the particular item stored at specific location, can be assigned at the journal line level against that item. It helps to know who is responsible for counting particular set of item and can be used for future reference purpose. This field is optional can be skip.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhGq2CjTo7X1mhe7wMIhVED5eLV29ceQISwfvMgc7wtrxnbd0XkwQwwhgCxOGvFbliWspt31ybDTRrtDXjDegrkDhNdZKc1z-jXxS2BD2LzzIFv4Vo_U2f-qNGfLtfKAdqrFTkDZ3n34b0/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="153" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhGq2CjTo7X1mhe7wMIhVED5eLV29ceQISwfvMgc7wtrxnbd0XkwQwwhgCxOGvFbliWspt31ybDTRrtDXjDegrkDhNdZKc1z-jXxS2BD2LzzIFv4Vo_U2f-qNGfLtfKAdqrFTkDZ3n34b0/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
15. We can add additional lines in the journal as per the requirement.<br />
<br />
<b>Validate</b><br />
16. Click on <b>Validate</b> to check if all mandatory fields are entered.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj0sZNYqGP8IBg2j2_pku7IkuLyfr0Mxk9cEQtgSt-6sB07-QrRffFc9SZwYrBZdWpjEMiB6W-jSj0TQMHGZnutssI5l_1j4yLid45_4f_ins-e-B-c10avpKocD5ubtIm_of9NNbT13qg/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="400" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj0sZNYqGP8IBg2j2_pku7IkuLyfr0Mxk9cEQtgSt-6sB07-QrRffFc9SZwYrBZdWpjEMiB6W-jSj0TQMHGZnutssI5l_1j4yLid45_4f_ins-e-B-c10avpKocD5ubtIm_of9NNbT13qg/s1600/Blog.png" width="331" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
17. Click on <b>Post</b> button to post the counting journal to adjust the <b>On-hand</b> quantity as per the <b>actual physical quantity</b>.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjKF9u4L6mpIE8W3TS0zxpFoM-bMcXH5HI-JOc5WdDBCz_7CDMfzX_0GFNBU7gwmk4IzHqfSZggi24iut8kSR25d8fETjaJejlA4KZcaJKRVg3zITWBX2GmqZDFFBuIiCiddzxJ_XqOqAc/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="400" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjKF9u4L6mpIE8W3TS0zxpFoM-bMcXH5HI-JOc5WdDBCz_7CDMfzX_0GFNBU7gwmk4IzHqfSZggi24iut8kSR25d8fETjaJejlA4KZcaJKRVg3zITWBX2GmqZDFFBuIiCiddzxJ_XqOqAc/s1600/Blog.png" width="337" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Please post if any queries or suggestions to made regarding this topic !!!<br />
<br />
Happy Daxing.<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank">My Profile </a>| </div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;">
<em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div>
</div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com5tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-90526033805649126572015-02-08T00:10:00.000-08:002017-03-28T00:02:30.188-07:00Inventory Transaction statuses for Purchase order in AX 2012<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
<div style="text-align: justify;">
In the last post, we had seen "<a href="http://theaxeffect.blogspot.com/2015/01/inventory-transactions-status-for-sales.html" target="_blank">Sales order inventory transaction statuses</a>" in AX. In continuation to that, in this post, we will see how the inventory transaction status updates during purchase order cycle in AX 2012.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
As it is a purchase order, the <b>Receipt</b> field in the inventory transaction form will get updated with various statuses of inventory.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Receipt statuses are as follows:</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
a. Quotation receipt</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
b. Ordered</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
c. Registered</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
d. Arrived</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
e. Received</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
f. Purchased</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b><br /></b>
</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b><u>Path to view the inventory transaction status</u></b></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold; text-decoration: underline;"><br /></span></div>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;">a. Go to </span><b style="background-color: white; text-align: justify;"><span style="color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif;"><span style="line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Procurement</span><span style="font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> and sourcing</span></span></b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;"> <b>/ Account Payable </b>--> </span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;">Common</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;">--> <b>Purchase</b></span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;"> orders</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;"> --> </span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;">All Purchase orders</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;"> --> Select </span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;">desired purchase order</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;"> --></span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;">Edit</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;"> </span><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;"> --> Select </span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;">desired line</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;"> --> Click on </span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;">Inventory</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;"> --></span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;">Transactions</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;">.</span><br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhNTXDnrkdvUrXCvwBjhwNd42NMDpLQByb9ayU0rUD6-54VZ-8V-7zzOM5yDZcfLg0aam7kK_5bI-uespWiEULal6kNowpodLH30pwG_qKdDbxcdH2mj0H7u5KnAwn75lAbK7eBwWfC5dA/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="213" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhNTXDnrkdvUrXCvwBjhwNd42NMDpLQByb9ayU0rUD6-54VZ-8V-7zzOM5yDZcfLg0aam7kK_5bI-uespWiEULal6kNowpodLH30pwG_qKdDbxcdH2mj0H7u5KnAwn75lAbK7eBwWfC5dA/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<span style="background-color: white; text-align: justify;"><br /></span>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="background-color: white; text-align: justify;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">b. Go to </span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Product information management </b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">--></span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Common</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> --> </span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Released products</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> --> Select</span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> desired product</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> --> On the action pane, go to </span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Manage inventory</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> tab --> In the </span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">view</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> group, click on </span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Transactions</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">.</span></div>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgr3A59keXHySI95p_yhG4OzAl0kNV9mXFquvA4NtqUTDPWzPo2I5GEMRioZE_rijUmLFTjJ9YB-8j0sHJWaCi-KGFE2EsoCAGhN70wQR5FpZv-F3mdnmFkrEUeR1T_TIPiJsahJlPIxGQ/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="81" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgr3A59keXHySI95p_yhG4OzAl0kNV9mXFquvA4NtqUTDPWzPo2I5GEMRioZE_rijUmLFTjJ9YB-8j0sHJWaCi-KGFE2EsoCAGhN70wQR5FpZv-F3mdnmFkrEUeR1T_TIPiJsahJlPIxGQ/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b><u>Inventory (Receipt) transaction status </u></b></div>
<br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>1. Quotation receipt: </b>When the request for quotation is sent to vendor and in return quotation is received from vendor, the receipt status goes to "<b>Quotation receipt</b>" state.</div>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh3ErKpqzCCusAkIEgDDEST1aK3Fg1ZJ0f4KR1jNMUs7UK_rc4d_Y9kWtgBcsjUyPmUPvmbJzsdF4tRv-SH19qUFAjxC9x4HgJIPpVPvY6FcVVTzp8IH53HvKGjAw5EcF3lPH8iNazPiQI/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="306" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh3ErKpqzCCusAkIEgDDEST1aK3Fg1ZJ0f4KR1jNMUs7UK_rc4d_Y9kWtgBcsjUyPmUPvmbJzsdF4tRv-SH19qUFAjxC9x4HgJIPpVPvY6FcVVTzp8IH53HvKGjAw5EcF3lPH8iNazPiQI/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Go to<b> Inventory --> Transactions</b></div>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgYvmz6K5Hp09om_svPk4DIKjqEilJvBndUH7P2bFuODNIxtzxtRd53i1AeGa7SH1BDuzfxi7p_qAQ1BiQm7qSjfPlfEzRsjsi9kttGSrzbC3RZW86xLbz24bFicqvgARBnZhUttDkKN44/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="81" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgYvmz6K5Hp09om_svPk4DIKjqEilJvBndUH7P2bFuODNIxtzxtRd53i1AeGa7SH1BDuzfxi7p_qAQ1BiQm7qSjfPlfEzRsjsi9kttGSrzbC3RZW86xLbz24bFicqvgARBnZhUttDkKN44/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>2. Ordered: </b>When purchase order is created for items which are not available/ less available in the inventory. the inventory transaction status changes to "<b>Ordered</b>".</div>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiIbP6GtPVRPRb8HzxvLFSFXXb8dGl3AOM8bDYK5QwdEn4pewMIai8Ud6R1dhD4M10jvfz_hehbF88Cfo-7FHh9HyQnOgpZ05h9547voS_y1IpN0C9YG15939wtlMtFHS0QJ4UuqNGzB88/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="162" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiIbP6GtPVRPRb8HzxvLFSFXXb8dGl3AOM8bDYK5QwdEn4pewMIai8Ud6R1dhD4M10jvfz_hehbF88Cfo-7FHh9HyQnOgpZ05h9547voS_y1IpN0C9YG15939wtlMtFHS0QJ4UuqNGzB88/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Go to <b>Inventory --> Transactions</b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgM0-mssgVaNRYc2pMvVX0AWHaVPoEZnMLBo0WRngEdttmUPjeAHP-I8i1qMSwSLRNJNLR0Dq4oktqvoK8jIQ5wnudpBn-ZLYFQ5LNR68ZItiKm_O6TzAN1yhAUhZ4T35bFJjkAhpK-ZkA/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="81" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgM0-mssgVaNRYc2pMvVX0AWHaVPoEZnMLBo0WRngEdttmUPjeAHP-I8i1qMSwSLRNJNLR0Dq4oktqvoK8jIQ5wnudpBn-ZLYFQ5LNR68ZItiKm_O6TzAN1yhAUhZ4T35bFJjkAhpK-ZkA/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Note: </b></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Purchase order confirmation</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
After the <b>Purchase order confirmation</b>, the inventory transaction status remains same as purchase order confirmation doesn't affect the inventory by any means.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
After the <b>purchase order confirmation</b>, the status will remain "<b>Ordered</b>".</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Receipt list</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
After the purchase order <b>receipt list</b>, the inventory transaction status will remain "<b>Ordered</b>". The purchase order receipt list will not affect the inventory and only provides the list to verify the quantity that is expected to receive against the quantity that is received.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>3. Registered: </b>When items are registred in the inventory, the inventory transaction status changes to "<b>Registered</b>".</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>a. </b>Go to <b>purchase order</b> --> Select <b>desired line </b>--> Click on <b>Update line </b>--> <b>Registration</b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjuJWheBgdm4rOs8oO7U_EG-ta0Wj_8ldj7YRxSj8-3isVfBZpRPAAz0awoLBGYEaQ3qV3MhiKUfn4W7u7N97qomSdVBgtnsGXz2Ph7xZqX3rSRzGco71iJSLy7H7PVEmZVfBcrR06V-IM/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="212" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjuJWheBgdm4rOs8oO7U_EG-ta0Wj_8ldj7YRxSj8-3isVfBZpRPAAz0awoLBGYEaQ3qV3MhiKUfn4W7u7N97qomSdVBgtnsGXz2Ph7xZqX3rSRzGco71iJSLy7H7PVEmZVfBcrR06V-IM/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b><br /></b>
</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>b. </b>Click on <b>Auto-create --> Post all.</b></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjrYRcxP__iQlp8MRnE6KMbiHd39_GvboUHeMZ8wJuLW2wDxKsZrKPzEKUx0UbWs-s4_XaLN2yB2exH0LrTy42FYOeRHw_P4We9Dc1SkrCqDkoyk-juQLYjmumO7ESlo-WlyVF1GzezDfA/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="155" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjrYRcxP__iQlp8MRnE6KMbiHd39_GvboUHeMZ8wJuLW2wDxKsZrKPzEKUx0UbWs-s4_XaLN2yB2exH0LrTy42FYOeRHw_P4We9Dc1SkrCqDkoyk-juQLYjmumO7ESlo-WlyVF1GzezDfA/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>c. </b>Go to <b>Purchase order </b><b>line</b>--> Click on <b>Inventory</b> --> <b>Transactions</b></div>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhbn8Gb0uOH1zQcB-Ws7v_qQdPPp7smQO4Nru7JVsnqOOfFNIIV-8Pr8ljOS2DZ8thLXbrXSeKtS9NnOMKMrQwfQRUNS4tgwExCK1aNLsxwQLoenlWebqxsKZYCAfw3ld1hhKysDVthwD0/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="66" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhbn8Gb0uOH1zQcB-Ws7v_qQdPPp7smQO4Nru7JVsnqOOfFNIIV-8Pr8ljOS2DZ8thLXbrXSeKtS9NnOMKMrQwfQRUNS4tgwExCK1aNLsxwQLoenlWebqxsKZYCAfw3ld1hhKysDVthwD0/s1600/Blog.png" width="320" /></a></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>d. </b>You can see above, the inventory transactions status changes to "<b>Registered</b>".</div>
<br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>4. Received:</b> When the purchase order is updated on a <b>product receipt</b> i.e. when items are received, the inventory transactions status for the item goes to "<b>Received</b>" state.</div>
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj19-I1DFyPDhKDXZYGPHIRigo4X6OvqGUyC-z59WAJIi8KVGGgPldADCbJ_yjwUbNUwvtCTUrs7fjb2Ib_moGwdGDiE3YdxGhOUgJ9L2rS3PjaxsTnbXYDfSCbyzF_su69oRppyB5v2Vs/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="188" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj19-I1DFyPDhKDXZYGPHIRigo4X6OvqGUyC-z59WAJIi8KVGGgPldADCbJ_yjwUbNUwvtCTUrs7fjb2Ib_moGwdGDiE3YdxGhOUgJ9L2rS3PjaxsTnbXYDfSCbyzF_su69oRppyB5v2Vs/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Go to <b>Purchase order line</b> --> Click on <b>Inventory --> Transactions </b>to view the status.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjMOXtatqsALlB48wKZOkkg-8yHiwKxMKtTkhL4pbeGrNFD4JDEk0-0Jk2AWksCr_Wpb5giCCkiT4q7UXTAqkB0ltJRZJDsTL0AGSzTe2LeIWQpyJDF_K87iMGauZKAl9Z30O9jgQhjEN4/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="82" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjMOXtatqsALlB48wKZOkkg-8yHiwKxMKtTkhL4pbeGrNFD4JDEk0-0Jk2AWksCr_Wpb5giCCkiT4q7UXTAqkB0ltJRZJDsTL0AGSzTe2LeIWQpyJDF_K87iMGauZKAl9Z30O9jgQhjEN4/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b style="font-weight: bold;">5. Purchased: </b>Once the vendor sends the invoice and we sign it as a mark of acceptance and guarantee of payment for delivered items, we post the Purchase order invoice in AX. </div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
When invoice is posted for the purchase order, the inventory transactions status changes to <b>"Purchased"</b>.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgt7EcjuN5uRFUFrnJaIjkqnaUo9YnmNpVWf2OAb3kwMjsGB3kwCsQqFeyKqZMGwhOGQ_l-B66DA_ryzIq1YlueleOLx5jh-Muz_sgOYziXMpzQZwDlFyWc87_jfZkYAvI234KpyrK-p2o/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" height="176" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgt7EcjuN5uRFUFrnJaIjkqnaUo9YnmNpVWf2OAb3kwMjsGB3kwCsQqFeyKqZMGwhOGQ_l-B66DA_ryzIq1YlueleOLx5jh-Muz_sgOYziXMpzQZwDlFyWc87_jfZkYAvI234KpyrK-p2o/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><span style="font-weight: normal;">Go to </span><b>Purchase order line</b><span style="font-weight: normal;"> --> Click on </span><b>Inventory --> Transactions </b><span style="font-weight: normal;">to view the status.</span></span><br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgzAgonMyBCUKSOeH9FDHm2zo13RTy9A9n30ojd6IPggdyZwy-9r_RVsLOEikz1N8r6TIplZfXEE-0hRbYUTC0SkIMphgryANvwDIsWdFRgWspRqkP4nGOV9n71qJiZfyow0-VCN3akuZ0/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="81" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgzAgonMyBCUKSOeH9FDHm2zo13RTy9A9n30ojd6IPggdyZwy-9r_RVsLOEikz1N8r6TIplZfXEE-0hRbYUTC0SkIMphgryANvwDIsWdFRgWspRqkP4nGOV9n71qJiZfyow0-VCN3akuZ0/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><span style="font-weight: normal;"><br /></span></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this way, Inventory (Receipt) transactions status updates while processing the purchase order in AX 2012.</div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<b style="color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;">Please do let me know if any queries or suggestions to be made pertaining to this topic.</b><br />
<br />
<b style="color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;">Happy Daxing :-)</b><br />
<b style="color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;"><br /></b>
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank">My Profile </a>| </div>
<b style="color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px; text-align: justify;"></b><br />
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;">
<em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div>
</div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com4tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-68502525616253335422015-01-26T00:50:00.000-08:002015-02-08T00:39:27.175-08:00Inventory transaction statuses for Sales order in AX 2012<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Inventory transactions</b> consist of all the <b>issue</b> and <b>receipt</b> transactions associated with the selected product and product master.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
When we process the order (sales, purchase etc.), inventory transaction status (Issue status and Receipt status) changes in each stage of the cycle.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Inventory transactions status reflects the actual state of particular quantity of inventory of a particular product i.e. whether it is <b>On order</b>, <b>Ordered</b>, <b>Picked</b>, <b>Registered</b>, <b>Deducted</b>, <b>Received</b>, <b>Sold</b>, <b>Purchased</b> etc.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Here in this topic, we will see the <b>inventory transactions status</b> at various stages of a sales order cycle.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
As it is a sales order, <b>issue</b> field in the inventory transaction form will get updated with the various statuses of the inventory.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Issue statuses </b>are as follow:</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
1. Quotation issue</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
2. On order</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
3. Reserved ordered (The item is not available and is reserved from a purchase order<span style="color: #2a2a2a; font-family: 'Segoe UI', 'Lucida Grande', Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 12.7272720336914px; line-height: 18px;">)</span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
4. Reserved physical (The item is available and is reserved for a sales order)</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
5. Picked</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
6. Deducted</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
7. Sold</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b><u>Navigation path (to view the inventory transactions)</u></b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
a. Go to <b>Sales and marketing / Account receivable</b> --> <b>Common</b>--> <b>Sales orders</b> --> <b>All Sales orders</b> --> Select <b>desired sales order</b> --><b>Edit</b> --> go to <b>Sales order lines</b> --> Select <b>desired line</b> --> Click on <b>Inventory</b> --> <b>Transactions</b>.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjJxxy_giELxIG6BBkQumcLGr5_LftqiVSHcR6c5cCZcM79KpT9vzwhbqjyyvdpdrxm1LO66DrXW_gte9n8VXbHJGj3FBuq0F_qITzJy7Avf1a6bMXliBnyRtQFUfNlNgYlcY6HbJzw-aI/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjJxxy_giELxIG6BBkQumcLGr5_LftqiVSHcR6c5cCZcM79KpT9vzwhbqjyyvdpdrxm1LO66DrXW_gte9n8VXbHJGj3FBuq0F_qITzJy7Avf1a6bMXliBnyRtQFUfNlNgYlcY6HbJzw-aI/s1600/Blog.png" height="177" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
b. Go to <b>Product information management </b>--><b>Common</b> --> <b>Released products</b> --> Select<b> desired product</b> --> On the action pane, go to <b>Manage inventory</b> tab --> In the <b>view</b> group, click on <b>Transactions</b>.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjY-LIi7crOUYNz3sQIrMwJEKj1wItRLMYwPOa5idxySoJSvNVad7RDOjcCYWoyh25wumnaKatvupKQ1px4PL2qBdWHzWADbhecVShAebOGQSzR2QF2SfCjH-mIz0Ut4jAnsdq4nPqShoc/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjY-LIi7crOUYNz3sQIrMwJEKj1wItRLMYwPOa5idxySoJSvNVad7RDOjcCYWoyh25wumnaKatvupKQ1px4PL2qBdWHzWADbhecVShAebOGQSzR2QF2SfCjH-mIz0Ut4jAnsdq4nPqShoc/s1600/Blog.png" height="82" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<h4 style="text-align: justify;">
<b><u>Inventory (Issue) transactions status</u></b></h4>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
A. <b>At sales quotation</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Once the Quotation is created and sent to the customer for approval, the transaction status goes to "<b>Quotation issue</b>" state.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhuLDWv_H3RrBhEIUjO3ek09vM3tpsyq6tATDg2yR-pYOpEmUdPZq4n0ciaoBhRdL55t1e0QlunvMqkDlha3wRnKHeKcrDpIrpQdPiaXw2WzthDRH9dq6PXPkO9mbTqolUufT4uuWfjlaY/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhuLDWv_H3RrBhEIUjO3ek09vM3tpsyq6tATDg2yR-pYOpEmUdPZq4n0ciaoBhRdL55t1e0QlunvMqkDlha3wRnKHeKcrDpIrpQdPiaXw2WzthDRH9dq6PXPkO9mbTqolUufT4uuWfjlaY/s1600/Blog.png" height="132" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Go to inventory--> Transactions</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh9mjtIVePwQNZabkoVQfBLr3RzoGWr4o2jzJ0K_Od32T2bSV20gjgRT8fO6ywyZO85LNJLh0zPcogtY2CYmcf4RaE1gNqLbimjDYplAz1xl56KmzcivTyzsW5aKa-GwBVzxOAPxCkCj1k/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh9mjtIVePwQNZabkoVQfBLr3RzoGWr4o2jzJ0K_Od32T2bSV20gjgRT8fO6ywyZO85LNJLh0zPcogtY2CYmcf4RaE1gNqLbimjDYplAz1xl56KmzcivTyzsW5aKa-GwBVzxOAPxCkCj1k/s1600/Blog.png" height="81" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Note</b>: Status will remain the same till the time sales quotation will not convert to sales order.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
B. <b>After creating a sales order</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Once the quotation converts to a sales order, the inventory transaction status for a particular quantity of item goes to "<b>On order</b>" state.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhCT8QIohyphenhyphenuCJOCJvW-Y0KOhpTFQ1qyAJTw2jjQTKOLmn2r1Ytsw8aihBokpK0mke9CLnOg5FXf3-aUMO2wlVM9ZD29lqRsfmufjpfO5bxqKV7kJomwLVuq5TiixJKrIuD5Wk8vdzASJHo/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhCT8QIohyphenhyphenuCJOCJvW-Y0KOhpTFQ1qyAJTw2jjQTKOLmn2r1Ytsw8aihBokpK0mke9CLnOg5FXf3-aUMO2wlVM9ZD29lqRsfmufjpfO5bxqKV7kJomwLVuq5TiixJKrIuD5Wk8vdzASJHo/s1600/Blog.png" height="152" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Go to inventory --> Transactions</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj3Vt3xjjyoByKpQXEtj2DM91azojzeRApNIoGqWHuQoKgDidE4qvT60xA94A-5ZCjBOXv-qKRJ7iWIlJXTQYpbGM9QmI8m1CRAMpT5xzMHEtJB4u7wnVSBAlG-NuaQrf3BxlDdDqY9fxQ/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj3Vt3xjjyoByKpQXEtj2DM91azojzeRApNIoGqWHuQoKgDidE4qvT60xA94A-5ZCjBOXv-qKRJ7iWIlJXTQYpbGM9QmI8m1CRAMpT5xzMHEtJB4u7wnVSBAlG-NuaQrf3BxlDdDqY9fxQ/s1600/Blog.png" height="81" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<b></b><br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b><b>Note</b>: </b>Even if we directly create a sales order without using the sales quotation, the inventory transaction status goes to "On order" state only.</div>
<b>
</b>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
C. <b>After the Sales order confirmation</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
After the confirmation of a sales order, the transaction status remains in "<b>On order</b>" state as confirmation doesn't affect the inventory by any means.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhKNz0emTkxhmO_hTXZgEthoHsVYmYHilqnp33-p0wnzPFPn6xHeZi_sceILJyzT1p3FE-HG77pexRPavD00EgRuJ1DPG41RxpimVbuclVpguMqAtFQRP_-9AUo4qz09hzOx_mzI-m3C0c/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhKNz0emTkxhmO_hTXZgEthoHsVYmYHilqnp33-p0wnzPFPn6xHeZi_sceILJyzT1p3FE-HG77pexRPavD00EgRuJ1DPG41RxpimVbuclVpguMqAtFQRP_-9AUo4qz09hzOx_mzI-m3C0c/s1600/Blog.png" height="81" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
D. <b>After posting the picking list</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
After posting the picking list, the inventory transaction status goes to "<b>Reserved physical</b>". The quantity of item gets reserved in the warehouse to get it picked for a sales order.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEje75wrImGLBTay4pZ63ndn1H4DBX8Ha9Y6G5KmvCgT8-JOTLsyu6G-vONj825wk_EC8uRyKyj69h3rW_e53bUkTSnJSS2MAUe7oUBvuEQCem_xPWCh-KTjAtfTHW0kiyh9CwCpOyqH7s8/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEje75wrImGLBTay4pZ63ndn1H4DBX8Ha9Y6G5KmvCgT8-JOTLsyu6G-vONj825wk_EC8uRyKyj69h3rW_e53bUkTSnJSS2MAUe7oUBvuEQCem_xPWCh-KTjAtfTHW0kiyh9CwCpOyqH7s8/s1600/Blog.png" height="88" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<b></b><br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b><b>Note:</b> </b>Quantity needs to be available for the item in the warehouse in order to reserve them for the order. If the "Partial quantity" is available then the same quantity is only reserved for the order and remaining quantity will remain "On order".</div>
<b>
</b>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
E. <b>After picking list registration</b></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Once the item gets picked from the warehouse, the picking list will get updated with the picked quantity hence the inventory transactions status goes to "<b>Picked </b>" state.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgeiGUvk83u_eXCqEXx98L8zZb8CZhXlLXZbL-TwoxZ90vOpQe0yqiC4YVW_K-BRPUxnE_Q0C2Ddb9HArliaDg5LmNWNoCfUkREzAsTyyKUznxi2nv54FamcsQBbnAuI7pC1HpX6V01k0w/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgeiGUvk83u_eXCqEXx98L8zZb8CZhXlLXZbL-TwoxZ90vOpQe0yqiC4YVW_K-BRPUxnE_Q0C2Ddb9HArliaDg5LmNWNoCfUkREzAsTyyKUznxi2nv54FamcsQBbnAuI7pC1HpX6V01k0w/s1600/Blog.png" height="82" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
F. <b>After posting the packing slip</b></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Once the packing slip gets posted, the inventory transactions status goes to "<b>Deducted</b>" state as the item gets delivered to the customer so inventory gets reduced for the item in the warehouse.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhMy8EtukIYSi7SPPLiKO_fQkYE9LrmcQpjWqpAfwRNAE0dmnoOBINvHnNimYvT9QALDQDclVisn2hsCvxKlqqyUqtQuchGfWlV6A9AOsou8BvkiVcYIoKM5-h4IUs6Ub4hZh9TjwUV6fU/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhMy8EtukIYSi7SPPLiKO_fQkYE9LrmcQpjWqpAfwRNAE0dmnoOBINvHnNimYvT9QALDQDclVisn2hsCvxKlqqyUqtQuchGfWlV6A9AOsou8BvkiVcYIoKM5-h4IUs6Ub4hZh9TjwUV6fU/s1600/Blog.png" height="82" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
G. <b>After posting the sales order invoice</b></div>
<br />
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Once the invoice is generated for a sales order, the inventory transaction status goes to "<b>Sold</b>" state. The same invoice is then send to the customer for payment.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhEpE204jhFXRA2KAR4y5rBJ8NmihlBup6_vVA9fkI37pB8sC5_JoNSs9fQ6Olq4Wjk_aQZ7bKft5eGJKK6-LqZhQ5cVstql4Ok0wughDBQAO94ELOyDNBT8rsl_CZxWI1yI1-bGwZl0Eo/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: justify;"><img border="0" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhEpE204jhFXRA2KAR4y5rBJ8NmihlBup6_vVA9fkI37pB8sC5_JoNSs9fQ6Olq4Wjk_aQZ7bKft5eGJKK6-LqZhQ5cVstql4Ok0wughDBQAO94ELOyDNBT8rsl_CZxWI1yI1-bGwZl0Eo/s1600/Blog.png" height="82" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Note</b>:</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Reserved ordered</b>: If the item is not on hand then we can reserve the item from a purchase order so once the item is received from a vendor, it can only be used to deliver it to the customer.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
We can also create a purchase order from a sales order in case of non-availability of the item.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
In both the cases, the inventory transactions status goes to "<b>Reserved ordered</b>". </div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
In this way, Inventory (Issue) transactions status changes in each stage of sales order cycle.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Happy Daxing :-)</div>
</div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6611194651851500387.post-80833095520838949512015-01-11T07:02:00.000-08:002017-03-28T00:03:00.672-07:00Movement journal in AX 2012<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on">
<div style="text-align: justify;">
Movement journal is used to move the inventory "<b>in</b>" and "<b>out</b>" of warehouse for specific reasons/purposes.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi8HqKQPybNCeG2mVmHGNvNQFDWl-E2azqzb-6aytcHzOxGacu9XqXwSynpFKd-_hD_l8AFMcYfRmlA_oPugmry3KHjxUONKYX4nQ93ofNRsliqooVeiIpqPfo3E_DVya5unWfb64hDtWo/s1600/TRANSFER+ORDER4.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="161" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi8HqKQPybNCeG2mVmHGNvNQFDWl-E2azqzb-6aytcHzOxGacu9XqXwSynpFKd-_hD_l8AFMcYfRmlA_oPugmry3KHjxUONKYX4nQ93ofNRsliqooVeiIpqPfo3E_DVya5unWfb64hDtWo/s400/TRANSFER+ORDER4.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
If the quantity is negative, it means item is taken out of inventory to be used by the Sales Department for some purpose, for example: to take it to a sales show. The inventory value must be reduced and should be considered as an expense from the Sales Department. Here expense account can be tagged as an offset account.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
If the quantity is positive, meaning that the item is brought into inventory from an outside source, for example, a salesperson brings samples into inventory, the Cost amount field can be used to enter the value of the item.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<b>Inventory movement journal is used</b>:</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
1. For intake (increase) and outtake (decrease) of the inventory.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
2. For Writing-off the inventory to specific main accounts such as "<b>scrap</b>".</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
3. To bring in opening inventory balances during system setup, and offset these adjustments to specific ledger accounts.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
3. To charge an item to a different department, for example, from prototyping to engineering.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify;">
<br /></div>
<div>
<b>Financial impact</b><br />
<div>
<div>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">If the inventory is increase during movement then </span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">inventory profit</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> and</span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> inventory receipt</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> accounts will get updated with the inventory cost.</span></div>
<div>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span></div>
<div>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">If the inventory is decrease during movement then </span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">inventory loss</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> and </span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">inventory issue</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> accounts will get updated with the inventory cost.</span></div>
<div>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span></div>
<div>
<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 411px;"><tbody>
<tr height="20" style="height: 15.0pt;"><td height="20" style="height: 15.0pt; width: 308pt;" width="411"><b>Steps to create inventory movement journal</b></td></tr>
</tbody></table>
1. Go to inventory management --> Journals --> Inventory transactions --> Click on <b>Movement</b>.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjtbOK1uRokQdTm4B5proct-iWVtvO0hDDgvTYAy4dJkJrDP6zEimGyOZ5bp1BVhEvmXIROWWdlVYT_6JCjGq86EvF7zZlnBx0bRuv53QycAob6gHgTpzNOLIDGNALkjHL9eFWkm_Rv1ME/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="206" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjtbOK1uRokQdTm4B5proct-iWVtvO0hDDgvTYAy4dJkJrDP6zEimGyOZ5bp1BVhEvmXIROWWdlVYT_6JCjGq86EvF7zZlnBx0bRuv53QycAob6gHgTpzNOLIDGNALkjHL9eFWkm_Rv1ME/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">
2. Click on "<b>New</b>" to create a new movement journal.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgpnnA4wN6G53l_FXq3tve6TNXyZjZ-7UJVrigJDBxLZDY7QUaisamU5X9YGVAdWLRb53MUE27kNfdjmmphKM6-66RyueaJvKtFdUuvsu8jOfyw2z-QQuauxeEYOvTlgqhIkuY6A9gkslA/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="268" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgpnnA4wN6G53l_FXq3tve6TNXyZjZ-7UJVrigJDBxLZDY7QUaisamU5X9YGVAdWLRb53MUE27kNfdjmmphKM6-66RyueaJvKtFdUuvsu8jOfyw2z-QQuauxeEYOvTlgqhIkuY6A9gkslA/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
3. Select:<br />
a. <b>Name</b>: Select <b>journal name</b> from the dropdown list.<br />
b. <b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Journal</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">:It is a journal number generates automatically as the number </span><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">sequence </span><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15.5555562973022px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">is set to "</span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Continuous"</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">.</span><br />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">c.</span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> Description</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">: It will come automatically from the journal name. We can also edit the same as per our requirement.</span><br />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span>
<span style="background-color: white;"><b style="color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Note</b><span style="color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif;"><span style="font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">:Different journal name can be created (Inventory management --> Setup--> Journals--> Journal names, inventory) based on the type of inventory movement such as movement for </span><span style="line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">display items</span><span style="font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> in </span><span style="line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">exhibition</span><span style="font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">, Outward movement of items to scrap etc.</span></span></span><br />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">4. Click on "<b>Lines</b>" to add items in the journal lines.</span><br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgkDYIGCQww3w7hkfKeu8YMldX5P8Rw6p2hdYjyAB6FhxC5E_AcHtTeoK6kBmMMmk3NE_vZe_yWddxm0Krtut2uRhAYYWDCHgDYv62vvo08RKalneLpFd-JxnT4p3o84rPad_IZfIfex7Q/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="268" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgkDYIGCQww3w7hkfKeu8YMldX5P8Rw6p2hdYjyAB6FhxC5E_AcHtTeoK6kBmMMmk3NE_vZe_yWddxm0Krtut2uRhAYYWDCHgDYv62vvo08RKalneLpFd-JxnT4p3o84rPad_IZfIfex7Q/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhYmcBHTPT3ATzO2dJ6dfTklMhdHwS5Bakm0MCH0c349tdnGD1HbDH9QbpgsP1yRxt4vXxAIhkJC4qUD_qaAGL_2RsQUL-a2wSHitN0LJYkfoLxBN1DO70Q-pPdvWUTuvLbOVmrJeMlsQ4/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="156" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhYmcBHTPT3ATzO2dJ6dfTklMhdHwS5Bakm0MCH0c349tdnGD1HbDH9QbpgsP1yRxt4vXxAIhkJC4qUD_qaAGL_2RsQUL-a2wSHitN0LJYkfoLxBN1DO70Q-pPdvWUTuvLbOVmrJeMlsQ4/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5. Enter:<br />
<b>a. Item number</b>: Enter items which you want to move in/out of warehouse.<br />
<br />
<b>Inventory dimension</b><br />
<b>b. Storage dimension</b>: Enter the Site, warehouse, location, pallet id. Here<b> Site</b> and <b>warehouse</b> are mandatory storage dimension. <b>Location</b> and <b>pallet id</b> can be entered or make it mandatory as per the requirement.<br />
<b>c. Tracking dimension</b>: Enter <b>batch number</b> and <b>serial number</b> if mandatory.<br />
<br />
<b>d. Outward movement:</b><br />
<b> i. Quantity</b>: if the item is moving out of warehouse then negative quantity is entered.<br />
<b>ii</b>.<b>Cost amount</b>: <span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">If the quantity is negative, you cannot edit the value displayed in the cost amount/cost price field.</span><br />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span>
<b>Note</b>:Cost price is already present against the item when item is available in the inventory. While taking the item out, system will take the same cost price.<br />
<br />
<span style="background-color: white;"><b><span style="color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif;"><span style="font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">e. </span><span style="line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Inward</span><span style="font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> movement:</span></span></b></span><br />
<span style="background-color: white;"><b style="color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> i. Quantity: </b><span style="color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif;"><span style="font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">If the item is moving in the warehouse, positive </span><span style="line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">quantity</span></span></span><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> is entered.</span><br />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> <b>ii. </b></span><b>Cost price</b>: If the quantity is positive then <span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15.5555562973022px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">you can edit the value displayed in the cost amount/cost price field i.e you can enter the item cost in the cost amount/cost price fields.</span><br />
<br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif;"><span style="background-color: white; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><b>f. Offset account</b>: Select <b>main account </b>in the offset account field to offset the movement of item. </span></span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif;"><span style="background-color: white; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span></span>
<span style="color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif;"><span style="background-color: white;"><b style="line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Note</b><span style="line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">: </span></span></span><span style="color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif;"><span style="background-color: white; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Main account keeps track of movement transactions. Different main accounts can be use for specific activities in the movement journal like </span></span><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> </span><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">incoming or outgoing of items, to bring in opening balances for inventory, writing-off inventory as scrap.</span><br />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> </span><br />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15.5555562973022px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><b>g</b>. <b>Financial dimensions</b>: Financial dimension will come automatically if it is setup against the item in the <b>item master form</b>. If it is not setup in the <b>item master form</b> then you need to add dimensions manually in <b>financial dimension tab</b> in movement journal.</span><br />
<br />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15.5555562973022px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><b>Validate</b></span><br />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15.5555562973022px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">6. Once all required information is entered, click on <b>Validate</b> button to validate the journal.</span><br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj4cEzU7J1-dbajdXMb4-DNrAFHNk10hp5FEii9bcZhbUgr3Go7eCVByOJMoxdIjce2L1qXavH67RI3W6R6vKH_QXQqzo1OSBu5LE6N1RQIHCZakMe0T8wcEuZO4fRBQ-i-5pboMj3TD5s/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="140" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj4cEzU7J1-dbajdXMb4-DNrAFHNk10hp5FEii9bcZhbUgr3Go7eCVByOJMoxdIjce2L1qXavH67RI3W6R6vKH_QXQqzo1OSBu5LE6N1RQIHCZakMe0T8wcEuZO4fRBQ-i-5pboMj3TD5s/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15.5555562973022px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh6IpeNkI8jm7ciK_t3f3jIyvWEa9-Tv6QW4vLXP1xm5_QUfF_cTEVnx00914HMTEWaWQI_GLFmAUDFf5M_vacgVpR-QTkChyphenhypheniD9Jxq2Sv3sbmOWPRWpLvsQ0L_SakCn_TZnvo93y0WVrE/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="238" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh6IpeNkI8jm7ciK_t3f3jIyvWEa9-Tv6QW4vLXP1xm5_QUfF_cTEVnx00914HMTEWaWQI_GLFmAUDFf5M_vacgVpR-QTkChyphenhypheniD9Jxq2Sv3sbmOWPRWpLvsQ0L_SakCn_TZnvo93y0WVrE/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
7. Click <b>Ok</b> to <b>Validate </b>the journal.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgIwfYOeTb2ur0WmREnk7IHy2B5oBSEjhBfRg0FmcESfZZtr1vEJSkuY1nSFrXXVADs6IENGkqzmvuF5G2DXlKB-JafP2Ru08J4wAS8Y3coBEdEPoMuFBPmp_OzH3FeuyYc-Mp4SiUR-g8/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="400" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgIwfYOeTb2ur0WmREnk7IHy2B5oBSEjhBfRg0FmcESfZZtr1vEJSkuY1nSFrXXVADs6IENGkqzmvuF5G2DXlKB-JafP2Ru08J4wAS8Y3coBEdEPoMuFBPmp_OzH3FeuyYc-Mp4SiUR-g8/s1600/Blog.png" width="295" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Note</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif;"><span style="font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">: If you get any errors, warnings</span><span style="font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> then address them first and then re-validate again to check the journal.</span></span><br />
<br />
<b>Post</b><br />
8. Click on <b>Post </b>button to post the journal to get an inventory and financial impact.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjLUEGt2dgwiHmvYU6vultJGDy5bxIr4eCjiMIo0CS-GsMkYH0frB6eUDJBOGHX6_93auR8XVQXNt5Sy0q7BuW0HZiAwkWgBmaGB159JB6bNBIgGQMsmy4KMNUt7kY7sSCch-utab6n4xg/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="140" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjLUEGt2dgwiHmvYU6vultJGDy5bxIr4eCjiMIo0CS-GsMkYH0frB6eUDJBOGHX6_93auR8XVQXNt5Sy0q7BuW0HZiAwkWgBmaGB159JB6bNBIgGQMsmy4KMNUt7kY7sSCch-utab6n4xg/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiOa1NYHKfaWzYQnxBx8PU2EnKh3-OxtufQue8K-6-s1UtRUaYNQ2pnIqG-I8oqE1HVUH60Zojkqa5ZMvr57wcIE8rSUuht3AgXigijAtbL2Dk4b3hrdTc9yvXUkmdr90m_eJaVOdMQ2r8/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="237" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiOa1NYHKfaWzYQnxBx8PU2EnKh3-OxtufQue8K-6-s1UtRUaYNQ2pnIqG-I8oqE1HVUH60Zojkqa5ZMvr57wcIE8rSUuht3AgXigijAtbL2Dk4b3hrdTc9yvXUkmdr90m_eJaVOdMQ2r8/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></b>
<b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Note</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">:Place a checkmark if you want to transfer all the defective lines to a new journal.</span><br />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">9. Click <b>Ok</b> to post the journal.</span><br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhb3Jdetyl-_45e_4WcLtqhsONgWd6m1XlDPWObd8UpKYwE-Aa5Da1GyxjoDhscD66kWDs9eA6uJhla-RlUY8h4FZW50KEcRZ00EmR7q9Dnu5ZTyCa_KwMCUHDRvRjwLtzuOsXpVbBgGVI/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="400" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhb3Jdetyl-_45e_4WcLtqhsONgWd6m1XlDPWObd8UpKYwE-Aa5Da1GyxjoDhscD66kWDs9eA6uJhla-RlUY8h4FZW50KEcRZ00EmR7q9Dnu5ZTyCa_KwMCUHDRvRjwLtzuOsXpVbBgGVI/s1600/Blog.png" width="293" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
10. Go to <b>Inventory --> transactions </b>for journal line.<br />
<b></b><br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<b><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEitsLPLkRWvh830e1uK8mtq842AtvFr3L36y6jS_tWHqzVsLmuJ-G-h4QHO0TRVnbj6rhOcSk6lI6TGQx0oSg_ddVeftsZc_zTkfzCsD4ropIVNUMW58RXhqNOhiy654C7vg5JnPom7lXQ/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="53" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEitsLPLkRWvh830e1uK8mtq842AtvFr3L36y6jS_tWHqzVsLmuJ-G-h4QHO0TRVnbj6rhOcSk6lI6TGQx0oSg_ddVeftsZc_zTkfzCsD4ropIVNUMW58RXhqNOhiy654C7vg5JnPom7lXQ/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></b></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
11. You can see <b>2 quantity</b> is updated in the system i.e. 2 quantity is increased in the inventory for the item.<br />
12. You can also see the <b>cost amount </b>updated is the same amount which we have entered manually against the item in the journal line.<br />
13. Go to <b>Ledger </b>--> <b>Financial voucher </b>to see the financial impact.<br />
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEicUkP36vaPXqdIrfiYNPDfZGo-sxsp7kReugo1Y7fiOjeHsRHoqofJ_3dRQXhkUwd7i40G1xBqzQFKsS37GjRP3TdagLRbpvCidbzdRRqyuGE9YAgtg8eor2a_-GAh0OGiLef_sSsMumE/s1600/Blog.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="56" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEicUkP36vaPXqdIrfiYNPDfZGo-sxsp7kReugo1Y7fiOjeHsRHoqofJ_3dRQXhkUwd7i40G1xBqzQFKsS37GjRP3TdagLRbpvCidbzdRRqyuGE9YAgtg8eor2a_-GAh0OGiLef_sSsMumE/s1600/Blog.png" width="400" /></a></div>
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
14. In the above example, as the <span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">inventory is increased during movement, </span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">inventory profit</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> and</span><b style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: Arial, Tahoma, Helvetica, FreeSans, sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> inventory receipt</b><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> accounts are updated with the inventory cost. </span><br />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><b>Note</b>: Here system took the same <b>offset account</b> which we have selected manually in the movement journal for offsetting (<b>inventory profit</b>) purpose, instead of taking the account from</span><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> the posting profile.</span><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15.5555562973022px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">(item --> manage costs -->select item group -->go to item group form --> Inventory tab --> profit).</span><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15.5555562973022px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"> </span><br />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">In this way, we can create and post a movement journal in AX 2012.</span><br />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Please post if any queries or suggestions to be made on this topic.</span><br />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;">Happy Daxing :-)</span><br />
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"><br /></span>
<div class="separator" style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</div>
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;">
<em><strong>Abhijeet Hele</strong></em> | <em>Dynamics AX </em><i>Enthusiast</i> | <a href="http://linkedin.com/in/abhijeet-hele-msdax" target="_blank">My Profile </a>| </div>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "arial" , "tahoma" , "helvetica" , "freesans" , sans-serif; font-size: 15px; line-height: 20.7900009155273px;"></span><br />
<div style="background-color: white; font-family: "Segoe UI", Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.625em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify;">
<em>The information provided on this site represents my own opinion/view and does not represent the opinion/view of my employer or Microsoft.</em></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
Abhijeet Helehttp://www.blogger.com/profile/18202488448328730499noreply@blogger.com14